AFFIRMATIVE DAMAGES NAFTA
Maxwell Schnurer
The argument here is that immigration is tied up with NAFTA, and changing the immigration policies threatens the NAFTA regime, which promises to be a wonderful thing. Link: major immigration reform. Impact: affirmative hurts NAFTA treaty which is a good agreement.
-Editor
A. Immigration reform damages NAFTA
1. Focus on immigration reform damages NAFTA D1
2. NAFTA limits immigration reform D2
3. No immigration reform can succeed without NAFTA D3-10
B. NAFTA is essential for the future
1. NAFTA will solve for immigration problems D125-128
a. NAFTA solves wage differential D22-25
b. NAFTA does not cause short term immigration increase D26-28
c. Even if NAFTA fails it will still solve immigration problems D29
2. NAFTA will trigger economic integration D30-31
3. NAFTA will solve Mexico's environmental problems D32-33
4. NAFTA will create US jobs D34-37
5. Failure of NAFTA will destabilize Mexico D38-39
6. NAFTA will increase investment D40
C. Affirmative responses
1. NAFTA has no impact on immigration D41-42
2. NAFTA will increase immigration D43-47, D129
3. NAFTA is irrelevant, must change immigration laws D48
4. NAFTA will only influence Mexican migration D49
5. Other proposals will gain the advantages of NAFTA D50
INCREASED IMMIGRATION LEADS TO
U. S. OVER POPULATION
Paul Kerr
The argument here is that if the affirmative INCREASES immigration it will lead to overpopulation, which is harmful. Also may be used as an affirmative argument as to why immigration needs to be limited. Be ready to debate this one over and over again. Link: affirmative increases immigration. Impact: leads to harmful growth in US population.
-Editor
A. US population is large and increasing now
1. US is exceeding carrying capacity D51
2. US population is increasing D52-57
3. US is the only major industrial nation with population growth D58-60
B. Link:
1. Increased immigration leads to US overpopulation D61-75
2. Increased population increases immigration D76
C. Linearity: every increase in US population is harmful
1. Increasing population increases risk of disaster D77-80
2. Increasing immigration leads to increased population harms D81
3. Each extra individual is a problem D82-83
D. Impacts: increased US population is harmful
1. More people hurt the environment D84-94
2. More people stretch carrying capacity D95
3. Causes squandering of resources D96
4. Does not have any beneficial effects D97
5. Leads to increased technology D98
6. Leads to backlash against immigrants D99
7. Increases species extinction D100
8. US growth is the problem, not third world growth D101
9. An overpopulated US will collapse D102
10. Other impacts from the WORLD OVERPOPULATION disadvantage.
E. Negative answers to impact take outs
1. Large land area of US will not solve D103
2. Overseas assistance will not solve D104-105
3. Answers from WORLD OVERPOPULATION disadvantage
F. Affirmative answers
1. Population can't be controlled anyway D106
2. Population decreasing now D107
3. Immigration does not increase population D108
4. Turn: immigrants leads to good tech and economic growth D109
5. Turn: focus on immigration as overpopulation cause takes away from other solutions and leads to backlash D110
6. Turn: Immigration to US uniquely helps world environment D111
7. US not at point of overpopulation yet D112
8. US is not running out of resources D113-114
9. Immigrants do not hurt the environment D115
10. Family planning will solve D116-117
11. US food production increasing D118
12. US farmland increasing D119
13. Immigrants do not hurt the economy or the environment D120
14. Impact turn: see IMMIGRATION IS GOOD in N section.
15. Impact turn: population increases growth and prosperity D121
16. Impact turn: moving population to US takes pressure off other nations D122
17. Immigrants create jobs D123
18. Immigrants sup[port the elderly D124
INCREASED IMMIGRATION WILL CREATE AN AMERICAN BACKLASH
Andrea Looby
The argument here is that by increasing immigration, the affirmative fuels the anger Americans feel towards immigrants and makes the situation worse. May also be used on the affirmative as a reason why immigration needs to be limited. Link: increasing immigration. Impact: leads to anti-immigrant violence and discrimination.
-Editor
A. A backlash towards immigrants can happen
1. As more immigrants enter, an increase in anti-immigrant sentiment occurs D130
2. Backlash towards immigrants is growing D131
3. US can easily head towards backlash D132
4. Mass migration angers US citizens D133
5. Job losses and state spending because of immigration leads to backlash D134
B. Affirmative increases in immigration cause a backlash
1. Increasing the number of immigrants increases backlash D135-136
2. Allowing more cultures into the US causes backlash D137
3. Allowing poor immigrants in causes a backlash D138
4. Refugees in boats leads to backlash D139
5. Immigrant causes crime leads to backlash D140
6. Immigrants into California leads to backlash D141
C. Public becomes angered with immigrants
1. Must US citizens dislike immigrants D142-143
2. There is organized opposition to immigrants D144
3. Americans believe that immigrants are bad for their country D145
4. Even pro-immigrant groups want tougher regulations on immigration D146
5. Overcrowding causes by immigrants creates anger D147
6. Americans have many reasons why they dislike immigrants D148
7. Republicans are strongly anti-immigration D149
D. Impacts: backlash must be avoided
1. Backlash leads to violence and conflict
a. Violent reaction D150
b. Hate crimes D151
c. Backlash increases existing violence D152-154
2. Backlash leads to racism and racial conflict in society
a. Backlash creates racism D155
b. Backlash causes changes in society D156-157
3. Immigrants will not receive needed assistance D158
E. Affirmative answers
1. No clear evidence shows a strong backlash D159
2. Backlash dies out quickly D160
3. Immigration control would be counterproductive D161
AFFIRMATIVE IMMIGRATION REFORM TRIGGERS XENOPHOBIA
Andrea Looby
Xenophobia is a hatred and fear of foreigners. This may arise either by allowing more immigrants in or by pointing out special problems which immigrants have. The result is that society cracks down against them and an intolerant society.
-Editor
A. Xenophobia is a threat
1. America is susceptible to xenophobia D162-163
2. There is increased xenophobic resentment of immigrants D164
3. Social Darwinism is feeding xenophobia D165
B. Affirmative immigration changes creates a xenophobia mindset
1. Immigration and xenophobia are linked D166
2. Third world immigrants trigger xenophobia
3. Advocating population change triggers xenophobia D168
4. Associating disease with immigrants triggers xenophobia D169
5. Associating crime with immigrants triggers xenophobia D170
6. Politicians blaming immigrants triggers xenophobia -- California example D171
C. Xenophobia leads to racist action
1. Creates a racist mindset in government
a. Lead to an authoritarian response to social conflict D172
b. The government influences citizens into an anti-immigrant mindset D173
2. Exclusionary legislation is passed D174-176
D. Xenophobia leads to an intolerant society
1. Xenophobia leads to conflicts and the riser of right wing parties D177
2. Continuation of immigration leads to intolerance and cultural shifts D178
3. Xenophobia increases racism D179
E. Immigrants must be protected from xenophobia D180-182
F. Mexicans and Central Americans experience the majority of xenophobia D183
G. Xenophobes exist in the US D184-187
H. Affirmative answers
1. Xenophobia does not exist D188
2. Xenophobia is not a problem due to immigration D189
3. Xenophobes cannot attract the support of the electoral system D190
IMMIGRATION DOES REGIONAL DAMAGE
Andrea Looby
New immigrants will go where present immigrants already are. In these regions (California, Southwest, Florida/Miami) services for immigrants are already at the breaking point. Increased immigration will break those social service systems and bankrupt the state and local governments involved. Link: increased immigration. Impact: hurts medicine, education, etc. and causes cuts in social services.
-Editor
A. Immigrants go to certain cities and states
1. Immigrant cities attract more immigrants D191-192
2. The same six states get incoming immigrants D193-194
3. California draws the majority of immigrants D195-196
4. Certain cities attract immigrants D197
5. Many immigrants go to Los Angeles D198-199
6. Many immigrants go to Miami D200
B. These areas are forced to deal with the immigrant influx D201-203
C. These areas are unable to provide for immigrants
1. Can't afford it -- need federal money D204-207
2. Less controlled borders put tremendous pressure on these cities D208-210
D. Impacts: immigrants cripple social services
1. Immigrants put heavy pressure on social services D211-218
2. Immigrants swamp the welfare system D219-221
3. Immigrants swamp the medical system D222-230
4. Immigrants swamp the education system D231-232
5. Immigrants swamp the prison system D233-234
E. Citizens are forced to foot the bill
1. Citizens will pay a lot of taxes to support immigrants D235-237
2. States and locals will have to struggle to make ends meet D238-240
3. Taxes will have to be increased D241-242
4. Immigrant costs outweigh the taxes they pay D243
F. US citizens will lose jobs D244-246
G. Immigrants will spark expensive social problems
1 Crime D247-248
2. Increased social and racial tensions D249
3. Citizen anger D250
4. Immigrants will retain lower class lifestyles D251
H. Affirmative answers
1. It is immoral to deny benefits to immigrants D252-253
2. Cutting immigrant services would hurt all D254-255
3. Immigrants are not a financial burden
a. Pay more taxes than they use D256
b. Net gain to the economy D257
c. Economy needs more immigrants D258-259
4. Immigration is not a large problem for areas D260
AFFIRMATIVE IMMIGRATION REFORM STOPS NEW SOCIAL MOVEMENTS
Maxwell Schnurer
This is an interesting argument because it may work both ways. The premise is hat new popular social movements are going to change America and the world for the better, and to the extent that the affirmative slows the development of these movements, that is a very bad thing. Links: decreased immigration (immigrants create new social movements), and solving the abuse of immigrants (oppression of immigrants spurs new social movements). Impacts: new social movements solve the problems of immigration and a lot of other problems as well.
-Editor
A. Links
1. Immigration spurs new social movements D261-265
2. Immigrants form new social movements and impact US foreign policy D266-269
3. Oppression causes immigrants to form new social movements D270
a. Immigrants are oppressed D271-274
b. Oppression spurs new social movements D275-280
4. Immigrants do not assimilate D281-282
B. Brinks and linearity
1. People are ready for new social movements D283-286
2. Immigrant movements catalyze other movements D287-288
3. Other movements catalyze other movements D289-290
C. Impacts: new social movements must be encouraged
1. Immigration movements can change things D291-292
2. New social movements can solve all problems D293-300
3. Status quo will give in to new social movements D301
4. New social movements will solve exclusion D302-303
5. New social movement change is incremental D304
6. New social movements succeed even when they fail D305-309
D. Peace movements
1. Other movements mobilize peace movements D310-312
2. Peace movements succeed and stop war D313-314
3. War is bad D320
E. Environmental movements
1. Social movements can fight environmental destruction and can win D321-323
2. Minorities are fighting for environmental justice and against pollution D327-329
3. Minorities are dying from pollution D327-329
4. Care for the Earth is essential D330
F. Health movements
1. Health problems propel health movements to solve them D331-332
2. AIDS movements propel change and other movements D333-338
3. Health movements can fight AIDS D339-340
4. Without reform the pharmaceutical industry could create a new plague D341
5. AIDS kills millions D342
G. New social movements expand knowledge D343-344
H. Affirmative answers
1. Turn: immigration reform will spur new social movements D345-346
2. Immigrants don't spur new social movements D347-357
3. New social movements will fail D353-360
4. New social movements cause conflict D361-364
AFFIRMATIVE LIMITS ON IMMIGRATION ARE RACIST
John Gordon Miller
Attempts to slow, stop, or regulate legal or illegal immigration are based on racist ideas and motives. Immigration controls are racist and fuel racism in our society. Link: decreasing immigration or trying to control it. Impact: racism is an absolute evil which must be opposed always.
-Editor
A. Link: immigration reform is racist
1. Restricting immigrants is racist D365
2. Racism is the motive for the immigration debate D366
3. Complaints of immigration are racially based D367, D631
4. Limits on illegal immigration is racist D368, D629
5. Genetic arguments are racist D369
6. Immigrants confront racism from their critics D370
7. Opposition to non--white immigration is racist D371
8. Whites dislike immigration D372
9. Racism and economics
a. Economic complaints are smoke screens for racism D373
b. Critical examination of economic arguments reveals a racist view of immigration D374
10. Government immigration policies promote racism
a. INS will treat Mexicans in a racist way D375-377
b. Racist incidents will go unpunished D378
c. California request to restrict is racist D379
d. Government action on language is racist D380-381
e. Immigration control has a racist sentiment to it D382
B. Brinks & Uniqueness
1. Racism exists now D382
2. Race relations improving now D383
3. Government must not act in a racist way D384
4. Public opinion enforces racism D385
5. US racism is surging D386
C. Impacts: racism is an evil we must always avoid
1. Racism is the worst evil in the world D387
2. Racism leads to genocide D388
3. Racism causes tangible harms D389
4. Has deeply harmed African Americans D390
5. Racist ideas become self-fulfilling D391
6. Racism is a collective evil D392
7. Racism hurts economically D393
8. Racism leads to poverty D394
9. Causes suicide D395
D. Affirmative answers
1. Arguments against immigration are not racist D396
2. Immigration reform is not racist D397
3. Immigration is political, not racial D398
4. Immigration debate must discuss racism D399
5. Thoughts of racism should not hinder immigration reform D400
6. Turn: those who accuse are racist D401
7. Without the genetic arguments, immigration reform is not racist D402
8. All races agree that immigration needs to be reformed D632
AFFIRMATIVE IMMIGRATION REFORM WILL LEAD TO AN EVIL NATIONAL IDENTIFICATION CARD
Steve Woods
Immigration controls will create a justification for a form of citizen identification -- a national identification card. Such a card would lead top government control of the individual and would represent a profound threat to individual freedom. Link: creating the need to identify citizens, legal aliens, and illegal aliens. Impact: loss of privacy and freedom.
-Editor
A. Links: affirmative action triggers adoption of a national ID card
1. Action against illegal aliens increases thinkability for a national ID card D403
2. Immigration pressures prompt national ID card D404
3. Administrative bureaucracy will demand a national ID card D405
4. "Authorized use only" approach increases pressure for national ID card D406
B. Brinks and uniqueness
1. Small changes can trigger national ID card D407
2. National ID card is a new threat D408
3. Increased technology will increase scams D409
4. Immigration reform would increase need for data collection D410
5. National ID card holds vast information D411
C. Impacts
1. Privacy would be lost D412-417
2. Impact multiplier -- threat is expansive D418-420
3. No way to check abuse D421-425
4. Would destroy freedom D426-427
5. Even without privacy breech, it would chill freedom D428
6. Impacts health data -- care and hiring D429-430
7. Data bases will be linked up D431-434
8. National ID card is the key to a national data base D434A-436
9. Will lead to discrimination D437-438
10. Even a voluntary card is dangerous D439
D. Cards won't work
1. Cards will not be secure D440
2. No technical solution exists D441
3. Drivers license alternative fails D442-446
E. Affirmative answers
1. Not unique D447-452
2. There will not be a national ID card D453
3. Checks against abuse exist D454-455
4. ID works well D456-460
5. Can't be counterfeited D461
IMMIGRATION REFORM CAUSES OVER POPULATION IN OTHER NATIONS
Paul Kerr
When immigration to the US is easier, other nations will not address their overpopulation problems because the people and the governments will view the us as a safety valve for their excess population. The impacts of overpopulation are like a litany of human miseries.
-Editor
A. Links: immigration to the US increases overpopulation abroad
1. Immigration to US leads to larger populations D462-467, 472-473
2. Increased standard of living increases overpopulation D468
3. Link multiplier: overpopulation leads to immigration D469-471
B. Linearity: every bit of overpopulation is harmful
1. Inaction leads to a disaster D474
2. Increase in population endangers survival D475
3. Population increase is the critical issue D476
4. Overshooting planetary carrying capacity could destroy life D477
5. Increase in population leads to population crash D478
6. Overpopulation means more deaths later D479
7. Delays lead to increased population D480
C. Mega Impacts: overpopulation abroad is a disaster
1. Environmental deterioration D481-490
2. Economic growth [see GROWTH disadvantage for impacts] D502-504
3. Technology increase D502-504
4. Mass famine D505-510
5. War D511-516
6. Will cause billions of deaths D530
7. Collapse of civilization D531
8. Global chaos D532
D. Specific impacts
1. Guatemala example D517
2. Scientific consensus D518
3. 50 years away from global disaster D519
4. Immigration multiplies other problems D520
5. Impacts will be global D521
6. Improving life impossible unless we deal with overpopulation D522
7. Will lead to authoritarian solutions D523
8. Cause extra unemployment D524
9. Cause loss of freedom D525
10. Cause loss of personal income D526
11. Leads to increased exports D527
12. Second in importance only to nuclear war D528
13. Decreases chance for human survival D529
E. Negative extensions
1. Family planning does not solve D533-534
2. Immigration does not solve D535
3. Assistance does not work D536
F. Affirmative responses
1. Restricting immigration will hurt poorer nations D537
2. Decreased standard of living will decrease population D538
3. Overpopulation scholars are just trying to protect high US lifestyles D539
4. UN plan limits freedom D540
5. Overpopulation scare is an excuse for new government controls D541
6. Family planning solves D542-545
7. Technology solves D546
G. Affirmative impact take outs
1. Hunger is not a problem D547-553, D559
2. Resources not a problem D554-557
3. Predictions have been wrong D558
4. Increased population is not a disaster D560-561
5. Space is not a problem D562-563
6. Population increase not relevant to economic development D564
7. People see any change as bad D565
8. Focus on overpopulation is the product of self-interest D566
9. Alarmist overpopulation evidence is incorrect D567
10. No reason to assume a population increase D568
11. Overpopulation does not effect education D569
12. Population increase is not the same as overpopulation D570
13. Overpopulation impacts are exaggerated D571
H. Affirmative impact turns
1. Each additional person is good D572, D575
2. Resource shortages are good D573
3. Increased population decreases famines D574
4. More people create more resources D576-577
I. But wait, there's more. . .
1. World population is decreasing D578
2. Increased income decreases population D579
3. Rich and poor nations are interdependent D580
4. Increased income decreases fertility D581
5. Population growth is a third world phenomenon D582-592
6. World population increasing now D593
7. US has a high birth rate D594
8. Population forecasts are true D595
9. Population statistics D596-600
AFFIRMATIVE IMMIGRATION CONTROLS STOP BENEFICIAL USA POPULATION GROWTH
Paul Kerr
This position argues that population growth in the US would be a very good thing. When the affirmative restricts immigration, they stop this beneficial population growth. Links: decreasing immigration. Impacts: lose the benefits of population growth.
-Editor
A. Increased immigration increases US population [see US POPULATION GROWTH BAD disadvantage]
B. Affirmative cuts back on immigration, thus cutting US population growth.
C. Impacts: population growth in the US is good
1. Immigrants rescue US Social Security system D601-607
2. Immigrants create jobs D608-612
3. Immigrants pay more in taxes D613-619
4. Population growth creates beneficial shortages D620
5. Population increases resources D621
6. Immigrant population solves the deficit D622
7. Immigrant population provides cultural and social benefits D623-624
8. Immigrants create higher earnings D625-626
9. The US needs MORE immigration and population D627
10. Immigrant population creates higher standard of living D628
ECONOMIC GROWTH PROBLEMS CAUSED BY AFFIRMATIVE IMMIGRATION REFORMS
John Gordon Miller
This is the classic mix and match economic growth argument. Let this be the start for your growth adventures this year. the argument works in a classic mix and match fashion. There are two completely different link stories: one that increased immigration causes economic growth, and the other than increased immigration hurts economic growth. Then, there are two impact stories: one that economic growth is a good thing, and the other that economic growth is a bad thing. Thus, if the affirmative DECREASES immigration, you can argue that immigration causes economic growth, and that economic growth is good. Also, if the affirmative INCREASES immigration, you can argue that immigration causes economic growth, and that economic growth is bad. Also, one link story serves as the answer to the other, and one impact story acts as a turn for the other. Any way it goes, you have a defensible position. CAUTION: make sure your story is clear and pick only one of the two impact stories and one of the two link stories.
-Editor
A. Link story #1: immigration slows economic growth
1. Costs US a lot of money
a. Billions in taxes D633-634
b. Costs $12 billion a year D635
c. Government spending costly D636-637
2. Immigration consumes expensive services
a. Health care D638-639
b. Education D640
c. Criminal justice D641
3. Threatens economic security
a. Immigration risks economic security D642
b. Immigration is an economic threat D643
c. Immigration is wrong for the post industrial economy D644
d. Immigration is wrong for the welfare state D645
e. Stopping immigration would save the US $21 billion D646
f. Limiting immigration will increase incomes D647
B. Link story #2: immigration causes economic growth
1. Immigration increases tax revenues D648
2. Immigration is good for US industrial strength D649
3. Economists agree D650
4. Immigrants earn $75 billion for the US D651
5. Immigration strengthens society D652
6. Immigration leads to economic growth D653-654
7. Consensus agrees D655
8. Immigration spurs economic activity D656
9. Immigration human capital solves problems D657
10. Prejudice stops growth D658
11. Immigration increases quality of life D659
12. Immigration produces jobs D660
13. Immigration increases productivity D661
14. Immigration brings needed skills D662
15. Immigration improves labor markets D663
16. Immigration increases technology and productivity D664-665
C. Impact story #1: economic growth is bad
1. Causes population explosion D666
2. Environmental harms D667-668
3. Growth hurts quality of life D669
4. Hurts women D670
5. Causes repression D671
6. Species extinction D672
7. Hurts future generations D673
8. Degrades civilization D674
D. Impact story #2: economic growth is good
1. Helps the environment D675, D679-680
2. Decreases poverty D676-677
3. US growth means global growth D678
E. Affirmative link take outs
1. Immigrant don't steal jobs D681-684
2. Immigrants don't impact the economy D685-694
3. Immigration does not create scarcity D695
F. Uniqueness: economic growth increasing now D696
G. Affirmative environmental impact take outs
1. No species loss D697-701
2. No land scarcity D702-708
3. Growth and population are not linked D709-710
4. No oil scarcity D711-713
5. Al Gore is an environmental alarmist D714-718
6. No greenhouse gas problem D719-724
D1 / Cecilia Munoz (Senior analyst, National Council of LaRaza) and Mary Jo Marion (Trade Policy Analyst) November 3, 1993, "Immigration related issues in the North American Free Trade Agreement. " Hearing, Subcommittee on International Law, Immigration, and Refugees of the Committee on the Judiciary, House of Representatives. p. 139 (18) / / MS-VT95
Ultimately, when we are talking about the migration issue, I think we are talking about long-term solutions; and NAFTA must be weighed against worksite enforcement, ID cards, and things like post constitutional amendments which some members of this committee have endorsed as a long-term solution. Ultimately, this country is focused on enforcement measures in its attempts to control immigration. In the last 10 or 15 years, those enforcement measures have not solved the problem. In fact, they have not changed the problem very measurably.
D2 / Dr. Demetrios G. Papademetriou, (Senior Associate and Director, Immigration Policy program) November 3, 1993, "Immigration related issues in the North American Free Trade Agreement. " Hearing, Subcommittee on Intl. law, Immigration, and Refugees of the Committee on the Judiciary, House of Representatives. (18)p. 161 / / MS-VT95
Let me now be direct and unambiguous on the specific issue before this Subcommittee. The terms of this NAFTA chapter will restrain our ability to restrict further those parts of our immigration laws which apply to the entry of business persons as defined in the agreement. In other words, when Congress approves the NAFTA, it will in effect be "binding" the very limited provisions of our immigration laws affected by the agreement. That means that we will in effect be committing to the other NAFTA parties that we will not at some future time unilaterally withdraw the entry commitments we have made to them in this agreement. What this means in real terms, however, is not that we will not do so forever. Rather, that such changes would need to be negotiated with Canada and Mexico and that if we choose to change these terms unilaterally nonetheless, we would be subject to some retaliatory action in any part of the same agreement.
D3 / Cecilia Munoz (Senior analyst, National Council of LaRaza) and Mary Jo Marion (Trade Policy Analyst) November 3, 1993, "Immigration related issues in the North American Free Trade Agreement. " Hearing, Subcommittee on International law, Immigration, and Refugees of the Committee on the Judiciary, House of Representatives. p. 147 (18) / / MS-VT95
U. S. immigration policy has traditionally focused on enforcement measures which operate within the United States to control the so-called magnets which many believe attract undocumented migrants. Over the years, this Subcommittee has considered various measures, including border enforcement, curtailment of public benefits, interdiction and detention of migrants, and, of course, employer sanctions. There are even more extreme measures currently on the table, including amendments to the Constitution and the elimination of all legal immigration. The experience of the last decade, especially in the years following the enactment of IRCA, suggest that there are profound limitations to an exclusive enforcement approach. Bluntly put, the enforcement measures of the last ten years have failed to control undocumented migration; in fact, levels of migration appear to be almost exactly what they were when some of the harshest policy proposals were being debated. At a minimum, this suggests that Congress must look at new approaches to control migration which move beyond the traditional enforcement approach. NCLR believes that NAFTA presents an important opportunity to address the "push" factor in a way which may ultimately be more effective than a11 enforcement approaches combined.
D4 / Dr. Demetrios G. Papademetriou, (Senior Associate and Director, Immigration Policy program) November 3, 1993, "Immigration related issues in the North American Free Trade Agreement. " Hearing, Subcommittee on International law, Immigration, and Refugees of the Committee on the Judiciary, House of Representatives. p. 173 (18) / / MS-VT95
Whether the issue is one of the most appropriate border or labor market controls, creating or expanding channels of regular immigration access, safeguarding the human and labor, market rights of all alien workers (regardless of immigration status), affirming protections for bona fide refugees, creating new, temporary humanitarian protection standards (with the state's concomitant right to repatriate the beneficiaries of a grant once the "emergency" abates), or working cooperatively to achieve measurable progress in the development of the "South, " the only viable long-term solution lies in international Cooperation.
D5 / Lawrence Katz, (Chief Economist, Dept. of Labor) November 3, 1993, "Immigration related issues in the North American Free Trade Agreement. " Hearing, Subcommittee on Intl. law, immigration, and Refugees of the Committee on the Judiciary, House of Representatives. p. 67 (18) / / MS-VT95
But, as we all know, Americans also want to know what effect NAFTA will have on illegal migration. The North American Free Trade Agreement with Mexico and Canada is an integral part of our country's strategy to curtail illegal immigration. Indeed, in the absence of a free trade agreement with Mexico, other efforts to secure our border may be hard pressed to bring about large reductions in illegal migration
D6 / Marc Sandalow, (Chronicle Washington Bureau)The San Francisco Chronicle SEPTEMBER 29, 1993, Pg. A4 HEADLINE: State Asked to Back NAFTA Kantor, Panetta say trade pact will solve immigration problem (LEXIS / NEXIS) / / MS-VT95
In a direct pitch for California support, U. S. Trade Representative Mickey Kantor said yesterday that passage of the North American Free Trade Agreement is the only way to reduce the number of illegal immigrants entering the country. ''Illegal immigration will not get better without NAFTA, '' Kantor said. ''It will only get better with NAFTA. ''
D7 / Dr. Demetrios G. Papademetriou, (Senior Associate and Director, Immigration Policy program) November 3, 1993, '"Immigration related issues in the North American Free Trade Agreement. " Hearing, Subcommittee on Int'l law, Immigration, and Refugees of the Committee on the Judiciary, House of Representatives. (18)p. 168 / MS-VT95
Unauthorized migration is a challenge that confronts all advanced industrial democracies. Managing it--let alone controlling it, -cannot succeed unless substantial gains are made in parallel efforts to lessen domestic social and political conflict in immigrant-sending societies and reduce the more egregious instances of the economics of scarcity and politics and economics of exclusion which are at the heart of most unauthorized migration flows. Absent such improvements, even draconian control measures would make efforts to eradicate unauthorized immigration only partially successful.
D8 / JANET RENO, (attorney general of the United States. ) Los Angeles Times October 22, 1993, B; Page 7; HEADLINE: CONSIDER NAFTA A BORDER CONTROL TOOL; IMMIGRATION: EXPANSION OF JOB OPPORTUNITIES IN MEXICO IS THE ONLY LONG-TERM ANSWER. (Lexis / Nexis) / / MS-VT95
In 1986, the respected Commission for the Study of International Migration concluded that the creation of new and better jobs in Mexico is the only long-term way to reduce illegal immigration to the United States.
D9 / Donna Hrinak, (Deputy Assistant Secretary for Mexico and the Caribbean) November 3, 1993, "Immigration related issues in the North American Free Trade Agreement. " Hearing, Subcommittee on International law, immigration, and Refugees of the Committee on the Judiciary, House of Representatives. p. 51 (18) / / MS-VT95
More recently, the Institute for International Economics also concluded that NAFTA, in the long run, will substantially reduce Mexican migration to the U. S. On the other hand, without NAFTA, they found that the United States can expect higher levels of Mexican immigration indefinitely
D10 / JANET RENO, (attorney general of the United States. ) Los Angeles Times October 22, 1993, B; Page 7; HEADLINE: CONSIDER NAFTA A BORDER CONTROL TOOL; IMMIGRATION: EXPANSION OF JOB OPPORTUNITIES IN MEXICO IS THE ONLY LONG-TERM ANSWER. (Lexis / Nexis) / / MS-VT95
The bottom line, though, is this: Mexicans come to America illegally because they seek work. It's that simple. We will not stop the flow of illegal immigrants until these immigrants find decent jobs, at decent wages, in Mexico. Our best chance to reduce illegal immigration is sustained, robust Mexican economic growth. That is why passage of the North American Free Trade Agreement will help me protect our borders. NAFTA will create jobs in both the United States and Mexico. The Mexican jobs will be filled by workers who might otherwise cross illegally into America. If NAFTA passes, my job guarding the border will be easier. If NAFTA fails, my job stopping the flow of illegal immigrants will become even more difficult.
D11 / Lawrence Katz, (Chief Economist, Dept. of Labor) November 3, 1993, "Immigration related issues in the North American Free Trade Agreement. " Hearing, Subcommittee on International law, immigration, and Refugees of the Committee on the Judiciary, House of Representatives. p. 53 (18) / / MS-VT95
I also believe that the NAFTA provides a mechanism for dealing much better with immigration pressures of Mexico. As you will hear later in other panels, most serious research on the topic has concluded that freer trade and investment arising from the NAFTA will accelerate economic growth in Mexico, improve employment opportunities there and subsequently reduce the push for immigration to the north. '
D12 / Lawrence Katz, (Chief Economist, Dept. of Labor) November 3, 1993, '"Immigration related issues in the North American Free Trade Agreement. " Hearing, Subcommittee on International law, immigration, and Refugees of the Committee on the Judiciary, House of Representatives. p. 78 (18) / / MS-VT95
There are also kinds of approaches and responsibilities on the enforcement front to the pull forces that exist in the United States. But where the push forces are concerned, where the reasons for illegal immigration from Mexico are concerned, ultimately, the best response obviously is growth in jobs in Mexico. And NAFTA is the best thing we have to offer in that regard.
D13 / Doris Meissner, (Commissioner of INS) November 3, 1993, "Immigration related issues in the North American Free Trade Agreement. " Hearing, Subcommittee on International law, immigration, and Refugees of the Committee on the Judiciary, House of Representatives. p. 27 (18) / MS-VT95
Quite simply, I believe that NAFTA is the United States' best opportunity to reduce illegal immigration pressures across our southern border in the long term. The promise of a greatly strengthened Mexican economy is higher standards of living for Mexicans presents us with the single best systemic solution to the flow of undocumented workers.
D14 / Lawrence Katz, (Chief Economist, Dept. of Labor) November 3, 1993, "Immigration related issues in the North American Free Trade Agreement. " Hearing, Subcommittee on Intl. law, immigration, and Refugees of the Committee on the Judiciary, House of Representatives. p. 57 (18) / / MS-VT95
I also believe that the NAFTA provides a mechanism for better dealing with immigration pressures from Mexico to the United States. Freer trade and investment arising from the NAFTA will accelerate economic growth in Mexico and subsequently reduce migration to the United States. The implementation of the NAFTA, along with the labor and environmental supplemental agreements, provide the foundation for increased cooperation between the United States and Mexico on issues related to migrant labor and allow us to better enforce immigration laws and cooperate with problems along the border.
D15 / Lawrence Katz, (Chief Economist, Dept. of Labor) November 3, 1993, "Immigration related issues in the North American Free Trade Agreement. " Hearing, Subcommittee on International law, immigration, and Refugees of the Committee on the Judiciary, House of Representatives. p. 54 (18) / / MS-VT95
I conclude from research on this issue, looking at historical trends n what drives big increases in immigration, that the implementation of NAFTA is likely to reduce immigration pressure relative to what it would be if NAFTA is defeated, both in the short run and in the long run.
D16 / The San Diego Union-Tribune September 30, 1993, 11; Pg. B-12:1, 4, 5, 8, 9, 10, 11; B-14:2, 3, 6, 7 HEADLINE: Misnamed and futile Blockade solves no immigration problems (LEXIS / NEXIS) / / MS-VT95
The best solution is to give Mexicans a reason to stay home -- jobs. If Congress approves the North American Free Trade Agreement, Mexico's economy eventually will generate enough jobs so that Mexicans are no longer driven northward.
D17 / The San Diego Union-Tribune September 26, 1993, Pg. G-2 HEADLINE: NAFTA and immigration Trade agreement is the best long-term solution (LEXIS / NEXIS) / / MS-VT95
While both issues involve Mexico, that's about as far as their similarities go. In reality, NAFTA is the best long-term solution to the problem of illegal immigration from Mexico. People who really want to slow the tide of illegal immigration, and not just complain about it, need to examine the causes of this mass migration from Mexico and understand how NAFTA would alleviate those causes.
D18 / Rep. Bill McCollum (R-Fla. , ranking member of the House Judiciary subcommittee on international law, immigration, and refugees. ) Roll Call SEPTEMBER 27, 1993 HEADLINE: Immigration Reform Can't Wait for NAFTA McCollum: We Must Change Our Laws Now (LEXIS / NEXIS) / / MS-VT95
Proponents of the North American Free Trade Agreement assume that if the trade pact passes, illegal migration from Mexico to the US will be greatly reduced because of improved economic conditions in Mexico.
D19 / Lawrence Katz, (Chief Economist, Dept. of Labor) November 3, 1993, "immigration related issues in the North American Free Trade Agreement. " Hearing, Subcommittee on International law, immigration, and Refugees of the Committee on the Judiciary, House of Representatives. p. 70 (18) / / MS-VT95
Most academic experts who have considered NAFTA'S impact on Mexican migration concur with this view. Dr. Philip Martin of the University of California, Davis concludes that "economic growth and development, accelerated by free trade and investment, is a proven strategy for stopping unwanted migration. " Similarly, Dolores Acevedo and Thomas Espenshade of Princeton University conclude that "narrowing the large wage and unemployment differentials [between Mexico and the U. S. ] will substantially reduce the [Mexican migration] flow.
D20 / JANET RENO, (attorney general of the United States. ) Los Angeles Times October 22, 1993, B; Page 7; HEADLINE: CONSIDER NAFTA A BORDER CONTROL TOOL; IMMIGRATION: EXPANSION OF JOB OPPORTUNITIES IN MEXICO IS THE ONLY LONG-TERM ANSWER. (Lexis / Nexis) / / MS-VT95
A University of California study in 1991 found that free trade with the United States and internal economic reforms would reduce illegal immigration from Mexico, perhaps by as much as 250,000 to 1. 1 million people.
D21 / JAMES M. ZIMMERMAN is an international trade attorney based in San Diego and a member of the board of directors for the World Trade Association of San Diego. March 22, 1994, HEADLINE: Don't place much faith in a fence at the border The San Diego Union-Tribune / / PKK-LN-VT95
Indeed, the proponents of the North American Free Trade Agreement, including the government of Mexico, realize that workers will stay at home if given the opportunity to earn a living. The free trade agreement not only opens Mexico's markets to U. S. manufactured goods, it is designed to contribute to Mexico's economic prosperity.
D22 / JANET RENO, (attorney general of the United States. ) Los Angeles Times October 22, 1993, B; Page 7; HEADLINE: CONSIDER NAFTA A BORDER CONTROL TOOL; IMMIGRATION: EXPANSION OF JOB OPPORTUNITIES IN MEXICO IS THE ONLY LONG-TERM ANSWER. (Lexis / Nexis) / / MS-VT95
Let's shove aside the political rhetoric and look at the facts. Study after study -- by both independent experts and NAFTA opponents -- shows the direct link between free trade and reduced illegal immigration.
D23 / Lawrence Katz, (Chief Economist, Dept. of Labor) November 3, 1993, "Immigration related issues in the North American Free Trade Agreement. " Hearing, Subcommittee on International law, immigration, and Refugees of the Committee on the Judiciary, House of Representatives. p. 55 (18) / / MS-VT95
Major change is required to reverse the existing pattern of growing immigration flows from Mexico. And it is clear that the primary motivation for illegal migration from Mexico is job opportunities north of the border combined with limited opportunities in Mexico. Migration will only be substantially reduced if Mexican wage rates increase and if Mexican employment opportunities expand. Over the past decade, the Mexican leadership has implemented an' outward-oriented, export-oriented strategy that is starting to pay dividends. This is a successful strategy that has been done in parts of Asia, in other parts of Latin America, such as Chile, and freer trade is a critical component for improvements in the Mexican economy. '
D24 / WAYNE A. CORNELIUS, Director Center for U. S. -Mexican Studies University of California San Diego April 24, 1993 HEADLINE: Medical care isn't the magnet drawing immigrants to U. S. The San Diego Union-Tribune / / PKK-LN-VT95
This belief is contradicted by voluminous evidence from nearly two decades of field research done at migrants' points of origin in Mexico as well as receiving communities in California, which shows that the vast majority of Mexican migrants -- regardless of legal status -- are motivated by the availability of jobs here that are far better paid and more secure than the alternatives available to them in their home country.
D25 / Doris Meissner, (Commissioner of INS) November 3, 1993, "Immigration related issues in the North American Free Trade Agreement. " Hearing, Subcommittee on International law, immigration, and Refugees of the Committee on the Judiciary, House of Representatives. p. 33 (18) / / MS-VT95
Because per capita income is substantially higher in the United States than in Mexico, Mexican wages need to increase (narrowing wage differentials) and improved social well-being must be broadly experienced throughout Mexican society to discourage potential migrants from coming north. The U. S. International Trade commission's study on wage issues concluded that the wage gap would, indeed, diminish slightly, with Mexican real wages increasing at a greater rate than real wage increases in the United States. If this happens, migration incentives should decline.
D26 / Doris Meissner, (Commissioner of INS) November 3, 1993, "Immigration related issues in the North American Free Trade Agreement. " Hearing, Subcommittee on International law, immigration, and Refugees of the Committee on the Judiciary, House of Representatives. p. 27 (18) / / MS-VT95
But the short-and medium-term effects of migration from Mexico will be significantly mitigated by NAFTA and by NAFTA's provisions that allow for gradual adjustments of agriculture over a period of 15 years with a phasing out of tariffs as large numbers of jobs are created in other sectors of the economy.
D27 / Cecilia Munoz (Senior analyst National Council of LaRaza) and Mary Jo Marion (Trade Policy Analyst) November 3, 1993, "Immigration Related Issues in the North American Free Trade Agreement. " Hearing, Subcommittee on International Law, Immigration, and Refugees of the Committee on the Judiciary, House of Representatives. (18), p. 139 / / VT95
So we believe that there may be short-term increases in migration. We think that they are likely to be modest. And I think, as Ambassador Asencio has said we think that there are likely to be short-term increases with or without NAFTA. And that what is very much at issue are the long-term effects of the agreement.
D28 / Cecilia Munoz (Senior analyst, National Council of LaRaza) and Mary Jo Marion (Trade Policy Analyst) November 3, 1993, "Immigration related issues in the North American Free Trade Agreement. " Hearing, Subcommittee on International law, immigration, and Refugees of the Committee on the Judiciary, House of Representatives. p. 144 (18) / MS-VT95
To the extent that there is increased migration, it is not likely to differ substantially from currant streams of undocumented migration. Estimated by the Immigration and Naturalization Service (INS) and the Bureau of the Census suggest that the vast majority of migrants who enter the U. S. illegally are part of a temporary stream which goes back and forth between the U. S. and Mexico. These estimates suggest that only between 200,000 and 300,000 migrants enter the U. S. illegally each year with the intention of residing here. This failure is dramatically lower than the total number of apprehensions at the border. Much of undocumented migration to the United States is temporary, rather than permanent; short-term increases associated with NAFTA is likely to be modest and to reflect this overall pattern.
D29 / Donna Hrinak, (Deputy Assistant Secretary for Mexico and the Caribbean) November 3, 1993, "Immigration related issues in the North American Free Trade Agreement. " Hearing, Subcommittee on International law, immigration, and Refugees of the Committee on the Judiciary, House of Representatives. p. 50 (18) / / MS-VT95
Even though Mexican incomes and wages will increase under NAFTA, significant economic differences between Mexico and the U. S. will undoubtedly persist. The experience of the European Economy has shown, however, that economic integration can prevent migration between countries despite persisting economic differences. As rates of unemployment decline in Mexico and as the U. S. -Mexico wage ratio begins to narrow, NAFTA will reduce economic migration from Mexico to the U. S. despite the lack of equity.
D30 / John Gershman Research Assoc. Institute for Food and development Policy, 1991; December 1991 Resist magazine "Privileged Paradise" p. 2 VT95
By removing trade and investment barriers between Mexico , Canada, and the U. S. , the NAFTA would accelerate a dramatic process of continental economic integration underway since the mid-1960's. Building on the Canada-U. S. Free Trade Agreement (FTA) , which was implemented in 1989, the NAFTA will serve at the gateway to the EAI.
D31 / Terrence Will Gazette Ottawa Bureau, 1992, THE MONTREAL GAZETTE, 3 / 28 / 92, "New Trade Deal is Part of Process", p. A19 VT95
NAFTA is a stepping stone to a free trade agreement with all of Latin America a deal designed to give political and economic stability to the southern continent, and to the whole hemisphere. Otherwise, U. S. authorities say, their country might have to deal with a massive wave of economic refugees in the next century.
D32 / Larry King Live, NOVEMBER 9, 1993; CNN "NAFTA DEBATE: GORE VS PEROT, " TRANSCRIPT # 961 / /-LN VT95
Vice Pres. GORE: Oh, thank you. Well. if we defeat NAFTA. we'll lose all leverage Over the enforcement of Mexico's environmental laws. . . KING: Ross says we just pass a law Vice Pres. GORE: That wouldn't effect Mexican companies or the investments from other countries. But the problem has been not so much their laws, but the enforcement of their laws, we can probably can agree on that. This side agreement that we negotiated gives us the ability to use trade sanctions to compel the enforcement of their environmental laws.
D33 / Bruce Stokes contributing staff National Journal, 1992, "On the Brink, " Feb. 29, 1992 p. 507. / / VT95
Sharply increased public investment is needed to clean up the border. Only passage of a free trade agreement is likely to generate such capital and political commitment, but it will also further aggravate the problems.
D34 / Larry King Live, NOVEMBER 9, 1993; CNN "NAFTA DEBATE: GORE VS PEROT, " TRANSCRIPT # 961 / /-LN \\ VT95
Vice Pres. GORE: OK, now, I've heard Mr. Perot say in the past, as the carpenter says, 'Measure twice and cut once. ' We've measured twice on this. We have had a test of our theory, and we've had a test of this theory. Over the last five years, Mexico's tariffs have begun to come down because they've made a unilateral decision to bring them down some, and, as a result, there has been a surge of exports from the United States into Mexico, creating an additional 400,000 jobs, and we can create hundreds of thousands more if we continue this trend. We know this works. If it doesn't work, you know, we give six months' notice and we're out of it. But, we've also had a test of his theory.
D35 / Daniel Oliver, STAFF WRITERS, November 8, 1993; The Washington Times, "Understanding NAFTAnomics, " Pg. A18 / AGL-LN VT95
Yes, some jobs may go to Mexico with NAFTA, but a larger number of jobs will be created here in the United States. And they'll be good jobs. The office of the U. S. Trade Representative has found that workers employed in export-related jobs earn 17 percent more than the average worker. In other words, more and better-paying U. S. jobs are created when foreign markets are opened to U. S. goods and services. And that's what NAFTA will do: By lowering Mexican tariffs, it will open up the Mexican market to American products.
D36 / Larry King Live, NOVEMBER 9, 1993; CNN "NAFTA DEBATE: GORE VS PEROT, " TRANSCRIPT # 961 / /-LN VT95
KING: And this treaty would increase jobs here? Vice. Pres. GORE: - Oh, no question about it- KING:- Because there was an announcement today that it would be minimal either way. Vice. Pres. GORE: There have been 23 studies of the impact of NAFTA on jobs in the United States. Twenty-two of them have shown that it will cause an increase in jobs in the United States. The one that didn't showed that there would be a decline in illegal immigration. and they counted all of the illegal immigrants as holding jobs. And when they were taken out of the picture they said that was a decline.
D37 / The San Diego Union-Tribune September 26, 1993, Pg. G-2 HEADLINE: NAFTA and immigration Trade agreement is the best long-term solution (LEXIS / NEXIS) / / MS-VT95
A lot of people mistakenly think NAFTA would create jobs in Mexico at the expense of jobs in the United States. But free trade is not a zero-sum game. It's not us-vs. -them, with American and Mexican workers fighting over a finite number of jobs. Through expansion of exports, the fastest-growing sector of the American economy and the world economy, NAFTA would mean more jobs for both the United States and Mexico.
D38 / ALAN J. STOGA, SENIOR ASSOCIATE, Kissinger Associates, 1986, The Global Agenda, "If America Won't Lead, " p. 325 / / VT95
Yet low oil prices, poor economic management, heavy debt burden, and weak leadership have brought Mexico to the verge of economic collapse and, perhaps eventually, social disorder. The possibility of an unstable Mexico is on of the most worrisome national security issues that the United States could face in the balance of this century. This fact alone should justify taking Mexico out of the multilateral context - which, arguably, is not working well if American's overriding interest is stability.
D39 / The San Diego Union-Tribune September 26, 1993, Pg. G-2 HEADLINE: NAFTA and immigration Trade agreement is the best long-term solution (LEXIS / NEXIS) / / MS-VT95
What will happen if NAFTA fails? Illegal immigration will continue unabated, and it might worsen. Failure of NAFTA could result in less foreign investment in Mexico or even encourage investors to pull out of Mexico. It also could bring an end to economic liberalization in Mexico, which could send its economy into a tailspin. That would mean less economic development and fewer jobs -- and more incentive for Mexicans to migrate northward.
D40 / The San Diego Union-Tribune September 26, 1993, Pg. G-2 HEADLINE: NAFTA and immigration Trade agreement is the best long-term solution (LEXIS / NEXIS) / / MS-VT95
If anything, NAFTA would draw jobs, especially low-skilled assembly jobs, from Asia to Mexico. That's because many corporations that want to export to North America would move production lines here. Under NAFTA, 65 percent of each product must originate within the North American continent in order to escape import tariffs. That's a powerful incentive for foreign corporations to invest in North America so they can sell products here more cheaply.
D41 / David Schrieberg, Bee Mexico City Bureau May 31, 1993, HEADLINE: RISING IMMIGRANT TIDE UNLIKELY TO EBB Sacramento Bee Pg. A1 / / pkk-VT95
"There's been an upward trend (in immigration) , and that trend is likely to continue through the 1990s, " said Edward Taylor, an agricultural economist at the University of California, Davis, "with or without NAFTA. "
D42 / JORGE G. CASTANEDA, Jorge G. Castaneda (graduate professor of political science at the National Autonomous University of Mexico in Mexico City. ) Los Angeles Times September 24, 1993, B; Page 7; HEADLINE: WHY THIS IMMIGRATION SCARE IS DIFFERENT; TRADE: NAFTA WILL SHIFT U. S. BORDERS SOUTH, AND ECONOMIC EQUALITY IS THE ONLY SOLUTION. (LEXIS / NEXIS) / / MS-VT95
As long as income differentials between the United States and its neighbors to the south are so wide, immigration will be a fixture of hemispheric relations. Free trade, militarizing the border or changing citizenship laws will have scant impact. Pressuring U. S. neighbors may win American politicians votes and kudos, but not much more.
D43 / DAILY LABOR REPORT OCTOBER 29, 1993 (1993 DLR 208 d13) TITLE: MEXICAN FARMING PROBLEMS, IMMIGRATION WILL WORSEN UNDER NAFTA, SAYS / / MS-VT95
A panel of opponents to the North American Free Trade Agreement told a House subcommittee if the trade pact were passed it would destroy many small Mexican farmers, causing more immigration to the United States and downward pressure on wages in both countries.
D44 / Marc Sandalow, (Chronicle Washington Bureau)The San Francisco Chronicle SEPTEMBER 29, 1993, Pg. A4 HEADLINE: State Asked to Back NAFTA Kantor, Panetta say trade pact will solve immigration problem (LEXIS / NEXIS) / / MS-VT95
NAFTA opponents argue that the trade agreement could actually raise immigration from Mexico by destroying jobs among Mexican farm workers who then would seek employment in California.
D45 / JORGE G. CASTANEDA, Jorge G. Castaneda (graduate professor of political science at the National Autonomous University of Mexico in Mexico City. ) Los Angeles Times September 24, 1993, B; Page 7; HEADLINE: WHY THIS IMMIGRATION SCARE IS DIFFERENT; TRADE: NAFTA WILL SHIFT U. S. BORDERS SOUTH, AND ECONOMIC EQUALITY IS THE ONLY SOLUTION. (LEXIS / NEXIS) / / MS-VT95
But -- and here is the rub for Washington and California -- these "new" U. S. borders are not going to be patrolled by the Immigration and Naturalization Service or by U. S. Customs. Consequently, they will continue to be highly porous borders. Mexico will deport a few hundred Chinese "boat people" and send back Cuban shipwreck victims on occasion, but cannot, for now, restrict the flow of its own people, nor do the United States' dirty work too often or with great enthusiasm.
D46 / JORGE G. CASTANEDA, Jorge G. Castaneda (graduate professor of political science at the National Autonomous University of Mexico in Mexico City. ) Los Angeles Times September 24, 1993, B; Page 7; HEADLINE: WHY THIS IMMIGRATION SCARE IS DIFFERENT; TRADE: NAFTA WILL SHIFT U. S. BORDERS SOUTH, AND ECONOMIC EQUALITY IS THE ONLY SOLUTION. (LEXIS / NEXIS) / / MS-VT95
Indeed, the United States and its poorer partners are facing a paradox. By tightening its trade, investment and other links with these nations (through the North American Free Trade Agreement, the Caribbean Basin Initiative and the Enterprise for the Americas) the United States is, in a sense, shifting its borders south. In the same way that Japanese and European investors may well believe that once in Mexico or Central America they will enjoy unrestricted access to the U. S. market, emigrants (and drug-traffickers, for that matter) are reaching a similar conclusion. They are not entirely mistaken; if all sorts of barriers between Mexico and the United States are brought down, then it is not absurd to think that entry into Mexico is tantamount to access to the United States.
D47 / Doris Meissner, (Commissioner of INS) November 3, 1993, "Immigration related issues in the North American Free Trade Agreement. " Hearing, Subcommittee on International law, immigration, and Refugees of the Committee on the Judiciary, House of Representatives. pp. 30-1(18) / MS-VT95
This view is drawn from the findings made by the Commission for the Study of International Migration and Cooperative Economic Development, which the Congress established in 1986 to assess ways in which economic and development policy might diminish migration pressures. The Commission found that increased trade was the stimulus most likely to increase economic opportunity in migrant-sending countries and that increased opportunity lessens the need people feel to emigrate. The Commission also noted, however, that in the short-to medium-term, economic development can stimulate migration. They found that rural populations, displaced as the result of development's effect on traditional social and economic systems, sometimes become new migration flows.
D48 / Rep. Bill McCollum (R-Fla. , ranking member of the House Judiciary subcommittee on international law, immigration, and refugees. ) Roll Call SEPTEMBER 27, 1993 HEADLINE: Immigration Reform Can't Wait for NAFTA McCollum: We Must Change Our Laws Now (LEXIS / NEXIS) / / MS-VT95
While this argument has an element of truth, we cannot hinge our immigration policy on NAFTA. Whether NAFTA is approved or not, we must change our laws if we are to control illegal immigration.
D49 / Rep. Bill McCollum (R-Fla. , ranking member of the House Judiciary subcommittee on international law, immigration, and refugees. ) Roll Call SEPTEMBER 27, 1993 HEADLINE: Immigration Reform Can't Wait for NAFTA McCollum: We Must Change Our Laws Now (LEXIS / NEXIS) / / MS-VT95
While NAFTA may have an effect on the immigration problem with Mexico, it has little bearing on immigrants from Haiti, China, or the rest of the world. We cannot wait to see the effect NAFTA would have on immigration.
D50 / Dr. Demetrios G. Papademetriou, (Senior Associate and Director, Immigration Policy program) November 3, 1993, "Immigration related issues in the North American Free Trade Agreement. " Hearing, Subcommittee on International law, Immigration, and Refugees of the Committee on the Judiciary, House of Representatives. p. 169 (18) / / MS-VT95
In addition to the NAFTA--which is indispensable to securing any Mexican cooperation--there are several ongoing sets of relationships which offer plausible vehicles for this endeavor. The state and Justice Departments have been engaged in a dialogue with Mexico on a large number of issues (including many of those of concern to this Subcommittee) as part Of the U. S. -Mexico bi-national relationship (BNC) which is now more than ten years old. old.
D51 / MARK W. NOWAK, EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR POPULATION-ENVIRONMENT BALANCE TO THE U. S. HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES COMMITTEE ON GOVERNMENT OPERATIONS SUBCOMMITTEE ON INFORMATION, JUSTICE, TRANSPORTATION AND AGRICULTURE, AUGUST 3, 1993; FEDERAL DOCUMENT CLEARING HOUSE CONGRESSIONAL TESTIMONY, "Testimony August 3, 1993 Mark W. Nowak Executive Director Population-Environment Balance House Government Operations / Information, Justice, Transportation, And Agriculture Border Fees" /-VT95
The evidence for overpopulation is widespread, including our water shortages, our excessive pollution, our great pressures to cut ever more timber from our national forests, our decreasing wildlife habitat, our paving over of 1. 5 million acres of farmland a year, our overcrowded recreation areas, crowding in our cities, and our inability to provide and maintain an adequate infrastructure of schools, roads and other physical facilities. All this and more point to the fact that the United States may already have exceeded the ideal population carrying capacity. After all, we must reemphasize that sparsely inhabited or open land does not necessarily signify additional carrying capacity.
D52 / GENE KORETZ, Staff Writer, August 9, 1993 "The Upside of America's Population Upsurge" Business Week, p. 20 / / PKK-VT95
This prospect was underscored by new Census Bureau projections released last year. As recently as 1989, the agency had predicted that the population of the U. S. , about 258 million today, would peak at about 302 million in 2038. But now, it anticipates that the population will hit 383 million by 2050 and keep growing.
D53 / MICHAEL KINSLEY, Staff Writer, December 28, 1992, "Gatecrashers, " The New Republic, p. 6 / / PKK-VT95
A new Census Bureau report predicts that there will be 383 million Americans in the year 2050. That's 128 million more than there are now, and 83 million more than the bureau was predicting just four years ago, when it appeared that the U. S. population would peak and stabilize at around 300 million.
D54 / Paul Rauber, staff writer May, 1993 HEADLINE: Cribonometry; overpopulation and the environment Sierra Club Vol. 78 ; No. 3 ; Pg. 36; / / pkk-VT95
With immigration flourishing as well, the U. S. Census Bureau now projects a 50-percent increase in the domestic population by the year 2050, from 255 million to 383 million. If these new Americans are anything like their parents, their profligate use of natural resources will ensure that the United States remains the most overpopulated nation on earth.
D55 / Paul Rauber, staff writer May, 1993 HEADLINE: Cribonometry; overpopulation and the environment Sierra Club Vol. 78 ; No. 3 ; Pg. 36; / / pkk-VT95
But the onset of the "Baby Boomlet" in the late 1980s popped those comfortable assumptions. Women who did not have children in their 20s turned out not to have forsworn parenthood, but only to have postponed it until their 30s or 40s. By last year the fertility rate had climbed back to 2. 1, the highest in the industrialized world. Even at replacement level, the huge number of women of childbearing age -- higher now than ever before -- provides a "population momentum" that will not subside for at least 40 years.
D56 / TOM MORGANTHAU, Staff Writer, August 9, 1993, "America: Still a Melting Pot?", p. 22 / / PKK-VT95
Immigration now produces about a third of U. S. population growth, and projections for the future range from a population of about 383 million in 2050 to 436 million by the year 2090.
D57 / Inter Press Service May 12, 1993, HEADLINE: POPULATION: THIRD WORLD ACCOUNTS FOR 95 PERCENT / / pkk-VT95
HEADLINE: POPULATION: THIRD WORLD ACCOUNTS FOR 95 PERCENT With a net immigration of about 900,000 per year, the United States effectively absorbs one of every 100 people added to world population each year.
D58 / GENE KORETZ, Staff Writer, August 9, 1993, "The Upside of America's Population Upsurge, " Business Week, p. 20 / / PKK-VT95
If demography is destiny, then America's economy in the next century may be very different from that of its chief trading rivals. Almost alone among industrial nations, the U. S. now looks forward to sizable population growth through 2050 and beyond.
D59 / The Xinhua General Overseas News Service MAY 12, 1993, HEADLINE: u. s. to maintain third in population size worldwide / / pkk-VT95
the united states is the fastest growing industrialized country in population size and likely to remain as the third population giant in the foreseeable future. according to an annual survey released by the washington-based population reference bureau, the united states ranks third behind china and india in population size.
D60 / The Xinhua General Overseas News Service MAY 12, 1993, HEADLINE: u. s. to maintain third in population size worldwide / / pkk-VT95
rising immigration, a modestly high birth rate, and the breakup of the former soviet union have combined to establish the united states as the population growth leader in the industrial world.
D61 / MARK W. NOWAK, EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR POPULATION-ENVIRONMENT BALANCE TO THE U. S. HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES COMMITTEE ON GOVERNMENT OPERATIONS SUBCOMMITTEE ON INFORMATION, JUSTICE, TRANSPORTATION AND AGRICULTURE, AUGUST 3, 1993; FEDERAL DOCUMENT CLEARING HOUSE CONGRESSIONAL TESTIMONY, "Testimony August 3, 1993 Mark W. Nowak Executive Director Population-Environment Balance House Government Operations / Information, Justice, Transportation, And Agriculture Border Fees" /-VT95
Consequently, immigration from other countries provides the crucial variable in our efforts to stabilize America's population. In sum, achieving population stabilization must include a goal to reduce immigration into the U. S. from its current level (more than 1,000,000 legal immigrants and an estimated 200,000 to 300,000 illegal immigrants every year) to a "replacement level" immigration rate that would parallel replacement level fertility. We should have a replacement level immigration ceiling of no more than 200,000 because about 200,000 people leave the United States voluntarily every year. Balancing immigration and emigration will be instrumental in balancing our population with our environment.
D62 / MARK W. NOWAK, EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR POPULATION-ENVIRONMENT BALANCE TO THE U. S. HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES COMMITTEE ON GOVERNMENT OPERATIONS SUBCOMMITTEE ON INFORMATION, JUSTICE, TRANSPORTATION AND AGRICULTURE, AUGUST 3, 1993; FEDERAL DOCUMENT CLEARING HOUSE CONGRESSIONAL TESTIMONY, "Testimony August 3, 1993 Mark W. Nowak Executive Director Population-Environment Balance House Government Operations / Information, Justice, Transportation, And Agriculture Border Fees" /-VT95
The United States' population is increasing by 3 million per year. Since immigration from foreign countries causes 50% of the United States' population growth (and over 60% of the population growth of some states such as California and Florida), and since the United States too has a limit on its carrying capacity, excess immigration creates a significant environmental threat.
D63 / ARISTIDE ZOLBERG, Prof. Political Science, New School for Social Research, 1992; in IMMIGRATION, LANGUAGE, AND ETHNICITY, "Refugee policy in the United States and Canada" pp. 6-7 / / MS-VT95
In low-fertility countries such as Canada and the United States immigration provides an important source of population growth, both through the admission of the immigrants themselves and through their offspring.
D64 / RICHARD D. LAMM, former Governor of Colorado, & Gary Imhoff, 1985; THE IMMIGRATION TIME BOMB: THE FRAGMENTING OF AMERICA p. 16 \\ VT95
At current levels of legal and illegal immigration, we will be doomed to expand our population continuously. Today we add nearly as many people to our population through immigration as we do through natural increase, from births. In the past fifteen years, we Americans have moderated our own fertility rates and brought the number of births down to a level that would allow us eventually to achieve a stable population, zero population growth--were it not for immigration.
D65 / Paul Rauber, staff writer May, 1993 HEADLINE: Cribonometry; overpopulation and the environment Sierra Club Vol. 78 ; No. 3 ; Pg. 36; / / pkk-VT95
Population stability is not achieved until there is a balance of births and deaths, immigration and emigration. The 1990 Immigration Act, instead of applying the brakes as expected, actually increased immigration, which now accounts for between 30 and 50 percent of the nation's population growth (depending upon one's guess at the level of illegal entry, and on whether the immigrants' subsequent offspring are included in the total).
D66 / Yeh Ling-Ling is California outreach coordinator for Population-Environment Balance, a Washington-based group. April 13, 1994 HEADLINE: PERSPECTIVE ON IMMIGRATION; THE WELCOME MAT IS THREADBARE; WE CAN'T KEEP ABSORBING 1. 3 MILLION NEWCOMERS A YEAR; A CUTBACK TO 200,000 -- REPLACEMENT LEVEL -- IS IN ORDER. Los Angeles Times / / PKK-LN-VT95
Immigration contributes nearly 50% of U. S. population growth, considering immigrants' higher-than-average fertility rates. Every year, about 1 million immigrants enter the United States legally, while an estimated 300,000 arrive and stay illegally. The projected cost of providing universal health care to all existing Americans and legal immigrants is already alarming. Who will finance the cost of future legal immigrants and their U. S. -born children?
D67 / RICHARD D. LAMM, former Governor of Colorado, & Gary Imhoff, 1985; THE IMMIGRATION TIME BOMB: THE FRAGMENTING OF AMERICA p. 1 \\ VT95
Legal and illegal immigration combined contribute nearly half of the population growth of the United States.
D68 / UNITED PRESS INTERNATIONAL, DECEMBER 30, 1993, "Immigration Leads Population Increase" Immigrants accounted for nearly one-third, or 895,000 people, of 1993's increase, which was the highest recorded for a 12-month period since the year ending June 30, 1914, when it was 1. 2 million.
D69 / MARK W. NOWAK, EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR POPULATION-ENVIRONMENT BALANCE TO THE U. S. HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES COMMITTEE ON GOVERNMENT OPERATIONS SUBCOMMITTEE ON INFORMATION, JUSTICE, TRANSPORTATION AND AGRICULTURE, AUGUST 3, 1993; FEDERAL DOCUMENT CLEARING HOUSE CONGRESSIONAL TESTIMONY, "Testimony August 3, 1993 Mark W. Nowak Executive Director Population-Environment Balance House Government Operations / Information, Justice, Transportation, And Agriculture Border Fees" /-VT95
In sum, overpopulation is the ultimate threat to the environment, and immigration is the critical component in our rapid population increase, which is the highest in the industrialized world. We owe it to ourselves, to our poor and homeless, and to other countries to act now to limit immigration into this country to replacement level in order to protect our environment and safeguard our long-term carrying capacity. By working first in the United States to stabilize our population, we can send a signal to other countries that says we have limits to our capacity to absorb immigrants. We can become a model of population stabilization for others so that we can each work toward safeguarding our own carrying capacity and thus safeguard the carrying capacity of our planet.
D70 / George J. Borjas NBER (National Bureau of Economic Research) Reporter September 22, 1993 Pg. 9; ISSN: 0276-119X HEADLINE: Immigration and ethnicity. (LEXIS / NEXIS) / / MS-VT95
Immigration again has become a major component of demographic change in the United States. The flow of legal immigrants has increased steadily since the 1930s, when only 500,000 immigrants were admitted during the entire decade. By the early 1990s, over 800,000 immigrants were being admitted every year. A large number of persons also enter the United States illegally. Despite the enactment of the Immigration Reform and Control Act in 1986, the Border Patrol apprehended 1. 3 million illegal aliens in 1992, or 2. 4 aliens per minute. Legal and illegal immigration now account for over one-third of the increase in population in the United States, and for over one-quarter of all new workers.
D71 / Charley Reese, (Sentinel Staff ) THE ORLANDO SENTINEL September 9, 1993 Pg. A12 HEADLINE: DO SOMETHING ABOUT AMERICA'S WORST PROBLEMS - STOP IMMIGRATION (LEXIS / NEXIS) / / MS-VT95
Since we live in the United States, our first step in controlling population growth should be to stop immigration, which is the main source of U. S. population increase.
D72 / MARK W. NOWAK, EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR POPULATION-ENVIRONMENT BALANCE TO THE U. S. HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES COMMITTEE ON GOVERNMENT OPERATIONS SUBCOMMITTEE ON INFORMATION, JUSTICE, TRANSPORTATION AND AGRICULTURE, AUGUST 3, 1993; FEDERAL DOCUMENT CLEARING HOUSE CONGRESSIONAL TESTIMONY, "Testimony August 3, 1993 Mark W. Nowak Executive Director Population-Environment Balance House Government Operations / Information, Justice, Transportation, And Agriculture Border Fees" /-VT95
BALANCE advocates population stabilization in the United States through replacement-level fertility (two children per couple) and replacement-level immigration (the level at which immigration equals emigration, or about 200,000 a year). Our central concern is that the United States is presently growing by more than three million people each year, with nearly 50% of that growth attributable to immigration, both legal and illegal.
D73 / Paul Rauber, staff writer May, 1993 HEADLINE: Cribonometry; overpopulation and the environment Sierra Club Vol. 78 ; No. 3 ; Pg. 36; / / pkk-VT95
Immigrants also have statistically higher fertility rates, partly because they tend to delay childbirth until arriving in their new home.
D74 / Kimberly C. Moore, (Staff writer States News Service) States News Service October 12, 1993, HEADLINE: REID BLAMES NATION'S ILLS ON IMMIGRATION EXPLOSION (Lexis / Nexis) / / MS-VT95
Reid cited statistics from the U. S. Bureau of Census, which predicts that by the year 2050, the U. S. population will increase from the present level of 280 million people to almost 400 million -- 87 percent of which will be the direct result of post-1970 immigrants.
D75 / Virginia Abernethy staff writer APRIL 10, 1993, HEADLINE: Population Growth Follows Prosperity The San Francisco Chronicle / / PKK-LN-VT95
The signal broadcast by our immigration policy is that the United States is unconcerned about resource availability and the environment's capacity to cope with pollution. Its meaning to others is that we will go on welcoming large-scale immigration, because we have so much reserve capacity and wealth that it cannot hurt us.
D76 / ANTHONY FLINT, GLOBE STAFF, NOVEMBER 26, 1993; THE BOSTON GLOBE, "As Population Soars, Debate On Effects Is Sharply Split, " Pg. 1 /-VT95
Promoting family planning is not just a matter of global altruism. The US and other nations are also worried that the population explosion in developing countries will lead to an international immigration crisis, straining economies in developed countries and prompting ethnic conflicts. "International migration has become the real hot potato, " said Herman Bravos-Cassas, one of the organizers of a planned United Nations conference in Cairo on population. The Cairo conference, scheduled for next September, is seen as a follow-up to the environmental conference last year in Rio de Janeiro, where the population question was not dealt with.
D77 / RICHARD D. LAMM, former Governor of Colorado, & Gary Imhoff, 1985; THE IMMIGRATION TIME BOMB: THE FRAGMENTING OF AMERICA pp. 225-6 VT95
All modern-day curves in population and resource consumption lead to disaster. The United States can ignore this and join the march to disaster, or it can attempt to save itself and as many others as will join us. It is my sad and reluctant conclusion that the economy within the United States cannot solve all the problems outside the United States, and that it would be foolish for us to try.
D78 / Nafis Sadik, Director of the U. N. Population Fund, 1991 The Futurist, March / April / / p. 1 VT95
At any level of development, larger numbers of people consume more resources and produce more waste. The quality, , Of human life is inseparable from the quality of the environment. It is increasingly clear that both are inseparable from the question of human numbers and concentrations.
D79 / WILLIAM OPHULS AND A. STEPHEN BOYAN, Ph. D. POLI SCI at YALE, POLI SCI. at U. of Maryland, 1992, Ecology and the Politics of Scarcity Revisited, p. 180 / / NDI-VT95
First, as the human impact on the environment increases, other species will find it more difficult to survive. Eventually they will not survive, and human life-support systems will begin to unravel.
D80 / The Christian Science Monitor May 13, 1993, HEADLINE: On a path of higher population Pg. 20 / / pkk-VT95
As a nation that uses world resources and creates pollution at a scandalous rate, to increase our size seems illogical. Further, to increase our population by large increments when we are barely able to limit the damage caused by an already large population seems foolhardy and irresponsible.
D81 / ELLEN PERCY KRALY, DEPT. OF GEOGRAPHY, COLGATE U. , ROBERT WARREN, U. S. IMMIGRATION AND NATURALIZATION SERVICE, NOVEMBER 1992; DEMOGRAPHY, "ESTIMATES OF LONG-TERM IMMIGRATION TO THE UNITED STATES: MOVING U. S. STATISTICS TOWARD UNITED NATIONS CONCEPTS, " p. 625 vol. 29, no. 4 /-5 VT 95
Third, our ability to document departure or emigration in one population of aliens also underscores the importance of establishing sources of data and methods of analysis to derive more comprehensive measures of emigration from the United States (see Warren and Kraly 1985). The impact of international migration to the United States on national and regional population dynamics is increasing, and with it the need for more comprehensive and more reliable information on emigration (see US General Accounting Office 1988; Woodrow and Passel 1989). In an informed discussion of the consequences of international migration on US social and economic sectors, all relevant categories of long-term immigration must be included, particularly the two that previously have been excluded: non immigrants who stay more than one year, and US residents who emigrate
D82 / RICHARD D. LAMM, former Governor of Colorado, & Gary Imhoff, 1985; THE IMMIGRATION TIME BOMB: THE FRAGMENTING OF AMERICA p. 5 \\ VT95
Some people deny that immigration can ever be a problem. They refuse to let go of the dream. They argue that treating immigration as a problem treats people, human beings, as a problem. In that, they are right: people, large numbers of people pressing against the resources of the earth, are a problem. Especially in the United States, where each individual uses a disproportionately large share of the world's resources, increased population is a lasting problem for this and future generations.
D83 / MARK W. NOWAK, EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR POPULATION-ENVIRONMENT BALANCE TO THE U. S. HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES COMMITTEE ON GOVERNMENT OPERATIONS SUBCOMMITTEE ON INFORMATION, JUSTICE, TRANSPORTATION AND AGRICULTURE, AUGUST 3, 1993; FEDERAL DOCUMENT CLEARING HOUSE CONGRESSIONAL TESTIMONY, "Testimony August 3, 1993 Mark W. Nowak Executive Director Population-Environment Balance House Government Operations / Information, Justice, Transportation, And Agriculture Border Fees" /-VT95
BALANCE's position is based on the realization that a stable U. S. population size is essential if we are to prevent further deterioration of the very system that supports us - our environment and natural resource base. Regardless of how conservatively we use resources, the fundamental fact is that growing numbers of people unavoidably place increasing demands on our natural and social environment. More people mean more energy use, more traffic jams, more production of toxic wastes and increased tensions which result from living in crowded urban environments. However efficient we may be in the use of resources and however much we conserve in our attempt to preserve our environment, more people simply mean more stress on the ecosystem. The phenomena of crowding, deforestation, acid rain, global warming and the whole litany of environmental ills in the U. S. and elsewhere amply demonstrate that every person, however conservative, adds to the environmental burden.
D84 / RALPH Z. HALLOW, STAFF WRITER, JULY 29, 1993; THE WASHINGTON TIMES, "Immigration Reformers Fearful Of '2% Solution', " Pg. A1 /-LN-VT95
Although critical of Mr. Clinton's narrow immigration focus, Monique Miller, executive director of the Carrying Capacity Network, a nonprofit group that commissioned the Huddle study, also commended him. "It takes courage to address it at all because people think anyone who is willing to look at the issue is xenophobic or nativist, " she said. "But the fact is the U. S. population growth, whether the result of native births or immigration, threatens to undermine the ecological, economic and political stability of this nation. "
D85 / WILLIAM OPHULS AND A. STEPHEN BOYAN, Ph. D. Poli Sci at Yale, Poli Sci. at U. of Maryland, 1992, Ecology and the Politics of Scarcity Revisited, p. 182-3 / NDI-VT95
The suffering and misery created by a large overshoot of the carrying capacity will be enormous. Any large overshoot seems certain to erode the carrying capacity so severely that the surviving civilization will have rather limited material possibilities.
D86 / RICHARD D. LAMM, former Governor of Colorado, & Gary Imhoff, 1985; THE IMMIGRATION TIME BOMB: THE FRAGMENTING OF AMERICA pp. 6-7 VT95
Revolution and the Green Revolution in agriculture. What has been true for most of human history, save for that brief period, is that human populations have been limited by the resources available to them. And, except for faith in continued human inventiveness--and not just inventiveness, but quantum leaps in inventiveness--there is every reason to believe that human population in the future will continue to be limited by the resources available to us.
D87 / MARK W. NOWAK, EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR POPULATION-ENVIRONMENT BALANCE TO THE U. S. HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES COMMITTEE ON GOVERNMENT OPERATIONS SUBCOMMITTEE ON INFORMATION, JUSTICE, TRANSPORTATION AND AGRICULTURE, AUGUST 3, 1993; FEDERAL DOCUMENT CLEARING HOUSE CONGRESSIONAL TESTIMONY, "Testimony August 3, 1993 Mark W. Nowak Executive Director Population-Environment Balance House Government Operations / Information, Justice, Transportation, And Agriculture Border Fees" /-VT95
It is particularly important for the United States to stop its population growth because, while the U. S. contains only about 5% of the world's population, it uses disproportionately large amounts of the world's resources (e. g. approximately 25% of its fossil fuel) and produces over 25% of the world's C02, which contributes to the greenhouse effect. Thus, stopping population growth in the United States is essential if we are to protect both the United States' and the world's environment.
D88 / MARK W. NOWAK, EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR POPULATION-ENVIRONMENT BALANCE TO THE U. S. HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES COMMITTEE ON GOVERNMENT OPERATIONS SUBCOMMITTEE ON INFORMATION, JUSTICE, TRANSPORTATION AND AGRICULTURE, AUGUST 3, 1993; FEDERAL DOCUMENT CLEARING HOUSE CONGRESSIONAL TESTIMONY, "Testimony August 3, 1993 Mark W. Nowak Executive Director Population-Environment Balance House Government Operations / Information, Justice, Transportation, And Agriculture Border Fees" /-VT95
Numerous other present and historical examples can be cited of population size exceeding the sustainable capacity of the environment due in part to the false perception of an adequate carrying capacity. The result is almost always increased migration pressure as well as the other components of overpopulation: Unemployment, social disruption and environmental damage.
D89 / MARK W. NOWAK, EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR POPULATION-ENVIRONMENT BALANCE TO THE U. S. HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES COMMITTEE ON GOVERNMENT OPERATIONS SUBCOMMITTEE ON INFORMATION, JUSTICE, TRANSPORTATION AND AGRICULTURE, AUGUST 3, 1993; FEDERAL DOCUMENT CLEARING HOUSE CONGRESSIONAL TESTIMONY, "Testimony August 3, 1993 Mark W. Nowak Executive Director Population-Environment Balance House Government Operations / Information, Justice, Transportation, And Agriculture Border Fees" /-VT95
Populations try to move out of countries where they have overwhelmed the carrying capacity. Today, the pressures from every continent continue to increase - world population is growing by 97 million per year! Many already have come to the United States, but no region, including the United States, has the-capacity to absorb all those desiring to immigrate. It is doubly unfortunate, therefore, that the perception of opportunity in the U. S. acts as a disincentive for overcrowded countries to face and begin to correct overpopulation problems at home. Thus, allowing too much immigration both creates an environmental threat and sends a misleading signal. Perhaps all countries should consider limiting immigration to levels within their carrying capacities in order to more effectively protect the environment. Slowing immigration in excess of carrying capacity ignores limits in both sending and receiving countries. Such a disregard represents a serious threat to the environments of all countries involved.
D90 / MARK W. NOWAK, EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR POPULATION-ENVIRONMENT BALANCE TO THE U. S. HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES COMMITTEE ON GOVERNMENT OPERATIONS SUBCOMMITTEE ON INFORMATION, JUSTICE, TRANSPORTATION AND AGRICULTURE, AUGUST 3, 1993; FEDERAL DOCUMENT CLEARING HOUSE CONGRESSIONAL TESTIMONY, "Testimony August 3, 1993 Mark W. Nowak Executive Director Population-Environment Balance House Government Operations / Information, Justice, Transportation, And Agriculture Border Fees" /-VT95
The point is simple enough: More people demand more of the shrinking resources and, in using them, create more pollution. Global warming, species extinction, acid rain, deforestation of the Tongass and other national forests are among the signals that the United States' and world's population increase is pushing the environment beyond its ability to sustain a desirable quality of life.
D91 / MARK W. NOWAK, EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR POPULATION-ENVIRONMENT BALANCE TO THE U. S. HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES COMMITTEE ON GOVERNMENT OPERATIONS SUBCOMMITTEE ON INFORMATION, JUSTICE, TRANSPORTATION AND AGRICULTURE, AUGUST 3, 1993; FEDERAL DOCUMENT CLEARING HOUSE CONGRESSIONAL TESTIMONY, "Testimony August 3, 1993 Mark W. Nowak Executive Director Population-Environment Balance House Government Operations / Information, Justice, Transportation, And Agriculture Border Fees" /-VT95
One can perhaps get a clearer understanding of the carrying capacity problem by seeing it essentially as caused by a population longage rather the a water shortage. Indeed, the list of carrying capacity factors which limit and which are affected by population longages is extensive, including energy, prime agricultural land, timber, open space, and peace and quiet, just to name a few.
D92 / MARK W. NOWAK, EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR POPULATION-ENVIRONMENT BALANCE TO THE U. S. HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES COMMITTEE ON GOVERNMENT OPERATIONS SUBCOMMITTEE ON INFORMATION, JUSTICE, TRANSPORTATION AND AGRICULTURE, AUGUST 3, 1993; FEDERAL DOCUMENT CLEARING HOUSE CONGRESSIONAL TESTIMONY, "Testimony August 3, 1993 Mark W. Nowak Executive Director Population-Environment Balance House Government Operations / Information, Justice, Transportation, And Agriculture Border Fees" /-VT95
The costs of population growth are not just economic; we are losing over 1. 5 million acres of farmland per year, we are drawing down our underground water supplies 25% in excess of their replacement rates, and we are using energy at unsustainably high rates. These are merely a few indicators of the fact that U. S. population growth is threatening the long-term carrying capacity* of the environment.
D93 / RICHARD D. LAMM, former Governor of Colorado & Gary Imhoff, 1985; THE IMMIGRATION TIME BOMB: THE FRAGMENTING OF AMERICA, P. 10 / / PKK-VT95
It is not antihuman or antisocial to say that too many people can be a problem. It is simply realistic to acknowledge the fact. Human activity changes the world in many ways in addition to resource exhaustion, and not all of these ways are good even for human beings. People pollute, and too many people living in an area can degrade that area irrevocably.
D94 / Paul Rauber, staff writer May, 1993 HEADLINE: Cribonometry; overpopulation and the environment Sierra Club Vol. 78 ; No. 3 ; Pg. 36; / / pkk-VT95
Yet while overpopulation exacerbates every environmental problem, it is perhaps the least-discussed of environmental issues. Because of its connection to abortion, immigration, and sex education, population joins politics and religion as an impolite subject of dinnertime conversation. In addition, census figures during the post-boom 1970s and' 80s seemed to show that substantial progress was being made, with a decline in U. S. fertility rates to a record low of 1. 8 children per woman, well below the "replacement" level of 2. 1. (The extra tenth takes into account infant and child mortality. ) With more women entering the paid labor force and marrying later in life, demographers blithely assumed that 25 to 30 percent of the population would remain childless. The Census Bureau further projected static levels of immigration, and declining family sizes for all economic, educational, ethnic, and religious groups. The U. S. population explosion, the statisticians concluded, had been contained.
D95 / Charley Reese, (Sentinel Staff ) THE ORLANDO SENTINEL September 9, 1993 Pg. A12 HEADLINE: DO SOMETHING ABOUT AMERICA'S WORST PROBLEMS - STOP IMMIGRATION (LEXIS / NEXIS) / / MS-VT95
Bear in mind that population must always be measured relative to the carrying capacity of the area occupied by the population. Too many people is the point beyond which the area occupied can no longer sustain life.
D96 / RICHARD D. LAMM, former Governor of Colorado, & Gary Imhoff, 1985; THE IMMIGRATION TIME BOMB: THE FRAGMENTING OF AMERICA p. 16 \\ VT95
But with current levels of immigration, we will always be forced to use our resources at a faster and faster rate, to try to expand our economy to make room for more and more workers, to try to spread our suburbs cutting down the forests and clearing out the farms that used to surround our cities.
D97 / RICHARD D. LAMM, former Governor of Colorado, & Gary Imhoff, 1985; THE IMMIGRATION TIME BOMB: THE FRAGMENTING OF AMERICA p. 199 VT95
-Where is no good reason for the United States to have a larger population than it does today; we would gain no benefit just from having more people live in this country.
D98 / JULIAN L. SIMON [Fellow--CATO Institute] THE ECONOMIC CONSEQUENCES OF IMMIGRATION 1989 p. 176 \\ SW-VT95
Population growth spurs the adoption of existing technology as well as the invention of new technology.
D99 / RICHARD D. LAMM, former Governor of Colorado, & Gary Imhoff, 1985; THE IMMIGRATION TIME BOMB: THE FRAGMENTING OF AMERICA p5 VT95
Yet the Population Reference Bureau ominously reminds us that' immigration will add more than fifty million people to the population of the United States by the year 2025, if today's levels continue without increasing. Clearly, this will further strain and perhaps break America's capacity for compassion.
D100 / Charley Reese, (Sentinel Staff ) THE ORLANDO SENTINEL September 9, 1993 Pg. A12 HEADLINE: DO SOMETHING ABOUT AMERICA'S WORST PROBLEMS - STOP IMMIGRATION (LEXIS / NEXIS) / / MS-VT95
It is not really an exaggeration to say that the world today has only one problem - population. It is not really an exaggeration to say that the greatest threat to planet Earth comes from one thing - population. It is not really an exaggeration to say that the greatest threat to the human race is one thing - population.
D101 / MICHAEL D'ANTONIO, NEW YORK JOURNALIST, AUGUST 29, 1993; LOS ANGELES TIMES, "Apocalypse Soon; The Latest Overpopulation Alarm Has A Twist: Not Only Lives But Lifestyles Are At Stake, " Magazine; Page 18 /-VT95
Although the U. N. 's data are widely used to predict an imminent disaster, Miranda insists that a more sophisticated analysis should include factors that reduce the effect of Third World growth. People born in undeveloped countries actually put less pressure on the planet because they use fewer resources and cause less pollution, says Miranda. A baby born in the United States, he says, uses five times more energy and other resources -- and also generates more tons of waste in a lifetime. Because countries like the United States and West European nations are expected to soon stabilize and may even decline in population, Miranda believes the planet can handle the growth of the Third World.
D102 / Paul R. Ehrlich and Anne H. Ehrlich, Center for Conservation Ecology, Stanford University, 1990 THE POPULATION EXPLOSION p. 181 / / VT95
The first benefit is avoiding the total collapse of civilization and the disappearance of the United Slates as we know it--a modest reward But the benefits could extend far beyond that.
D103 / MARK W. NOWAK, EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR POPULATION-ENVIRONMENT BALANCE TO THE U. S. HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES COMMITTEE ON GOVERNMENT OPERATIONS SUBCOMMITTEE ON INFORMATION, JUSTICE, TRANSPORTATION AND AGRICULTURE, AUGUST 3, 1993; FEDERAL DOCUMENT CLEARING HOUSE CONGRESSIONAL TESTIMONY, "Testimony August 3, 1993 Mark W. Nowak Executive Director Population-Environment Balance House Government Operations / Information, Justice, Transportation, And Agriculture Border Fees" /-VT95
In the United States, why don't we just disperse our population over the "wide open spaces" which (decreasingly) still exist in places such as Alaska, Utah, Nevada, some of the central states, and elsewhere? Doesn't our large land area provide the answer? Unfortunately, the answer is an emphatic: "No!"
D104 / DIANNE KLEIN, STAFF WRITER, DECEMBER 11, 1993; LOS ANGELES TIMES, "Curbs On Illegal Immigration Are 'social Sin, ' Mahony Says, " Part B; Page 3 /-VT95
"At a time of growing migration pressures around the world, we must now face the reality that resource consumption and environmental considerations limit the number of people the United States can absorb, " Danielle Elliott said. Elliot said that although many believe the best way to alleviate the problem is to attack poverty, overpopulation and political repression abroad, such efforts have largely been unsuccessful, as they would be if a foreign government tried to reform the U. S. government.
D105 / MICHAEL D'ANTONIO, NEW YORK JOURNALIST, AUGUST 29, 1993; LOS ANGELES TIMES, "Apocalypse Soon; The Latest Overpopulation Alarm Has A Twist: Not Only Lives But Lifestyles Are At Stake, " Magazine; Page 18 /-VT95
But the radical edge of the population-environment movement has no such concerns. Garrett Hardin, an emeritus professor at UC Santa Barbara, for example, argues for zero population growth paired with tight immigration controls, which could be paraphrased, "Protect the world, protect our way of life. " In his new book, "Living Within Limits, " Hardin even goes so far as to oppose sending food to hungry people in places that may be overpopulated. "Every time we send food to save lives in the present, " he writes, "we are destroying lives in the future. "
D106 / MARILYN HOSKIN, Prof. Political Science, State University of New York at Buffalo, 1991, NEW IMMIGRANTS AND DEMOCRATIC SOCIETY p1 \\ MS-VT95
Perhaps most ominously, there is considerable evidence to". suggest that population movement may be uncontrollable, as government attempts to restrict one type of entry only appear to spawn other, more creative or dating types. In virtually all nations experiencing significant immigration, the great problems of acceptance and integration of international migrants remain unresolved despite years of effort.
D107 / Ben J. Wattenberg and Karl Zinsmeister, fellows at the American Enterprise Institute, April 1990, "The Case for More Immigration" Commentary in The Reference Shelf: Immigration to the United States, p145 Robert Emmet Long, ed. / / pkk-38-VT95
The most widespread such argument is that America already has enough people, or too many people, or will soon have too many people unless the flow of new residents is stopped. Yet according to medium-variant ("most likely") projections by the Census Bureau, at current levels of birth, mortality, and immigration, the U. S. over the next fifty years will experience relatively slow population growth, then slower growth, then no growth, and then decline. This is due primarily to the fact that, for fifteen years now, fertility rates have been below the replacement level. Even an immigration moderately higher than the current level would still leave us on a slow-growth path toward population stability in the next century.
D108 / Ben J. Wattenberg and Karl Zinsmeister, fellows at the American Enterprise Institute, April 1990, "The Case for More Immigration" Commentary in The Reference Shelf: Immigration to the United States, p. 145 Robert Emmet Long, ed. / / pkk-38-VT95
The future can, of course, change. Suffice it to say that under current conditions there is no long-term population explosion under way in this country. Claims that immigration is going to bring about a standing-room-only America, or anything close to it, are bunk.
D109 / JULIAN L. SIMON [Fellow--CATO Institute] THE ECONOMIC CONSEQUENCES OF IMMIGRATION . 1989 p. 342 \\ SW-VT95
Other increases in productivity due to a larger population - and on these we have solid evidence - come from increased production through learning-by-doing, together with other gains from larger industry scale. Also, increasing the number of customers and workers increases investment, which brings more new technology into use, due to immigrants swelling the population.
D110 / ANTHONY RICHMOND, Prof. Sociology, York Univ. [Canada], 1988; IMMIGRATION AND ETHNIC CONFLICT p. 105 \\ MS-VT95
The zero population growth movement in the United States has also been vocal in its opposition to immigration. The danger of the ZPG movement diverting attention from the real causes of environmental damage and excessive energy consumption has been noted by Philip Hauser, who pointed out that 'it is ironic that at this point in history, demographers should have to take issue with "angry ecologists" overstating their case and using "the population explosion" as a major enemy in their effort to stem environmental pollution. There are two dangers inherent in this situation. One, the danger that the problems of environmental pollution and the population explosion may be used as a smoke screen to obscure other problems that should have priority, including the problems of slums, racism and the "urban crisis" in general. Second, the overstatements of the case. . . may do great harm if boomerang effects follow' (Hauser, 1970).
D111 / TOM MORGANTHAU, Staff Writer, August 9, 1993, "America: Still a Melting Pot?" p. 22 / / PKK-VT95
Fuchs says his commission has consulted environmentalists and population experts. "They persuaded us that the population growth is terribly serious on a planetary scale, but not in the United States, " he says. "So migration to the United States perhaps has a beneficial effect on the global environmental problem.
D112 / MICHAEL KINSLEY, Staff Writer, December 28, 1992, "Gatecrashers, " The New Republic. p. 6 / / PKK-VT95
There is no answer to the argument that "at some point" the country becomes too crowded, but there's no particular reason to believe we're at that point yet. Germany, with less than a third of America's population in a far smaller area, is currently accepting new arrivals in almost the same volume.
D113 / Ben J. Wattenberg and Karl Zinsmeister, fellows at the American Enterprise Institute, April 1990, "The Case for More Immigration" Commentary in The Reference Shelf: Immigration to the United States, p. 146 Robert Emmet Long, ed. / / pkk-38 VT 95 Statements like these are flawed in many respects. To begin with the issue of resource depletion, the truth is that regardless of the level of population, we have always been and will always be "running out" of resources, but we will never hit empty. Under any intelligent market-based system, resource use is not a matter of draining down inherited reserves but a complex process of inherent rationing, constantly evolving new applications, and substitutions based on what makes economic sense plus what is feasible with contemporary technology.
D114 / Ben J. Wattenberg and Karl Zinsmeister, fellows at the American Enterprise Institute, April 1990, "The Case for More Immigration" Commentary in The Reference Shelf: Immigration to the United States, p. 146 Robert Emmet Long, ed. / / pkk-38 VT 95 Moreover, as the economist Julian Simon has noted, the real costs of nearly all natural resources--measured in hours of human labor needed to acquire one unit--have fallen steadily and sharply in recent decades.
D115 / Ben J. Wattenberg and Karl Zinsmeister, fellows at the American Enterprise Institute, April 1990, "The Case for More Immigration" Commentary in The Reference Shelf: Immigration to the United States, p. 147 Robert Emmet Long, ed. / / VT 95 Similarly, ecological degradation is caused in large measure by what people do or fail to do, not by how many people there are. Within the last two decades, since America began spending significant sums on abatement, pollution has declined even as population has gone up. Recent concern about environmental trends like carbon-dioxide build-up and alleged ozone depletion are particularly irrelevant to the immigration question. If, as some worry, an individual person adds to global warming, it does not matter whether that person is in South Korea or New York (unless it is beneficial for Third Worlders to stay poor, thereby using less energy).
D116 / CONSTANCE A. MORELLA CONGRESSWOMAN HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES , HEARINGS, HOUSE APPROPRIATIONS / FOREIGN OPERATIONS, April 25, 1994 / / PKK-LN-VT95
ALTHOUGH MANY SOCIAL AND ECONOMIC FACTORS AFFECT FAMILY SIZE, ORGANIZED, ACCESSIBLE AND AFFORDABLE FAMILY PLANNING PROGRAMS HAVE THE MOST RAPID AND STRONGEST EFFECT ON BIRTHRATES BECAUSE THEY ENABLE WOMEN AND THEIR FAMILIES TO CONTROL THE TIMING AND NUMBER OF THEIR CHILDREN.
D117 / ANTHONY FLINT, GLOBE STAFF, NOVEMBER 26, 1993; THE BOSTON GLOBE, "As Population Soars, Debate On Effects Is Sharply Split, " Pg. 1 /-VT95
The practical fulcrum in the population debate is whether governments push family planning, and the United States has set aside a record $ 500 million for such programs. The immediate goal is getting birth control into the hands of an estimated 120 million women who are eager for it, Maguire said. "We feel actions taken this decade will determine when and at what level world population will be stabilized, " she said.
D118 / Julian Simon Professor of Business, University of Maryland 1990 "Are We Losing Our Farmland?" The Public Interest No. 647 Spring 1982 Population Matters: People. Resources, Environment, and Immigration p. 120 / / VT 95
U. S. food production has been going up by leaps and bounds. To avoid trying to add apples and oranges, which can only be done by summing their money value, let us look at one representative and very important crop--corn. Figure 9-1 shows that total corn production has been rising rapidly in recent decades. This means more to be consumed by Americans as vegetable and meat, and more to sell abroad. No grounds for concern there.
D119 / JULIAN SIMON, Professor of Business, University of Maryland, 1990, "Worldwide, Land for Agriculture is Increasing, " New York Times, October 7, 1980, Population Matters: People, Resources, Environment, and Immigration, p. 115 / / PKK-VT95
The amount of agricultural land in the world is continuing to rise, just as in the past centuries, despite popular belief that it is fixed in quantity. The United States' food supply is not endangered by the conversion of United States farmland to other uses.
D120 / JULIAN SIMON, Professor of Business, University of Maryland, 1990, "Don't Close Our Borders, ", February 7, 1984 in Population Matters: People, Resources, Environment, and Immigration, p. 265 / / PKK-VT95
Opponents of immigration believe they are guarding their own economic interests when they argue that immigrants damage our pocketbooks and our environment. But recent research shows that many of their beliefs are dead wrong and are based on myth.
D121 / Ben J. Wattenberg and Karl Zinsmeister, fellows at the American Enterprise Institute, April 1990, "The Case for More Immigration" Commentary in The Reference Shelf: Immigration to the United States, p. 146 Robert Emmet Long, ed. / / VT 95
Beyond that, the risks and benefits of our current demographic trends are open to debate. Though much attention has been paid to the dangers of overpopulation and over immigration, little notice has been directed to the dangers of stasis or decline. Over the last two centuries, America's prosperity and growing influence have coincided with the most significant long-term population boom in history. In the century to come the population of the planet as a whole will double; is it wise for America to be a no-growth player in a high-growth world?'
D122 / Julian Simon Professor of Business, University of Maryland 1990 Population Matters: People, Resources, Environment, and Immigration. p. 7 / / pkk-16- VT 95
This fits with a view that when some resources are used, there is less left to be used in the future. If you hold a closed-world vision in which all is fixed in quantity, you are bound to be incredulous when I tell you that resources are increasing in quantity. With such a world view, you are not likely to believe me when I say that more people in the United States, using more resources and creating temporary shortages, and then discovering solutions to the shortages, mean that people in other countries will have a higher rather than a lower standard of living as a result.
D123 / MICHAEL KINSLEY, Staff writer, December 28, 1992, "Gatecrashers, " The New Republic, p. 6 / / PKK-VT95
On the economic effects of immigration, there are studies to suit every taste. Immigrants take jobs from poor Americans; or they go on welfare and bloat the tax bill; or both; or neither. Basic economic logic suggests that even when a new arrival "takes" a job, the money he earns and spends will in turn create a job or so. The more the merrier is a tenet of capitalism dating back to Adam Smith, and nothing I've seen disproves it.
D124 / GENE KORETZ, Staff writer, August 9, 1993, "The Upside of America's Population Upsurge, " Business Week, p. 20 / / PKK-VT95
Although most of America's baby boomers will be age 65 and older by the year 2025, current projections indicate that the U. S. ratio will still be higher than that of most other advanced nations- holding at about 3. 3 to 1 in the U. S. , compared with 2. 9 to 1 in Britain, 2. 7 in France, 2. 5 in Germany, and just 2. 3 in Japan, where 30% of the population will be elderly. "America's high fertility and immigration could prove to be a big plus in the decades ahead, " says economist Philip Suttle of Morgan Guaranty Trust Co.
D125 / CECILIA MUNOZ (Senior analyst, National Council of LaRaza) and Mary Jo Marion (Trade Policy Analyst) November 3, 1993, "Immigration related issues in the North American Free Trade Agreement. " Hearing, Subcommittee on International law, immigration, and Refugees of the Committee on Judiciary , House of Representatives, p. 149 / / MS-VT95
The long-term potential of NAFTA to reduce migration is critical to accomplishing goals articulated by over a decade of immigration research, that long-term economic development in Mexico is the most effective means of immigration control. NCLR strongly believes that NAFTA is prerequisite to these long-term changes. In addition, it has never been more clear that cooperation between the United States and Mexico is essential to immigration control which is accomplished through economic development, as well as that which is accomplished through immigration enforcement.
D126 / Donna Hrinak, (Deputy Assistant Secretary for Mexico and the Caribbean) November 3, 1993, "Immigration related issues in the North American Free Trade Agreement. " Hearing, Subcommittee on International law, immigration, and Refugees of the Committee on the Judiciary, House of Representatives. p. 43 (18) / / VT95
One of NAFTA'S benefits, over time, will be the reduction of illegal immigration from Mexico. Simply put, NAFTA will increase jobs in both the United States and Mexico. There will be more jobs in Mexico, at higher wages and, therefore, less pressure to emigrate.
D127 / Doris Meissner, (Commissioner of INS) November 3, 1993, '"Immigration related issues in the North American Free Trade Agreement. " Hearing, Subcommittee on International law, immigration, and Refugees of the Committee on the Judiciary, House of Representatives. p. 26-7(18) / / VT95
First of all, NAFTA is America's best long-term opportunity to reduce illegal immigration from Mexico. Second, NAFTA will create jobs in both the United States and Mexico. Third, the new jobs in Mexico will strengthen their economy, and that provides the best single solution to the flow of undocumented workers into the United States.
D128 / Doris Meissner, (Commissioner of INS) November 3, 1993, "Immigration related issues in the North American Free Trade Agreement. " Hearing, Subcommittee on International law, immigration, and Refugees of the Committee on the Judiciary, House of Representatives. p. 30(18) / VT95
Quite simply, I believe NAFTA is the United States' best opportunity to reduce illegal immigration across our southern border in the long term. Its promise of a greatly strengthened Mexican economy, with its corollary of a higher standard of living for Mexicans, presents us with the single best systemic solution to the flow of undocumented workers into the United States.
D129 / CECILIA MUNOZ (Senior analyst, National Council of LaRaza) and Mary Jo Marion (Trade Policy Analyst) November 3, 1993, "Immigration related issues in the North American Free Trade Agreement. " Hearing, Subcommittee on International law, immigration, and Refugees of the Committee on Judiciary , House of Representatives, p. 142 / / MS-VT95
There is widespread agreement that in the short term, NAFTA -- in addition to economic changes already underway within Mexico, and therefore increased migration either to Mexico's urban center's urban centers, or to the United States. Academic research has particularly focused on changes within agriculture, a sector of the Mexican economy which is likely to be substantially transformed over the next 20 years.
D130 / Myron Weiner, (Ford International Professor of Political Science at MIT) 1993 International Migration and Security p. 2 (edited by Myron Weiner) / / VT95
Second, more people want to leave their countries than there are countries willing or capable of accepting them. The reluctance of states to open their borders to all who wish to enter is only partly a concern over economic effects. The constraints are as likely to be political, resting upon a concern that an influx of people belonging to another ethnic community may generate xenophobic sentiments, conflicts between natives and migrants, and the growth of anti-migrant right-wing parties.
D131 / JONATHAN ALTER, STAFF WRITER, July 26, 1993, "Elitism and the Immigration Backlash, " / / PKK-VT95
It's too late to blame George Bush, too early to blame Bill Clinton and too simple to blame aliens for horning in on American opportunities. Yet that is exactly the backlash now underway.
D132 / NEAL R. PEIRCE contributing editor for the National Journal. May 23, 1993 HEADLINE: IMMIGRANTS NO LONGER WELCOME The Plain Dealer Pg. 3C / / pkk-VT95
The tide of immigration, legal and illegal, flooding across the once-Golden State is tossing up a political backlash of some proportions. It is raising deep and troublesome questions about the American character and where the country may be headed.
D133 / Pamela Burdman, Chronicle Staff Writer MARCH 30, 1994, HEADLINE: Grass-Roots Anger Takes Hold Frustration over immigration draws thousands into movement The San Francisco Chronicle / / PKK-LN-VT95
In American history, anti-immigrant sentiment typically arises in times of grave economic insecurity. But today's movement is also driven by fears unique to the 1990s -- overpopulation that threatens the global environment, the mass migration of people from the developing world to more wealthy countries and, in the United States, crime, declining public services and the emergence of a multicultural society.
D134 / ERIC BAILEY and DAN MORAIN, TIMES STAFF WRITERS May 3, 1993, Headline: Anti- Immigration Bills Flood Legislature; Rights: Republicans See The Measures As A Way To Help The State Cut Costs. Critics See The Move As Political Opportunism And, In Some Cases, Racism. Los Angeles Times Page 3; / / pkk-VT95
"This is the hottest button going, " said Assemblyman Gil Ferguson (R-Newport Beach), who sponsored two of the bills. "As people hear about job losses and the state deficit, the backlash against illegal aliens grows. "
D135 / MARlLYN HOSKlN, Prof. Political Science, State University of New York at Buffalo, 1991, NEW IMMIGRANTS AND DEMOCRATIC SOCIETY p. 98 \\ VT95
If the worst-case interpretations are correct, population density should be at least an implicit warning to host citizens that foreigners are a threat to resources. Similarly, where unemployment is high, or at least above average, concern might well translate into negative feelings toward immigrants.
D136 / MELINDA LIU, Staff Writer, June 21, 1993, "Immigration Crackdown: Anxious Americans Want New Restrictions and Tougher Enforcement. " U. S. News and World Report, p. 34 / PKK-VT95
In the most recent Roper Organization survey on the subject, fully 54 percent of Americans said they think too many immigrants are allowed to enter the country. That mirrors the growing anti-immigration sentiment sweeping the industrial world.
D137 / MICHAEL T. LEMPRAS, ATTORNEY AND FORMER EXECUTIVE COMMISSIONER OF THE INS, FEBRUARY 21, 1994; NATIONAL REVIEW, "Getting Serious About Illegal Immigration" p. 54. V. 46 / VT95
Thus our universalist immigration policy, by bringing in cultures and peoples too diverse to be incorporated within a single national and civilizational identity, has inadvertently helped release the very forces of cultural separatism and group rights that the conservatives dread. The attempt to reconstitute the American identity solely in terms of a civic bend defined by universal ideas . is therefore doomed; as America's current fragmentation indicates, a civic bend cannot long endure in the ab sence of an experienced cultural bond.
D138 / Myron Weiner, (Ford International Professor of Political Science at MIT) 1993 International Migration and Security p. 17 (edited by Myron Weiner) / / VT95
Societies may be concerned because the people entering are so numerous or so poor that they create a substantial economic burden by straining housing, education and transportation facilities. In advanced industrial societies, services provided by the welfare state to migrant workers, permanent migrants or refugees may generate local resentment.
D139 / MELINDA LIU, Staff Writer, June 21, 1993, "Immigration Crackdown: Anxious Americans Want New Restrictions and Tougher Enforcement. " U. S. News and World Report, p. 35 / PKK-VT95
The spectacle of hordes of illegal immigrants washing up on American beaches- and a federal government seemingly powerless to stop them--provides groups like the Federation for American Immigration Reform with a chance to advance their larger goal: an immediate moratorium on all legal immigration.
D140 / RICHARD D. LAMM, former Governor of Colorado, & Gary Imhoff, 1985; THE IMMIGRATION TIME BOMB: THE FRAGMENTING OF AMERICA p. 4-5 VT95
The reality is something else again. Crime rates among immigrants soar in Miami, Los Angeles, and elsewhere; signs of backlash abound as America tries to absorb these unprecedented numbers and cultures. Ninety-one percent of Americans want to stop illegal immigration completely.
D141 / DAVID BRODER (Pulitzer Prize-winning political reporter) The Houston Chronicle October 25, 1993, A; 12 HEADLINE: Country feeling immigration backlash (Lexis / Nexis) / / MS-VT95
Estimates are that more than 2 million illegal immigrants now live in California, twice the number believed to have been here a decade ago. ""Right now, '' Assembly Speaker Willie Brown told the California Journal, the immigration issue ""is equal to Proposition 13 in terms of its volatility among the voting constituency. '' Just as Proposition 13, the 1978 property-tax rollback referendum in California, triggered a nationwide anti-tax movement, so the backlash on immigration is being felt across the country and in Washington.
D142 / MARILYN HOSKIN, Prof. Political Science, State University of New York at Buffalo, 1991, NEW IMMIGRANTS AND DEMOCRATIC SOCIETY \\ p. 77 VT95
Unfortunately, there is little evidence that citizens of the "rich" countries appreciate migrants as economic aid. The data in Chapter 3 indicate that host populations are more likely to define immigrants negatively in terms of their desirability, their ability to assimilate, and their contributions. Such patterns are consistent with political leaders' willingness to blame foreign workers for unemployment and increasing costs of social programs. Even if the overall impact of migration has been objectively positive for host nations, ordinary citizens have tended to focus on the real or potential economic disadvantages associated with it.
D143 / TOM MORGANTHAU, Staff Writer, August 9, 1993, "America: Still a Melting Pot?" p. 18 / / PKK-VT95
The latest Poll reveals the public's sharply shifting attitudes. Fully 60 percent of all Americans see current levels of immigration as bad; 59 percent think immigration in the past was good. Fifty-nine percent also say "many" immigrants wind up on welfare, and only 20 percent think America is still a melting pot.
D144 / Julian L. Simon, Teacher of Business Administration, Winter 1991 "The Case for Greatly Increased Immigration" The Public Interest. in The Reference Shelf: Immigration to the United States, Robert Emmet Long, ed. p. 170 / / VT95
I began by citing various reasons for our failure to take in more immigrants, despite the clear-cut benefits of doing so. The first is ignorance of the benefits described above. Second is the opposition by special interests, such as organized labor (which wants to restrict competition for jobs) and ethnic groups (whose members often fear that immigration will cause their proportion of the population to decrease). The third reason is well-organized opposition to immigration and a total lack of organized support for it
D145 / MELINDA LIU, Staff Writer, June 21, 1993, "Immigration Crackdown: Anxious Americans Want New Restrictions and Tougher Enforcement. " U. S. News and World Report, p. 35 / PKK-VT95
Most Americans intuitively believe that immigrants take jobs from the native-born and drive down wages.
D146 / MELINDA LIU, Staff Writer, June 21, 1993, "Immigration Crackdown: Anxious Americans Want New Restrictions and Tougher Enforcement. " U. S. News and World Report, p. 35 / PKK-VT95
Proponents of immigration, too, are taking a get-tough attitude toward illegal immigration, knowing that Americans will be magnanimous to foreigners only if they feel the illegal-alien problem is under control.
D147 / MARILYN HOSKIN, Prof. Political Science, State University of New York at Buffalo, 1991, NEW IMMIGRANTS AND DEMOCRATIC SOCIETY p. 58 \\ VT95
The balance, however, has been fragile and frequently disturbed. Hostile public opinion has been more visible, at least on the surface, in particular regions: "English only" signs in Florida and occasional violence against Hispanics and Asians in the South and Southwest indicate that white Americans are more negative in areas which have experienced overcrowding in housing, new needs in the schools, and the specter of numerical and linguistic dominance by an immigrant group.
D148 / Julian L. Simon, Teacher of Business Administration, Winter 1991 "The Case for Greatly Increased Immigration" The Public Interest. in The Reference Shelf: Immigration to the United States, Robert Emmet Long, ed. p. 160 / / VT95
If immigration is such an across-the-board winner, why aren't we welcoming skilled and hardworking foreigners with open arms? These are some of the reasons: 1) The public is ignorant of the facts to be presented here; it therefore charges immigrants with increasing unemployment, abusing welfare programs, and lowering the quality of our work force. 2) Various groups fear that immigrants would harm their particular interests; the groups are less concerned with the welfare of the country as a whole. 3) Well-organized lobbies oppose immigration, which receives little organized support. 4) Nativism, which may or may not be the same as racism in any particular case, continues to exert an appeal.
D149 / FRED BARNES, STAFF WRITER, NOVEMBER 8, 1993; THE NEW REPUBLIC, "No Entry: The Republicans' Immigration War, " Vol. 209 ; No. 19 ; Pg. 10 /-VT95
Republicans are on offense on the immigration issue. Democrats (most, but not all) are hopelessly on defense. Why? Republicans, sensing a political bonanza in economically insecure times, are ready to ride the immigration issue wherever it takes them, even at the expense of their image as an optimistic, inclusionary party. Democrats simply want to avoid being overrun by an electorally explosive issue. As the debate heated up this year, Republicans quickly leapfrogged routine Democratic proposals to toughen border interdiction of illegals. Republican Governor Pete Wilson of California called for the elimination of all education, medical and welfare benefits for illegal aliens, claiming that these are a "magnetic lure" to immigrants. He also advocated killing another lure, automatic citizenship for children born here to parents who have come illegally. The result: Wilson experienced his first jump in popularity in more than two years. In a Los Angeles Times poll, his approval rose from 30 percent to 37 percent and his disapproval dropped from 59 percent to 45 percent.
D150 / MELINDA LIU, Staff Writer, June 21, 1993, "Immigration Crackdown: Anxious Americans Want New Restrictions and Tougher Enforcement. " U. S. News and World Report, p. 34 / PKK-VT95
What most concerns him is that a backlash against immigrants could sweep the country. "There is a fear, " says a Clinton advisers, "that unless the administration gets out in front, you'll see what you did in Germany: a violent reaction against immigration.
D151 / Central News Agency May 8, 1993, HEADLINE: SCHOLARS WARN AGAINST AMERICAN XENOPHOBIA / / pkk-VT95
The two scholars, whose new book "Hate Crimes: The Rising Tide of Bigotry and Bloodshed" will soon be published, pointed out that large-scale racial violence has already erupted in major American cities. Since 1980, there have been racial confrontations in Los Angeles, New York City, Miami, Washington, D. C. , Detroit and Newark, they said. Moreover, an unprecedented number of hate-motivated murders across the United States have also occurred in the past few years, they noted.
D152 / Central News Agency May 8, 1993, HEADLINE: SCHOLARS WARN AGAINST AMERICAN XENOPHOBIA / / pkk-VT95
Besides political conflicts, more and more foreign immigrants will challenge the traditional power structure of Anglo-Saxon people to demand the share of wealth of this country, the scholars said. "In our post-industrial society, there is likely to be growing conflict among groups for the scarce economic resources. "
D153 / ELLIS COSE, 1992; A NATION OF STRANGERS p. 219 \\ GM-VT95
Given that, one can expect America's latest wave of immigration to be a magnet for conflict and hostility for years to come--despite a widely held belief that America has put the worst of her ethnic turmoil behind her. Optimistic forecasts notwithstanding, racial animosity has proven to be both an enduring American phenomenon and an invaluable political tool. Rather than a fire that flares up and burns itself out, it has more resembled a virus that at times lies dormant but can suddenly. erupt with vengeance--particularly during periods of stress.
D154 / AGENCE FRANCE PRESSE, JUNE 27, 1993, "Immigration Reformers Warn U. S. Could Face Ethnic Turmoil" /-LN-VT95
The United States could see the kind of ethnic turmoil which has recently hit Europe, prompting tighter immigration laws, if quick action is not taken, according to immigration law reformers. "There is a danger that the immigration reform movement, which is now being led by more moderate voices, could be captured by fanatics who would turn to violence and extreme measures, " said Ric Oberlink, executive director of Californians for Population Stablization.
D155 / James O. Goldsborough staff writer April 5, 1993 HEADLINE: TARGETING IMMIGRATION Cultural identity concerns fuel anti-immigrant ire worldwide THE SAN DIEGO UNION-TRIBUNE / / PKK-LN-VT95
The speakers agreed that the rise of an anti-immigrant "new nativism" in the industrialized world is motivated less by overt racism than by fear of loss of national identity. "The new discourse, " said Marcelo Suarez-Orozco, a UCSD anthropologist, "is about cultural, not racial pollution. "
D156 / Charles W. Hall , Steve Bates, Washington Post Staff Writers April 25, 1994, HEADLINE: Illegal Immigrants Pose Issues Of Cost, Conscience for Area The Washington Post / PKK-LN-VT95
Immigrants, both illegal and legal, are worried about the growing backlash, and local officials charged with helping the needy say cutbacks in government aid could cause severe social problems.
D157 / RICHARD D. LAMM, former Governor of Colorado, & Gary Imhoff, 1985; THE IMMIGRATION TIME BOMB: THE FRAGMENTING OF AMERICA p. 10 \\ VT95
Immigration at massive levels also creates societal problems. Because the assimilation of new immigrants is difficult, for them and for the host society, too rapid a rate of immigration into an area can strain social relationships and political systems to the breaking point. In many societies less tolerant and less hospitable than our own, rapid large-scale immigration has even led to massive slaughter.
D158 / ERIC BAILEY and DAN MORAIN, TIMES STAFF WRITERS May 3, 1993, Headline: Anti- Immigration Bills Flood Legislature; Rights: Republicans See The Measures As A Way To Help The State Cut Costs. Critics See The Move As Political Opportunism And, In Some Cases, Racism. Los Angeles Times Page 3; / / pkk-VT95
Prodded by the slumping California economy and the belief that undocumented immigrants are draining the state treasury, a zealous group of Sacramento lawmakers is carrying an uncommonly large slate of legislation designed to make the state less hospitable to such newcomers.
D159 / MARILYN HOSKIN, Prof. Political Science, State University of New York at Buffalo, 1991, NEW IMMIGRANTS AND DEMOCRATIC SOCIETY p. 141 \\ VT95
Certainly the most striking result which emerged from the analysis of multiple data sources in several nations was the absence of evidence supporting the theory that hostility toward migrants is economically based.
D160 / ROBERTO SANCHEZ, STAFF WRITER, DECEMBER 28, 1993; THE PHOENIX GAZETTE, "Give Me Your Tired, Poor? ; Anti-Immigrant Backlash Rising, " Pg. A1 /-VT95
Though immigration advocates are concerned by the tone and volume of the backlash against immigration, they said experience tells them it will soon die. "I don't think this is different. In the past we also had ugly and mean-spirited rhetoric, " said Cecilia Munoz, senior immigration policy analyst for the National Council of La Raza, a Mexican-American advocacy group and lobby.
D161 / MICHAEL D'ANTONIO, NEW YORK JOURNALIST, AUGUST 29, 1993; LOS ANGELES TIMES, "Apocalypse Soon; The Latest Overpopulation Alarm Has A Twist: Not Only Lives But Lifestyles Are At Stake, " Magazine; Page 18 /-VT95
Ideas such as drastic limits on immigration and cutting the U. S. population by as much as half evoke immediate and vocal opposition. FAIR's agenda for controlling immigration has been opposed by those who see a racial bias in efforts to close the door at a time when Asians and Latinos compose the largest immigrant groups. The connection between population control and anti- immigration efforts is "an unholy alliance that can lead to eugenics, " says Vibiana Andrade, director of the immigrant-rights program for the Mexican American Legal Defense and Educational Fund. Strict border controls limiting crossings from Mexico would disrupt the economy and political structure of that country, she says. "Given the population growth in Mexico and the economy, they cannot sustain the number of wage earners that will come of age in the near future. "
D162 / JAMES RUPERT, WASHINGTON POST FOREIGN SERVICE, NOVEMBER 10, 1993; THE WASHINGTON POST, "World's Welcome Strained By 20 Million Refugees; Xenophobia Surging, U. N. Commissioner Says, " PAGE A32 /-VT95
With impoverished Eastern Europeans spilling into Western Europe -- and Haitian boat people and Chinese and Latin American migrants entering the United States -- the post-Cold War 1990s have been marked by "an alarming upsurge of hostile and xenophobic attitudes, " Ogata said in releasing the report to journalists in Washington.
D163 / CHRISTIAN VAN SCHAYK Christian van Schayk is an independent consultant specializing in the development and transfer of information-based technologies April 8, 1993, HEADLINE: Immigration, free trade can benefit United States St. Petersburg Times / / PKK-LN-VT95
Yet in recent years, increasing resentment is evident. Opinion polls, protectionism and even violence all testify to the increase in anti-immigrant sentiment and general xenophobia.
D164 / Bill Lambrecht staff writer May 9, 1994, HEADLINE: CANDIDATES HOP ABOARD IMMIGRATION ISSUE; ILLEGAL ALIENS MORE RESENTED NOW, POLLS SAY St. Louis Post-Dispatch / / PKK-LN-VT95
But as Americans turn inward and worry mainly about problems at home, immigration is growing more important in domestic as well as foreign policy. Candidates mapping election strategy have begun to use the immigration issue, following polls that show increased resentment against illegal aliens.
D165 / ANTHONY RICHMOND, Prof. Sociology, York Univ. [Canada], 1988; IMMIGRATION AND ETHNIC CONFLICT p. 102 \\ VT95
A new manifestation of Social Darwinism has appeared in recent years and is being used to rationalize exclusionary immigration policies. The underlying premise of the new argument for reducing immigration is as superficially plausible as those offered in earlier years. It is derived from recent developments in our understanding of the delicate balance of ecological forces that sustain our population on earth.
D166 / DIETMAR MIETH, Prof. , Ethics Tubingen Univ. (Switz. ), 1993; MIGRANTS REFUGEES p. vii \\ GM-VT95
Questions relating to immigration, the right to reside in a country, work permits, the admission Of families and so on are problems for countries, organizations and aid organizations which represent a major. . burden to go along with the issues of integration and inculturation and the satisfying of basic human needs (for shelter, food and clothing). In addition there is the mentality problem: resistance to the distress of others if it is to the detriment of one's own life is a form of human misconduct which is widely prevalent. Furthermore, exploitation of the issue of foreigners plays a major role in irrational incitement to xenophobia and ethnocentricity.
D167 / MELINDA LIU, Staff Writer, June 21, 1993, "Immigration Crackdown: Anxious Americans Want New Restrictions and Tougher Enforcement. " U. S. News and World Report, p. 35 / PKK-VT95
Last summer, the conservative 'National Review' blasted current pro-immigration policies that tilt toward Third World immigrants. The magazine said those policies ask Americans of Anglo-European descent to "abandon the bonds of a common ethnicity"- and attack consistent with the nativist themes of Patrick Buchanan's presidential campaign.
D168 / MICHAEL D'ANTONIO, NEW YORK JOURNALIST, AUGUST 29, 1993; LOS ANGELES TIMES, "Apocalypse Soon; The Latest Overpopulation Alarm Has A Twist: Not Only Lives But Lifestyles Are At Stake, " Magazine; Page 18 /-VT95
Simon also fears that the dire warnings about population pressures will encourage racist, anti-immigrant sentiment in America. "It's not only morally repugnant, " he says, "but it also keeps out the new workers and new thinkers the country will need to maintain its economy. "
D169 / ANTHONY RICHMOND, Prof. Sociology, York Univ. [Canada], 1988; IMMIGRATION AND ETHNIC CONFLICT p. 98 \\ VT95
The history of immigration and its control in various countries is replete with examples of the ideological distortion of otherwise rational arguments and policies. The misuse of legitimate concerns regarding conservation, environmental protection, and population growth is only the latest in a long list of similar cases. For example, the prevention and control of the spread of infectious and contagious diseases is a proper concern of any government. The immigration regulations of almost all countries include provisions for the medical inspection of potential immigrants and other public health provisions relating to transportation. However, one of the most frequent stereotypes promoted by those opposed to immigration, or to the entry of particular races or nationalities, is that which suggests the unwanted group may be responsible for spreading loathsome disease.
D170 / JAMES POPKIN AND DORIAN FRIEDMAN, STAFF WRITERS, JUNE 21, 1993; "Return to Sender-Please: Illegal Aliens Easily Scam the Nation's Lame Deportation System" U. S. News and World Report, p. 32 / / PKK-VT95
Criminal aliens. While only a small minority of illegals are criminals, they are a major cause of American's anger at immigrants.
D171 / JORGE A. BUSTAMANTE, PRESIDENT OF ELCOLEGIO DE LA FRONTERA NORTE IN TIJUANA, AUGUST 13, 1993; LOS ANGELES TIMES, "Mexico-Bashing: A Case Where Words Can Hurt; Immigration: Take Care, Gov. Wilson, That Your Rhetoric Doesn't Inspire Hate Crimes, " Page B7 /-VT95
Gov. Pete Wilson's call for harsh measures against Mexican immigrants stops short of asking for ethnic cleansing. It is very unfortunate for two nations that have to live together to see a politician appealing to the xenophobic sentiments that cyclically emerge during economic crises.
D172 / ANTHONY RICHMOND, Prof. Sociology, York Univ. [Canada], 1988; IMMIGRATION AND ETHNIC CONFLICT p. 7 \\ VT95
Majority group responses to stress, typical of those who have wealth exercise power enjoy privileges and seek to maintain their status within a society, include heightened 'nationalism' and jingoistic attitudes, support for imperialistic ventures and reluctance to accept the loss of former colonial territories. Such reactions are often accompanied by racist attitudes, support for anti-immigration policies and generally 'authoritarian' responses to social conflict. They are frequently part of a political programme that is seen as 'neo conservative, appealing to those who feel threatened by rapid social change.
D173 / ANTHONY RICHMOND, Prof. Sociology, York Univ. [Canada], 1988; IMMIGRATION AND ETHNIC CONFLICT p. 47 \\ VT95
At the same time, governments may use their formidable powers persuasion, through the mass media, to generate a climate of opinion that is favorable or unfavorable to migration. In this they may be aided and abetted by private corporations seeking to influence the supply of labour. A government that wishes to induce the migration of an ethnic minority it perceives as a threat to the majority, may adopt a variety of coercive measures to induce emigration or force people into flight. Opposition movements may also stir up hostility to certain groups. External and internal warfare induce migration on an increasing scale. Some immigrants and refugee groups may remain politically active and involved in irredentist or subversive movements, relative to the former country.
D174 / ANTHONY RICHMOND, Prof. Sociology, York Univ. [Canada], 1988; IMMIGRATION AND ETHNIC CONFLICT p. 102-3 \\ VT95
Few would deny the reality of a population and resource crisis at the global level. Present rates of population growth, particularly in developing countries, will put serious pressures on food and energy resources. It is generally agreed that mass emigration will not solve the population problem. The solution lies in more effective fertility control, greater productivity, and a more egalitarian distribution of resources. However, arguments based upon the need to reduce urban congestion, prevent further environmental pollution, and reduce energy and resource consumption are now being used to support exclusionary immigration policies.
D175 / ANTHONY RICHMOND, Prof. Sociology, York Univ. [Canada], 1988; IMMIGRATION AND ETHNIC CONFLICT p. 100 \\ VT95
One of the most frequent concerns expressed by those opposed to immigration has been that immigrants will provide a pool of cheap labour, be used as strike breakers, and generally threaten the improvements in wages and working conditions achieved by labour unions. Such fears are often associated with stereotypes of racial minorities whose material standards and dietary habits supposedly enabled them to live 'off the smell of a rag. ' Such views provided a rationale for such discriminatory legislation as the requirement that potential immigrants must be in possession of certain sums of money and, in the case of Canada, the imposition of taxes on Chinese immigrants.
D176 / GEORGE WILL, WASHINGTON POST WRITERS GROUP, JULY 30, 1993; ST. LOUIS POST-DISPATCH, "Immigration Issue Needs Better Debate, " Pg. 7B /-LN-VT95
Nativism, meaning irrational and mean-spirited hostility toward immigrants, is as old as the Republic. But xenophobia - the desire to slam shut the golden door - don't explain all or even most of today's opposition to current immigration policies, particularly here.
D177 / Myron Weiner, (Ford International Professor of Political Science at MIT) 1993 International Migration and Security p. 2 (edited by Myron Weiner)ii / / VT95
Second, more people want to leave their countries than there are countries willing or capable of accepting them. The reluctance of states to open their borders to all who wish to enter is only partly a concern over economic concern effects. The constraints are as likely to be political, resting upon a that an influx of people belonging to another ethnic community may generate xenophobic sentiments, conflicts between natives and migrants, and the growth of anti-migrant right-wing parties.
D178 / JOHN C. VINSON President American Immigration Control Foundation April 28, 1994, HEADLINE: Unchecked immigration puts our nation at risk The Washington Times / / PKK-LN-VT95
If immigration continues at its current clip, the United States will soon face unprecedented ethnic and cultural shifts. Assimilation and tolerance will not fare well in such a climate.
D179 / Central News Agency May 8, 1993, HEADLINE: SCHOLARS WARN AGAINST AMERICAN XENOPHOBIA / / pkk-VT95
They [Professors Jack Levin and Jack McDevitt ]said that as the voices of xenophobia and racism are once again being raised around the world, particularly in West Europe, the United States must do more to help protect growing numbers of Asian, Latino and black immigrants. "Between 1981 and 1990, more than 7 million newcomers left their homelands to begin new lives in America. There will be more newcomers in the United States in the 1990s than in any previous decade, and the overwhelming majority are Asians, Latinos and blacks, " they said in an interview here.
D180 / Arthur C. Helton The Nation October 18, 1993 Vol. 257 ; No. 12 ; Pg. 428; ISSN: 0027-8378 HEADLINE: Closing the golden door: anti- immigration laws. (LEXIS / NEXIS) / / MS-VT95
The United States should be generous in terms of immigration and not succumb to Know-Nothing tirades. In any event, refugees must be protected as required under international law. Asylum is neither a cold war luxury nor a rhetorical device for restrictionists. It is a fundamental form of human rights protection that must not be compromised.
D181 / BOB DART, COX NEWS SERVICE, AUGUST 20, 1993; THE PHOENIX GAZETTE, "Illegal Immigration Described As Wedge Issue Of The Decade, " Pg. B12 /-VT95
Critics say that politicians are making illegal immigrants, mostly unskilled workers from Mexico and Central America, into scapegoats for a sluggish economy rather than trying to solve deeper and more complex problems.
D182 / JORGE A. BUSTAMANTE, PRESIDENT OF ELCOLEGIO DE LA FRONTERA NORTE IN TIJUANA, AUGUST 13, 1993; LOS ANGELES TIMES, "Mexico-Bashing: A Case Where Words Can Hurt; Immigration: Take Care, Gov. Wilson, That Your Rhetoric Doesn't Inspire Hate Crimes, " Page B7 /-VT95
As a sociologist trained in the United States, I am afraid of the repetition of a pattern: The anti-Mexican rhetoric is raised by a public figure of authority, and soon somebody finds justification in this for taking matters
D183 / ANDRES E. JIMENEZ, (director of the California Policy Seminar, a UC system wide program based in Berkeley. ) Los Angeles Times October 27, 1993, Page 7; HEADLINE: PERSPECTIVE ON IMMIGRATION; 6 MILLION CALIFORNIANS CAN'T ALL BE WRONGED; THE POLITICIANS' BASHING IS CREATING A CLIMATE OF PREJUDICE AGAINST ALL PEOPLE OF MEXICAN ANCESTRY. (Lexis / Nexis) / / MS-VT95
Although people of Mexican origin are not the sole victims of this xenophobic politics, we have been stigmatized by the manner in which this topic has been seized by some of our federal and state legislators, the governor and the state treasurer. The border with Mexico is the problem, they say; by implication, the Mexican community in California is the problem, its long-term productive members indistinguishable in the thinly veiled racial coding.
D184 / LARS SCHOULTZ, Prof. Political Science, Univ. of North Carolina, 1992; in WESTERN HEMISPHERE IMMIGRATION AND UNITED STATES FOREIGN POLICY, "Central America and the politicization of US immigration policy" p. 158-9 \\ VT95
Politically, it was an intelligent tactic. While only a small portion of the U. S. public has ever demonstrated much interest in the issue of immigration from Central America or anywhere else, opinion polls clearly indicate that the overwhelming majority of U. S. citizens is opposed to an increase in immigration, as Table 1 indicates. A well-tuned politician in search of support for a contentious foreign policy would be foolish to forgo any opportunity to identify his or her policy as a deterrent to immigration. It strikes the right chord.
D185 / JORGE G. CASTANEDA, Jorge G. Castaneda (graduate professor of political science at the National Autonomous University of Mexico in Mexico City. ) Los Angeles Times September 24, 1993, B; Page 7; HEADLINE: WHY THIS IMMIGRATION SCARE IS DIFFERENT; TRADE: NAFTA WILL SHIFT U. S. BORDERS SOUTH, AND ECONOMIC EQUALITY IS THE ONLY SOLUTION. (LEXIS / NEXIS) / / MS-VT95
It should come as no surprise that, in the midst of a lasting recession, California and the United States are once again becoming obsessed with immigration. Xenophobia, doomsayers' dire warnings about the "loss of control of our borders" and nativist fears about the fading of the American identity are as American as apple pie -- or tacos. As the economy continues to falter and jobs remain scarce, immigrants -- legal or otherwise, Mexican or Chinese -- are quickly perceived as the culprits.
D186 / WILLIAM SCHNEIDER, STAFF WRITER, JULY 24, 1993; THE NATIONAL JOURNAL, "Americans Turn Against Immigration, " Vol. 25, No. 30; Pg. 1900 /-LN-VT95
What's behind this explosive growth in public concern about immigration? In part, the answer is immigration itself. A third of the country's annual population growth comes from immigration, and 20-25 per cent of that immigration is illegal. The economy has a lot to do with it, too. The CNN-USA Today poll shows a direct link between economic anxiety and hostility to immigration. People who say that they are very worried about their economic situation are very critical of immigration (73 per cent want to see it reduced). But only 17 per cent of Americans say that they or someone they know has ever lost a job, or not been hired, because an immigrant got the job. In fact, two-thirds of the public believe that immigrants mostly take low-paying jobs that others don't want.
D187 / SAMUEL P. HUNTINGT0N, EATON PROFESSOR OF THE SCIENCE OF GOVERNMENT AND DIRECTOR OF THE JOHN M. OLIN INSTITUTE FOR STRATEGIC STUDIES AT HARVARD UNIVERSITY, NOVEMBER, 1993; FOREIGN AFFAIRS, "If Not Civilizations, What? Paradigms of the Post-Cold War World, " Pg. 186 /-VT95
Inter-civilizational issues are increasingly replacing inter-superpower issues as the top items on the international agenda. These issues include arms proliferation (particularly of weapons of mass destruction and the means of delivering them), human rights, and immigration. On these three issues, the West is on one side and most of the other major civilizations are on the other. President Clinton at the United Nations urges intensified efforts to curb nuclear and other unconventional weapons; Islamic and Confucian states plunge ahead in their efforts to acquire them; Russia practices ambivalence. The extent to which countries observe human rights corresponds overwhelmingly with divisions among civilizations: the West and Japan are highly protective of human rights- Latin America, India, Russia, and parts of Africa protect some human rights; China, many other Asian countries, and most Muslim societies are least protective of human rights. Rising immigration from non-Western sources is provoking rising concern in both Europe and America. Other European countries in addition to Germany are tightening their restrictions at the same time that the barriers to movement of people within the European Community are rapidly disappearing. In the United States, massive waves of new immigrants are generating support for new controls, despite the fact that most studies show immigrants to be making a net positive contribution to the American economy.
D188 / Saul Landau The San Francisco Chronicle SEPTEMBER 20, 1993, Pg. B9; HEADLINE: Immigration Hysteria Is Missing the Point (LEXIS / NEXIS) / / MS-VT95
Then in 1993, by the magic of recession, yesterday's hard workers became ''undesirables. '' Demagogues now demand that the president bar entry for new Asians and Hispanics. But this xenophobia belies reality. Foreign labels on our clothing and food boxes indicate that goods and capital flow freely across frontiers.
D189 / GEORGE F. WILL, STAFF WRITER, AUGUST 5, 1993; SACRAMENTO BEE, "Immigration Debate: It's Not Just The Economy, Stupid, " Pg. B7 /-VT95
But xenophobia and greediness -- the desire to slam shut the golden door -- do not explain all or even most of today's opposition to current immigration policies, particularly here. America is, as the Economist says, "the only first-world country that shares a 2,000-mile border with the Third World . . . dirt roads up against bright lights. " And the most luring lights are those of Southern California.
D190 / MARILYN HOSKIN, Prof. Political Science, State University of New York at Buffalo, 1991, NEW IMMIGRANTS AND DEMOCRATIC SOCIETY p. 125 \\ VT95
In the United States and Canada, on the other hand, racially inspired extremism has been less evident in the political arena. Ethnic or racial hostility has occurred in localities where foreigners have assumed some prominence in commercial or socio-religious activities, and some local politicians have responded with isolationist or exclusionary campaigns in southern Florida and Texas. Even where xenophobia might be most likely, however, extremist ideology and candidates have not been notably successful in attracting electoral support.
D191A / RONALD BROWNSTEIN and RICHARD SIMON, TIMES STAFF WRITERS, NOVEMBER 14, 1993; LOS ANGELES TIMES, "HOSPITALITY TURNS INTO HOSTILITY; CALIFORNIA HAS A LONG HISTORY OF WELCOMING NEWCOMERS FOR THEIR CHEAP LABOR -- UNTIL TIMES TURN ROUGH. THE CURRENT BACKLASH IS ALSO FUELED BY THE SCOPE AND NATURE OF THE IMMIGRATION, " Part A; Page 1; Column 1 /-VT95
Once established, immigrant communities tend to attract other immigrants. Although the current wave of immigration is being felt everywhere, the most dramatic impacts are in a handful of states. In 1960, 62% of all foreign-born Americans lived in seven states; by 1990, three-fourths of the new arrivals flowed to those same states. At the top of that list is California. During the 1980s, nearly one-quarter of all legal immigrants to the United States settled in California, and more than half of the 3 million illegal immigrants granted amnesty under the 1986 immigration reform law settled in California. Moreover, the INS estimates that nearly 1. 3 million illegal immigrants live in the state, about 40% of the nation's 3. 2-million total.
D192 / GENE McNARY, (FORMER COMMISSIONER, IMMIGRATION AND NATURALIZATION SERVICE) MARCH 30, 1993, "The Immigration and Naturalization Service: a Mandate for Change" Hearing before the Information, Justice, Transportation and Agriculture Subcommittee of the Committee on Government Ops, House of Representatives, p. 117 / / MS-VT95
First, those who enter illegally tend to concentrate in certain locales--those of you from California are well aware of this--and overload the community services. Hospitals, housing, schools, and welfare rolls in Florida, California, and Texas are overwhelmed.
D193 / THE WASHINGTON POST, JANUARY 3, 1994, "Immigration -- Who Will Pay?" PAGE A18 /-VT95
The Immigration and Naturalization Service reports that six states -- Florida, California, Texas, Illinois, New York and New Jersey -- receive the largest share of immigrants. Of the 4 million or so who are here illegally, California has about half. The states must educate all residents without regard to legal status, and they must provide emergency medical services and other benefits. California Gov. Pete Wilson estimates that these obligations cost taxpayers in his state $ 2. 3 billion a year. Gov. Chiles says Florida spends $ 739 million. This burden is magnified by two factors: The United States is now admitting a record number of legal immigrants and refugees who have special needs and who also tend to settle in the same states. And the prolonged recession has depleted state revenues and increased the demand for general social services.
D194 / ANDREW M. ISSERMAN, DIRECTOR OF THE REGIONAL RESEARCH INSTITUTE at WEST VIRGINIA UNIVERSITY, MARCH 1993; URBAN STUDIES, "United States Immigration Policy and the Industrial Heartland: Laws, Origins, Settlement Patterns and Economic Consequences, " vol. 30, no. 2 p. 250. \\ VT95
Several states gained large numbers of residents from the changes in origin and location patterns, The change for California is spectacular, It went from 1, 0 to 1. 6 million immigrants, an increase of 56 per 1 percent and a difference equal to 2. 5 per cent of the state's 1980 population (see Table 1). Texas gained an extra 160000 immigrants: 67 per cent of its immigration and 1 per cent of the state population. Hawaii gained an extra 24 000 people or 2. 4 per cent of its population. (7)
D195 / FRANK TREJO, STAFF WRITER, JANUARY 2, 1994; THE DALLAS MORNING NEWS, "Rethinking Immigration; Near-Record Influx, Publicized Incidents Help Prompt Calls For Reform, " Pg. 1A /-VT95
Some immigration analysts see an anti-immigrant ground swell that is perhaps best exemplified in California, where Gov. Pete Wilson has been at the forefront of the fight against illegal immigration. That state already has enacted several measures aimed at illegal immigrants. The measures include increasing penalties for fraud involving state medical aid, requiring documentation to obtain a driver's license and requiring that local law enforcement agencies cooperate with the INS.
D196 / SETH MYDANS, SPECIAL TO THE NEW YORK TIMES, FEBRUARY 19, 1994; THE NEW YORK TIMES, "Pushing Against Tide at Mexico Border, " Section 1, Page 6 /-VT95
Illegal immigration has become a volatile issue in California, which continues to struggle with a sagging economy. As he seeks re-election this fall, Gov. Pete Wilson, a Republican, has taken the lead in citing illegal immigration as a source of the state's problems, and he has proposed a crackdown that would deny government benefits to undocumented immigrants. The state's two Democratic Senators have put forward their own proposals: Dianne Feinstein would charge a $1 border toll to pay for more border control agents, and even the liberal Barbara Boxer has proposed deploying the National Guard along the border.
D197 / Elizabeth Rolph [Research Fellow RAND and Urban Institute Program for Research on Immigration Policy] 1992 IMMIGRATION POLICIES: LEGACY FROM THE 1980'S AND ISSUES FOR THE 1990'S. p. 50 \\ SW VT95
More importantly, these immigrants tend to concentrate in a few metropolitan areas, including Los Angeles, New York City, and Chicago. Local governments in the gateway cities bear primary responsibility for the education, health care, and economic well-being of the immigrants and their children.
D198 / JONATHAN TILOVE AND JOE HALLINAN, NEWHOUSE NEWS SERVICE, AUGUST 8, 1993; THE TIMES-PICAYUNE, "Immigrants Spur Latest White Flight, " Pg. A8 /-VT95
But even these state figures dilute just how concentrated the immigration is and the extent to which it is occurring in Los Angeles, where nearly 40 percent of the population is foreign born, and nearly 33 percent don't speak English well.
D199 / GEORGES VERNEZ (director of the Education and Human Resources)The San Diego Union-Tribune October 15, 1993, Pg. B-7 HEADLINE: From bonanza to headache Immigration in California has changed character (LEXIS / NEXIS) / / MS-VT95
Another important change, however slow, has been the increasing concentration of immigrants in a few states of the nation and within those states in a few large metropolitan areas. One in every three new immigrants to the United States now settles in California. Of these, three immigrants in five choose to live in the Los Angeles metropolitan area. In Los Angeles County, one-third of its population is now foreign-born, and in the city of Los Angeles, this proportion is even higher: 40 percent.
D200 / Associated Press April 25, 1993, HEADLINE: Immigrants from China using Puerto Rico as gateway to U. S Chicago Tribune / / PKK-LN-VT95
This U. S. commonwealth already has been the busiest southeastern point of entry for illegal immigrants in recent months. Many more refugees, primarily Dominicans, are fleeing by sea to Puerto Rico than the much more publicized flight of Cubans or Haitians to Miami.
D201 / Harry P. Pachon is executive director of the National Assn. of Latino Elected and Appointed Officials and the Kenan Professor of Political Studies at Pitzer College, Claremont. April 26, 1993, HEADLINE: PERSPECTIVE ON CITIZENSHIP; LOS ANGELES: CITY OF A MILLION NON-PARTICIPANTS; DISENFRANCHISEMENT IS A TWO-WAY BURDEN; ALL WOULD BENEFIT IF THE FEDERAL GOVERNMENT PROMOTED CITIZENSHIP. Los Angeles Times / / PKK-LN-VT95
What does this mean to the city? The effects are enormous. Non-citizenship results in the disenfranchisement of one-third of the city's population from its political institutions -- not only at the local level, but at the state and federal levels as well. Worse yet, disenfranchisement is a two-way street. Community members who can't participate can be easily ignored by their elected representatives. After all, the cement of accountability, the right to "vote the rascals out, " is missing. Thus, the gap between the elected and their constituents looms large.
D202 / CHICAGO TRIBUNE, JUNE 21, 1993, "Cities And Immigration: A New Reality, " Pg. 14 /-LN-VT95
There is another element that also ought to be appreciated: Immigration is as much a local issue as a national one. Though codified and enforced at the federal level, the financial consequences of our immigration policies are felt most acutely by states, counties and cities, and in particular by the handful of large metropolitan areas - including Chicago - where the lion's share of new immigrants settle.
D203 / RONALD BROWNSTEIN and RICHARD SIMON, TIMES STAFF WRITERS, NOVEMBER 14, 1993; LOS ANGELES TIMES, "HOSPITALITY TURNS INTO HOSTILITY; CALIFORNIA HAS A LONG HISTORY OF WELCOMING NEWCOMERS FOR THEIR CHEAP LABOR -- UNTIL TIMES TURN ROUGH. THE CURRENT BACKLASH IS ALSO FUELED BY THE SCOPE AND NATURE OF THE IMMIGRATION, " Part A; Page 1; Column 1 /-VT95
In no other state have concerns about immigration reached the intensity they have here. But in less concentrated form, the key factors driving the debate over immigration in California are present at the national level too.
D204 / JAMES HEAVEY, STAFF WRITER, JANUARY 17, 1994; THE SAN FRANCISCO EXAMINER, " U. S. Must Share Immigration Cost, " Pg. A-18 /-VT95
The cost to California of dealing with this influx is calculated at more than $ 3 billion. Wilson is counting on reimbursement from Washington of $ 2. 3 billion of this ($ 1. 7 billion for schools, $ 300 million for health care and $ 300 million for prison upkeep) to help balance the $ 55 billion state budget in the next fiscal year.
D205 / RONALD BROWNSTEIN and RICHARD SIMON, TIMES STAFF WRITERS, NOVEMBER 14, 1993; LOS ANGELES TIMES, "HOSPITALITY TURNS INTO HOSTILITY; CALIFORNIA HAS A LONG HISTORY OF WELCOMING NEWCOMERS FOR THEIR CHEAP LABOR -- UNTIL TIMES TURN ROUGH. THE CURRENT BACKLASH IS ALSO FUELED BY THE SCOPE AND NATURE OF THE IMMIGRATION, " Part A; Page 1; Column 1 /-VT95
The real issue may not be whether immigrants are a net benefit or burden to the country -- most economists still insist that the bottom line is positive -- but what level of government bears those burdens and reaps those benefits. Many experts say the problem is that the federal government, which receives the bulk of taxes from immigrants, does not provide enough money to help the relative handful of localities that bear most of the cost of assimilating the newcomers.
D206 / Nancy E. Roman staff writer May 10, 1994, HEADLINE: Florida expects surge of illegals to sail from Haiti The Washington Times / / PKK-LN-VT95
California Gov. Pete Wilson has sued the federal government in federal court asking for reimbursement of $377 million in incarceration costs and approximately $1. 6 billion for prison construction costs associated with jailing 16, 700 undocumented aliens who have committed felonies. Florida Gov. Lawton Chiles sued federal agencies for $844 million - the estimated cost of educating, housing and incarcerating illegal aliens.
D207 / Charles W. Hall, Steve Bates, Washington Post Staff Writers April 25, 1994, HEADLINE: Calculating The Costs of Immigration The Washington Post / / PKK-LN-VT95
Such studies have been controversial. Critics say they are political documents designed to inflate the costs and minimize the contributions of recent immigrants and that jurisdictions use the studies to try to receive more compensation from the federal government. Officials from Florida and California have already signaled they want federal funding to help cover services for immigrants -- through the courts if necessary. And the Clinton administration has said that next year's budget will include some local relief for governments serving large numbers of illegal immigrants.
D208 / THE DALLAS MORNING NEWS October 17, 1993, Pg. 2J HEADLINE: IMMIGRATION; Newcomers are burdening U. S. taxpayers (LEXIS / NEXIS) / / MS-VT95
Though more of these costs should be shifted to the federal government since immigration is a federal responsibility, simple logic says that such a shift will not remove" the impact of illegal immigration. Having Uncle Sam pick up more of the tab for Texas or California would merely diffuse the cost burden among taxpayers in all states. Simply stated, government cannot give anything to anyone that it hasn't taken from someone else. The real answer is to control illegal immigration.
D209 / JAMES HEAVEY, STAFF WRITER, JANUARY 17, 1994; THE SAN FRANCISCO EXAMINER, " U. S. Must Share Immigration Cost, " Pg. A-18 /-VT95
GOV. WILSON has an excellent case for demanding a proper federal contribution to costs of illegal immigration in this state. An estimated 52 percent of the nation's undocumented aliens live in California. State and local taxpayers bear the burden of educating these immigrants' children, providing health services for those unable to pay and incarcerating lawbreakers from that segment of the population. Yet the problem cannot be addressed by state action. It grows out of failures of national policy and performance in an area of federal jurisdiction. Illegal immigrants come here in large numbers because the whole United States does not control its borders or strictly apply its laws.
D210 / Nancy E. Roman staff writer May 10, 1994, HEADLINE: Florida expects surge of illegals to sail from Haiti The Washington Times / / PKK-LN-VT95
" Immigration is a federal responsibility, " she says, noting that Florida has spent more than $171 million since 1986 housing criminal aliens. "If the federal government fails to control our borders, then it should assume responsibility for the consequences of its inaction. "
D211 / Vic Stein THE PHOENIX GAZETTE October 19, 1993 Pg. B12 HEADLINE: ILLEGAL IMMIGRATION THREATENS THE NATION (LEXIS / NEXIS) / / MS-VT95
Illegals, once on U. S. soil, are here to stay. According to our laws, they are entitled to all or more of the amenities afforded citizens. Economist Donald Huddle of Rice University says last year's tab for the care and feeding (and schooling, health and housing) of these uninvited guests totaled $45 billion.
D212 / REENA SHAH STAMETS, staff writer, March 18, 1994, HEADLINE: The debate over illegal immigrants St. Petersburg Times / / PKK-LN-VT95
"Fiscal evidence shows that the federal government reaps a windfall, while the states suffer because they have to pay for social services, " said Cecilia Munoz, an immigration analyst at the National Council of La Raza. But, she adds, "That's a question of redistributing funds, not cutting" the number of immigrants.
D213 / REP. JOHN CONYERS, (REPRESENTATIVE FROM MICHIGAN, CHAIR COMMITTEE ON GOVERNMENT OPS) AUGUST 4, 1993; "The Immigration and Naturalization Service: Overwhelmed and unprepared for the future. " House Report 103-216, Second Report by the Committee on Government Operations, p. 2 / / MS-VT95
In States and localities most affected by immigration (California, Texas, Florida, New York, New Jersey, and Illinois), The presence of illegal aliens has placed growing burdens on service delivery systems--health care, education, and public protection.
D214 / THE DALLAS MORNING NEWS October 17, 1993, Pg. 2J HEADLINE: IMMIGRATION; Newcomers are burdening U. S. taxpayers (LEXIS / NEXIS) / / MS-VT95
One estimate holds that the cost nationwide of 13 major federal and state services to illegal immigrants in 1990 totaled $ 5. 5 billion. Recently, California Gov. Pete Wilson announced that in his state alone, illegal immigrants and their U. S. -born children cost taxpayers $ 2. 9 billion a year in four services: welfare, education, health care and incarceration.
D215 / THE DALLAS MORNING NEWS October 17, 1993, Pg. 2J HEADLINE: IMMIGRATION; Newcomers are burdening U. S. taxpayers (LEXIS / NEXIS) / / MS-VT95
Can taxpayers afford to spend billions of social service dollars on people who are present illegally on U. S. soil? Not surprisingly, their answer has been a resounding no!" As one former mayor of San Diego puts it: Immigration has brought about the systematic looting of California's welfare system; we're being made fools of. " While the phenomenon may be especially harmful to California, increasingly all other states will be asked to share the burden.
D216 / ALAN C. MILLER, RONALD J. OSTROW, and RONALD BROWNSTEIN, STAFF WRITERS, JULY 11, 1993; LOS ANGELES TIMES, "Immigration Policy Failures Invite Overhaul, " Page A1 /-LN-VT95
In recession-wracked California, Wilson estimated that the state spent $1. 7 billion in the last fiscal year to pay for educational, medical and correctional costs associated with residents here illegally. And Reno said that 26% of federal prisoners are in the United States illegally. Immigrant rights advocates say that such studies tend to overestimate the costs of illegal residents -- who are not eligible for federal welfare and some other government programs -- and underestimate the benefits, including the sales, property, Social Security, income and business taxes that many pay. But they acknowledged that there are significant costs to states and localities.
D217 / The Xinhua General Overseas News Service APRIL 6, 1993, HEADLINE: illegal immigration causes serious problems for u. s. / / PKK-LN-VT95
there are an estimated 4. 5 million illegal aliens living in the u. s. today, taking up jobs and obtaining free medical care and other government benefits, a u. s. congressman said today. 'this virtually unchecked influx of illegal aliens has caused serious problems for the nation, and has reached crisis proportion in California, ' said representative elton gallegly of California, who is a member of the u. s. house judiciary committee.
D218 / Rep. Elton Gallegly (R) of California is a member of the House Judiciary Committee and its International Law, Immigration, and Refugee Subcommittee. April 6, 1993, HEADLINE: Illegal Immigration to US: a Crisis That Must Be Handled The Christian Science Monitor / / PKK-LN-VT95
There are an estimated 4. 5 million illegal aliens living in the US today. These aliens come to the US to find work, obtain free medical care and other government benefits, and have a better life than they can have in their homelands. This virtually unchecked influx of illegal aliens has caused serious problems for the nation, and has reached crisis proportion in California.
D219 / George J. Borjas NBER (National Bureau of Economic Research) Reporter September 22, 1993 Pg. 9; ISSN: 0276-119X HEADLINE: Immigration and ethnicity. (LEXIS / NEXIS) / / MS-VT95
In fact, not only do recent waves have a higher propensity for participation in welfare programs, but the longer the immigrants reside in the United States, the higher the probability of receiving welfare. In a sense, the immigrant population "assimilates" into the welfare system. The reasons for this trend are not well understood. The transition into welfare might occur because the assimilation process involves learning not only about labor market opportunities, but also about income opportunities in the welfare state. It also might be the case that recent immigrants fear their chances for naturalization might be jeopardized if they become a "public charge, " and delay their entry into the welfare system until after naturalization occurs.
D220 / REENA SHAH STAMETS, staff writer, March 18, 1994, HEADLINE: The debate over illegal immigrants St. Petersburg Times / / PKK-LN-VT95
"The situation now is that it's illegal for you to come in, but if you get past the border patrol, you're immediately met with rewards, " said Daniel Stein, executive director of the Federation for American Immigration Reform, which favors deep cuts in immigration. "You can get free public education, housing assistance, AFDC (welfare). "
D221 / Yeh Ling-Ling is California outreach coordinator for Population-Environment Balance, a Washington-based group. April 13, 1994 HEADLINE: PERSPECTIVE ON IMMIGRATION; THE WELCOME MAT IS THREADBARE; WE CAN'T KEEP ABSORBING 1. 3 MILLION NEWCOMERS A YEAR; A CUTBACK TO 200,000 -- REPLACEMENT LEVEL -- IS IN ORDER. Los Angeles Times / / PKK-LN-VT95
The usage of welfare by elderly resident aliens, not including naturalized citizens, increased 400% from 1982 to 1992. In 1992 alone, more than 90,000 legal immigrants age 55 and over entered the United States. If we continue to admit elderly immigrants at this rate, how can we keep our welfare and Medicare rolls from soaring?
D222 / Louisa Parker Federation for American Immigration Reform, May 20, 1993 HEADLINE: Illegal Aliens Could Bankrupt National Health Care According to the Federation For American Immigration Reform U. S. Newswire / / pkk-VT95
Not only is it fiscally irresponsible to attempt to extend national health care to illegal aliens, but guaranteed health care is also a tantalizing carrot to dangle under the noses of an exploding world population.
D223 / REX DALTON Staff Writer April 11, 1993 HEADLINE: California's health program to treat the state's poor -- Medi-Cal --has created a new gold rush as people from around the globe flood the Golden State to grab a share of the unsurpassed medical care available here. Who pays for all this? You do. The San Diego Union-Tribune / / PKK-LN-VT95
Laws to ensure that undocumented immigrants living in California have access to health care through Medi-Cal are being exploited by people who come here specifically to receive care. Patients have traveled from Armenia, Syria, Yemen, Iraq, Bangladesh, Hong Kong, Taiwan and Mexico and other nations of Latin America.
D225 / Charles W. Hall , Steve Bates, Washington Post Staff Writers April 25, 1994, HEADLINE: Illegal Immigrants Pose Issues Of Cost, Conscience for Area The Washington Post / PKK-LN-VT95
Other data suggest that Medicaid costs for the area's illegal immigrants may have reached $ 20 million in 1993, while costs for Aid to Families with Dependent Children and other anti-poverty programs cost several million more.
D226 / WAYNE A. CORNELIUS, Director Center for U. S. -Mexican Studies University of California San Diego April 24, 1993 HEADLINE: Medical care isn't the magnet drawing immigrants to U. S. The San Diego Union-Tribune / / PKK-LN-VT95
The "New Gold Rush" hype surrounding the Union-Tribune's series about Medi-Cal fraud by foreign nationals (April 11-15) detracted from the high quality of the investigative reporting. It also perpetuates one of the most commonly held myths about illegal immigration, namely, that specialized medical care and other social services in the United States are a powerful "magnet" for unauthorized migrants, especially from Mexico.
D227 / WAYNE A. CORNELIUS, Director Center for U. S. -Mexican Studies University of California San Diego April 24, 1993 HEADLINE: Medical care isn't the magnet drawing immigrants to U. S. The San Diego Union-Tribune / / PKK-LN-VT95
It is highly misleading to suggest that a large proportion of the new immigrants arriving in California today, especially from Mexico, are coming "to tap into the system" of Medi-Cal-funded health care. However, that is exactly the conclusion that the average reader will draw from this series of articles.
D228 / DONALD L. HUDDLE, PROFESSOR EMERITUS OF ECONOMICS AT RICE UNIVERSITY, AUGUST 29, 1993; THE HOUSTON CHRONICLE, "Debate Must Begin With True View Of The Costs, " Pg. 1 /-VT95
At the current juncture, some 2 million illegal immigrants and their half-million citizen children in California cost over $ 5. 3 billion annually just for Medi-Cal, criminal incarcerations, education and Aid to Families with Dependent Children. Meanwhile, the state's population is growing at more than 2. 2 percent per year, greater than that of either India or Pakistan. This, plus the more than 600,000 annual newcomers, mostly migrant, in California brings a spiraling demand for public services which state revenues are unable to meet.
D229 / THE DALLAS MORNING NEWS October 17, 1993, Pg. 2J HEADLINE: IMMIGRATION; Newcomers are burdening U. S. taxpayers (LEXIS / NEXIS) / / MS-VT95
The adverse impact of illegal immigration also can be seen in health services. The Hidalgo County Public Health Department recently reported that fully 40 percent of its patients are undocumented. In Brownsville and El Paso, pregnant mothers with border shopping cards cross the international bridge legally and proceed to give birth in the United States for the purpose of securing social services and legal immigration benefits.
D230 / THE DALLAS MORNING NEWS October 17, 1993, Pg. 2J HEADLINE: IMMIGRATION; Newcomers are burdening U. S. taxpayers (LEXIS / NEXIS) / / MS-VT95
In Los Angeles, nearly two-thirds of all infants born in county public hospitals are born to illegal immigrant parents at taxpayer expense. Such children account for 30 percent of all Aid to Families with Dependent Children expenditures in Los Angeles County, at an annual cost of $ 400 million.
D231 / PR NEWSWIRE, NOVEMBER 4, 1993, " Immigration Costs California $18. 2 Billion & 914,000 Unemployed In 1992, Reports New Study; Legal Immigration Accounts For Nearly 3 / 4 Of Costs" /-VT95
The just-completed study, "The Net Costs of Immigration to California" was commissioned by Carrying Capacity Network (CCN), a non- profit organization which seeks to increase understanding of the interrelated nature of environmental degradation, population growth and immigration issues. The study also found that -- -- Education for immigrants was the biggest single cost to California taxpayers in 1992, $5. 84 billion, or 25. 5 percent of total direct assistance costs for immigrants. Medi-Cal costs were $4. 1 billion, or 17. 9 percent, while county health / social services cost $2. 95 billion, or 12. 9 percent. Aid to families with dependent children cost $1. 7 billion, or 7. 4 percent. Eighty percent of the costs of these four programs is paid from California state or local funds.
D233 / LEE ROMNEY, STAFF WRITER, AUGUST 17, 1993; LOS ANGELES TIMES, "Local GOP Congressmen Hear Testimony About The Immigrants' Economic And Social Impact. Critics Call The Lawmakers' Actions A Publicity Stunt, " Part B; Page 3 /-VT95
California taxpayers spend $2. 3 billion a year in health care and criminal justice costs for immigrants, Moorhead said -- figures that were supported by the testimony of Ron Joseph, chief deputy of the state Department of Health Services, and Joe Sandoval, secretary of the state Youth and Adult Correctional Agency.
D234 / THE DALLAS MORNING NEWS October 10, 1993, Pg. 2J HEADLINE: IMMIGRATION; Congress must confront criminal impact (LEXIS / NEXIS) / / MS-VT95
The impact on U. S. taxpayers is a second powerful argument for honestly analyzing immigration and crime. The U. S. Bureau of Prisons reports that 23. 5 percent of the 88, 905 prisoners in the federal prison system are non-citizens. " The annual cost of housing criminal aliens in the federal prison system may exceed $ 40 million a year.
D235 / Charles W. Hall, Steve Bates, Washington Post Staff Writers April 25, 1994, HEADLINE: Calculating The Costs of Immigration The Washington Post / / PKK-LN-VT95
In recent years, state and local governments in California, Florida and Texas have tried to tally the costs, assigning portions of various program costs to the presumed population of illegal immigrants. Their uniform conclusion: Illegal immigrants, often among the poorest in society, consume more in government services than they pay in taxes.
D236 / JORGE G. CASTANEDA, Jorge G. Castaneda (graduate professor of political science at the National Autonomous University of Mexico in Mexico City. ) Los Angeles Times September 24, 1993, B; Page 7; HEADLINE: WHY THIS IMMIGRATION SCARE IS DIFFERENT; TRADE: NAFTA WILL SHIFT U. S. BORDERS SOUTH, AND ECONOMIC EQUALITY IS THE ONLY SOLUTION. (LEXIS / NEXIS) / / MS-VT95
Secondly, immigrants in these concentrated areas are the epitome of progressive taxation, although the idea that they are all on welfare and pay no taxes is obviously false. The redistributive nature of taxes is widely known: The rich are taxed to pay for services they often do not use -- public education, public health, parks and welfare -- and that are consumed massively by those who are less well off, who pay little or no taxes. Undocumented immigrants take this paradox to the extreme, or so it seems: They pay less in taxes than the American poor and consume apparently more in public services. If middle- and upper-class Americans are unwilling to pay taxes for their own poor or underprivileged, they are even more reluctant to do so for the poor from elsewhere.
D237 / Louisa Parker Federation for American Immigration Reform, May 20, 1993 HEADLINE: Illegal Aliens Could Bankrupt National Health Care According to the Federation For American Immigration Reform U. S. Newswire / / pkk-VT95
As a special report by The San Diego Union-Tribune demonstrated, guaranteed health care, even on a state basis, is an incredible magnet, drawing in takers from around the globe, both wealthy and poor. This year California taxpayers will have to pay $1 billion in health care for illegal immigrants. The recipients include millionaires from Taiwan as well as media barons from Mexico.
D238 / The San Diego Union-Tribune May 9, 1993 HEADLINE: Shrill voices Politicians bash illegal immigrants p. G-2 / / pkk-VT95
Today, as almost all levels of government struggle with declining revenues and budget cutting, illegal immigrants are being blamed for using public services they don't pay for, thereby draining away tax dollars in tough economic times.
D239 / NEAL R. PEIRCE contributing editor for the National Journal. May 23, 1993 HEADLINE: IMMIGRANTS NO LONGER WELCOME The Plain Dealer Pg. 3C / / pkk-VT95
But today's California can also measure its immigrant phenomenon in raw dollars. The state auditor general estimates that illegal immigrants alone are costing California state and local governments some $3 billion a year. The bill for their medical care is said to be $1 billion a year, for welfare almost $500 million, for K-12 education $1. 1 billion a year - in a state that has been suffering paralyzing, multibillion-dollar budget shortfalls.
D240 / JAMES P. GANNON, THE DETROIT NEWS, FEBRUARY 27, 1994; "Rising Illegal Immigration Increasing Social Costs" /-VT95
The breakdown at America's borders is placing huge economic burdens on state and local governments, while poisoning the political atmosphere for legal immigrants who play by the rules, wait their turn, and come to America's melting pot legally. This is a political problem building toward a boiling point that the Clinton administration cannot afford to ignore. It is an acute crisis especially in the big states that decide presidential elections - California, Texas, Florida, New York, New Jersey and Illinois, the landing places of most illegal immigrants.
D241 / PR NEWSWIRE, NOVEMBER 4, 1993, " Immigration Costs California $18. 2 Billion & 914,000 Unemployed In 1992, Reports New Study; Legal Immigration Accounts For Nearly 3 / 4 Of Costs" /-VT95
The cost of immigration for California taxpayers will rise in the 1990s, predicts the Huddle study, based on an increase in the influx of immigrants into the state projected by the Census Bureau and other sources. Unless current law and enforcement policies are changed, more than 2. 75 million new legal immigrants and 1. 56 million illegal -- 4. 3 million all told -- are expected to arrive in California by 2002.
D242 / JOHN C. VINSON President American Immigration Control Foundation April 28, 1994, HEADLINE: Unchecked immigration puts our nation at risk The Washington Times / / PKK-LN-VT95
Reality is far from his absurd suggestion that our flood level of immigration is a tax bonanza for America. After extensive research of the present makeup of immigration, University of California economist George Borjas concluded, "The new immigrants are joining the welfare system at a much higher rate than the older immigrants. It's a net loss to the country. They are taking out more than they are putting in. They seem to be more unskilled and have less education. "
D243 / ALAN C. MILLER, RONALD J. OSTROW, and RONALD BROWNSTEIN, STAFF WRITERS, JULY 11, 1993; LOS ANGELES TIMES, "Immigration Policy Failures Invite Overhaul, " Page A1 /-LN-VT95
"Immigrants pay taxes, but the larger portion of revenue goes to the federal government, and the greater burden associated with immigrants goes to the states, " said Cecelia Munoz, senior immigration policy analyst for the National Council of La Raza. "The problem is that it's being framed as, there shouldn't be immigrants because they're costing money. "
D244 / RONALD BROWNSTEIN and RICHARD SIMON, TIMES STAFF WRITERS, NOVEMBER 14, 1993; LOS ANGELES TIMES, "HOSPITALITY TURNS INTO HOSTILITY; CALIFORNIA HAS A LONG HISTORY OF WELCOMING NEWCOMERS FOR THEIR CHEAP LABOR -- UNTIL TIMES TURN ROUGH. THE CURRENT BACKLASH IS ALSO FUELED BY THE SCOPE AND NATURE OF THE IMMIGRATION, " Part A; Page 1; Column 1 /-VT95
One is that the traditional concern about competition for jobs has been largely overshadowed by a relatively new economic worry: the cost of providing services for immigrants, especially illegal immigrants. Fear of job competition still exists: It ranked second in the Times poll when residents were asked about the principal problems that foreign immigration has caused for the state. But it was far outdistanced by concern over the cost of government services and welfare for immigrants. The facts on both issues are murky. Studies do not definitively answer the question of whether high levels of immigration hurt U. S. workers. But many analysts point out that those results may not accurately reflect current conditions.
D245 / ROBERT WALKER AND MARK ELLIS, DEPT. OF GEOGRAPHY, FLORIDA STATE U. , RICHARD BARFF, DEPT. OF GEOGRAPHY, DARTMOUTH COLLEGE, JULY 1992; ECONOMIC GEOGRAPHY, "Linked Migration Systems: Immigration and Internal Labor Flows in the United States, " vol. 68, no. 3 p. 245 / VT95
In the immigration debate, the finding on displacement is important. Conventional estimates of labor market impacts of immigration are understated when measured at the SMSA level because they fail to recognize that the native occupational classes most likely in competition with immigrants move from centers of heavy immigration, ceteris paribus. One implication of this migration system impact is that the effects of immigration will be transmitted away from the immigrant destination to the final destinations of blue-collar out-migrants. Such effects, in turn, will be concentrated to the extent that the destination choice set of blue collar out-migrants is limited.
D246 / ANDREW M. ISSERMAN, DIRECTOR OF THE REGIONAL RESEARCH INSTITUTE at WEST VIRGINIA UNIVERSITY, MARCH 1993; URBAN STUDIES, "United States Immigration Policy and the Industrial Heartland: Laws, Origins, Settlement Patterns and Economic Consequences, " vol. 30, no. 2 p. 251 / VT95
The changes in settlement patterns have economic and demographic consequences not only for the states that receive large numbers of immigrants but for every state. Labour supply and demand interactions among the numerous labour markets that constitute the national economy determine the economic consequences for each state. An immigrant may join the labour force in California, but purchase a car made in Michigan. The consequences of immigration for a particular state depend on the number of immigrants who locate there, the number who locate elsewhere, and the entire spatial pattern of purchases within the US. Thus, interregional trade linkages, as well as immigrant settlement patterns, are key elements in understanding the economic consequences of immigration.
D247 / Gene McNary, (Former Commissioner, Immigration and Naturalization Service) March 30, 1993, "'The Immigration and Naturalization Service: a Mandate for Change"' Hearing before the Information, Justice, Transportation, and agriculture Subcommittee of the Committee on Government Ops, House of Representatives. p. 118 / VT95
Perhaps the most serious adverse effect is the overload on our legal system and the breakdown of respect for our laws. Those entering the United States illegally have no legitimate sponsors and are prohibited from holding jobs. Thus, criminal conduct may be the only way to survive. Moreover, the individual may be bound by an indentured servitude commitment to a criminal organization in exchange for being smuggled into this country.
D248 / Rep. Elton Gallegly (R) of California is a member of the House Judiciary Committee and its International Law, Immigration, and Refugee Subcommittee. April 6, 1993, HEADLINE: Illegal Immigration to US: a Crisis That Must Be Handled The Christian Science Monitor / / PKK-LN-VT95
Illegal immigrants also are responsible for a rising amount of crime. Just two Los Angeles street gangs, heavily composed of illegal aliens, are alleged to be responsible for more than 100 murders. Moreover, police officials in Nogales, Ariz. , recently told reporters that 90 percent of the crime in their community was committed by illegal aliens.
D249 / John Dillin, Staff writer May 6, 1993, HEADLINE: Panel Studies Impact Of New Immigrants On US Jobs, Wages The Christian Science Monitor Pg. 1 / / pkk-VT95
George High, executive director of the Center for Immigration Studies, warns that "competition between unskilled workers in our cities has contributed to social and racial tensions, especially between immigrants and American minorities. "
D250 / DIANNE FEINSTEIN, DEMOCRATIC SENATOR FROM CALIFORNIA, AUGUST 8, 1993; THE DALLAS MORNING NEWS, "United States Must Regain Control Of Borders, " Pg. 5J /-VT95
With the current conditions in our (CALIFORNIA) state, I fear that if the federal government does not take responsible steps to restrict illegal immigration into the United States, there will be a serious backlash against all immigrants.
D251 / MARILYN HOSKIN, Prof. Political Science, State University of New York at Buffalo, 1991, NEW IMMIGRANTS AND DEMOCRATIC SOCIETY p. 98 \\ VT95
Even though the American experience indicates that the city serves as a way-station for poor immigrants who will either succeed in moving on or see their children do so, contemporary analysts predict that current urban concentrations among poor immigrants are more permanent (Weaver, 1982; Ashford, 1981; Richmond, 1981). In fact, many foresee a generation of youths expecting to enter the work force in the 1990s but unprepared for any but the lowest-level jobs as a social and economic time bomb whose effects will eclipse any urban unrest experienced in recent years (Solomos, 1986; Elschenbreich, 1988. ).
D252 / LISA RICHWINE, STAFF WRITER, DECEMBER 30, 1993; STATES NEWS SERVICE, "Welfare Reform Proposal Draws Criticism From Immigrant Groups" /-VT95
A plan to cut welfare benefits to legal residents who are not U. S. citizens is drawing immediate criticism from immigrant groups, who call the idea discriminatory.
D253 / Roger E. Hernandez; King Features Syndicate March 25, 1994 HEADLINE: Anti-immigrant fear kept in check Rocky Mountain News / / PKK-LN-VT95
Letters from readers of this column and callers to Rush Limbaugh (who does nothing to correct their error) make it clear that many Americans are under the impression that illegal immigrants get free government-sponsored health care designed just for them. This is untrue. What happens is that certain clinics treat indigent patients without asking about their immigration status. Such medical services are available to anyone - citizen, legal resident or illegal immigrant - who cannot afford to pay for a doctor. A society would not be civilized if it denied health care to those who could not afford it.
D254 / The San Diego Union-Tribune May 9, 1993 HEADLINE: Shrill voices Politicians bash illegal immigrants p. G-2 / / pkk-VT95
Denying those services to illegal immigrants would hurt society as a whole. For the most part, illegal immigrants are drawn here for work, not public benefits. They will stay here whether they receive those benefits or not. By denying them education and health care, the illegal immigrant population would not only be poor, but ignorant and sick as well.
D255 / ANGELO ANCHETA, IMMIGRATION RIGHTS ATTORNEY, FRANK SESNO, ANCHOR, AUGUST 10, 1993; CNN, "Immigration Rights Advocate Speaks On Immigrant Issue, " Transcript # 491 - 3 /-VT95
Mr. ANCHETA: Well, over ten - well over ten years ago, the U. S. Supreme Court made it very clear that it is not in the best interest of this country for states to discriminate against undocumented children in education. It made it very clear that the creation of a subclass is simply adverse to American interests and that states are forbidden to do that. Health benefits as well, all kinds of things that we need to look at as an investment in our children, education, health, we don't want to create a subclass. What we want to do is invest in California's future.
D256 / William Endicott staff writer April 10, 1993, HEADLINE: THE IMMIGRANT AS SCAPEGOAT Sacramento Bee / / PKK-LN-VT95
The cost to taxpayers pales, for instance, in comparison with the bill run up by the all-American scoundrels in the savings and loan scandal. And a recent study in Los Angeles found that overall, the taxes paid by immigrants outweigh many times over the benefits they receive.
D257 / REENA SHAH STAMETS, staff writer, March 18, 1994, HEADLINE: The debate over illegal immigrants St. Petersburg Times / / PKK-LN-VT95
The study, by Donald Huddle, a Rice University economist estimated that each year, the 19-million immigrants who came to America since 1970 receive $ 42-billion in welfare but pay $ 20-billion in taxes. But this figure is rejected by many immigration experts who say it does not include Social Security taxes that even illegal immigrants find deducted from their paychecks, and it ignores the fact that most illegal immigrants are young, healthy, take low-paying menial jobs and are less likely to rely on welfare than Americans. When the balance sheet is added up, they say, the U. S. economy is a net gainer.
D258 / JONATHAN ALTER, STAFF WRITER, JULY 26, 1993;, "Elitism and the Immigration Backlash, " Pg. 35 /-LN-VT95
The problem is that many of the same people arguing against illegal immigration are also against legal immigration. Polls show that large majorities erroneously believe that illegals predominate in the United States, and interest groups exploit this confusion to push for broader restrictions. The much-quoted Federation for American Immigration Reform (FAIR), for instance, wants a moratorium on all immigration. This is an excellent way to destroy the future vitality and economic success of the United States.
D259 / JONATHAN ALTER, STAFF WRITER, JULY 26, 1993; "Elitism and the Immigration Backlash, ", p. 36 / / PKK-VT95
This is an excellent way to destroy the future vitality and economic success of the United States. For instance, over the last 20 years the middle class of New York city--made up of earlier generations of immigrant families--essentially moved to the suburbs. Without new immigrants, the city would have been composed of only the very rich and the very poor, with large sections of the outer boroughs depopulated and devastated. Some of the 854,000 who settled there during the 1980's became terrorists or tax cheats; others opened shops and watched their kids win high-school science prizes. Overall, they quite literally saved New York.
D260 / DAVE LESHER, TIMES POLITICAL WRITER, AUGUST 22, 1993; LOS ANGELES TIMES, "The Times Poll; O. C. Residents Call Migrants A Burden; Immigration: 80% Of Those Surveyed See Illegal Residents As Problem. There Is No Unity On A Solution, " Part A; Page 1 /-VT95
While most of the county's residents are concerned about illegal immigration, it is low on the list of problems worrying local communities. Asked to name the area's most important problems, illegal immigration, at 5%, was far behind crime. Other issues mentioned more often were gangs, unemployment and growth.
D261 / CHRISTOPHER MITCHELL, Prof. Politics, New York University, 1992; in WESTERN Hemisphere IMMIGRATION AND UNITED STATES FOREIGN POLICY, "Introduction" p. 10 \\ MS-VT95
We recognize, as well, that for many sending societies U. S. immigration policy brings in its wake such significant social and economic consequences that it virtually is foreign policy, whether or not it is intended to be. In another vein, past immigration may be said to influence both U. S. foreign and immigration policies through the efforts of migrant-oriented domestic pressure groups.
D262 / ANTHONY RICHMOND, Prof. Sociology, York Univ. [Canada], 1988; IMMIGRATION AND ETHNIC CONFLICT p. 270. \\ MS-VT95
In contrast, political instability in the sending country, or a deliberate policy of expulsion of ethnic minorities or political opponents, gives rise to involuntary migration. In turn this influences the socio-cultural adaptation of immigrants. Although the prospects of return are generally poor for such people, political refugees frequently maintain a strong attachment to the home country and an aspiration to return, should political conditions change. In turn this may lead to more active participation in ethnic organizations and in some cases even to support for subversive activity against the political regime in the home country.
D264 / Gabriel Sheller, (Director or the Leonard Davis Institute of International Relations and associate Prof. of Political Science at Hebrew University) 1993 "Ethnic Diasporas: A threat to their hosts?'" International Migration and Security (edited by Myron Weiner) p. 270. / / MS-VT95
The choice of communalism as the main strategy has become almost universal among diasporas, the vast majority of which remain as relatively small minorities in host countries. While in the past diaspora members tended to concentrate in the political and economic centers, they are now more widely dispersed within their host countries. The main factors that prevent them from pursuing secessionist and separatist or even autonomist and corporatist strategies are their small size and their dispersion within the host countries. In addition, though they share a similar identity with their homelands and wish to maintain regular contacts, they do not feel secure enough and are not concentrated geopolitically in a manner that would warrant meaningful autonomism, irredentism or separatism.
D265 / Gabriel Sheller, (Director or the Leonard Davis Institute of International Relations and associate Prof. of Political Science at Hebrew University) 1993 "'Ethnic Diasporas: A threat to their hosts?"" International migration and Security (edited by Myron Weiner)p. 263, / / MS-VT95
Diasporas constitute the most obvious and enduring outcomes of both voluntary and enforced international migrations of ethnic groups and of their prolonged sojourns in host countries. Like other recent ethnic phenomena, diasporas are not temporary entities--as Marxists, liberals and assimilationists have been prophesying and prescribing. As a result of increasing international migration, spreading cultural and political pluralism and the inability of many states to stop the development of diasporas, classical, new and incipient diaspora are alive and active everywhere in the world (Armstrong 1976; Miller 1981; Rogers 1985; Weiner 1986; Sheller 1986; Brubaker 1989; Marienstras 1989; Constas and Platias 1992).
D266 / CHRISTOPHER MITCHELL, Prof. Politics, New York University, 1992; in WESTERN HEMISPHERE IMMIGRATION AND UNITED STATES FOREIGN POLICY, p. . 27 "Introduction" \\ MS-VT95
There is, finally, an influence that modifies and enriches our basic postulate that U. S. foreign policy has shaped the nation's immigration policy toward some countries of the Western Hemisphere. In some circumstances a feedback effect may take place, in which lines of action on immigration (produced as we have described) "come full circle" to affect U. S. foreign relations with specific countries. Immigration, in effect, may arrive as an unavoidable issue in bilateral dealings, producing changes in the foreign policy priorities of the United States in its overall dealings with a specific sending nation.
D268 / CHRISTOPHER MITCHELL, Prof. Politics, New York University, 1992; in WESTERN HEMISPHERE IMMIGRATION AND UNITED STATES FOREIGN POLICY, p. 9-10 "Introduction" \\ MS-VT95
From another angle, the social process of immigration may influence U. S. foreign policy. In relation to Central America such a connection was claimed by the Reagan administration, seeking to justify some of its policies toward El Salvador and Nicaragua in terms of an alleged fear of massive illegal migration to the United States.
D269 / CHRISTOPHER MITCHELL, Prof. Politics, New York University, 1992; in WESTERN HEMISPHERE IMMIGRATION 'AND UNITED STATES FOREIGN POLICY, p. 8 "Introduction" \\ MS-VT95
The resulting combination-- intermittently high public and state attention in the United States to Latin America, considerable impact of U. S. policies in the region, and extensive migration flows--makes the Western Hemisphere a region where the interaction between U. S. foreign and immigration policies is increasingly evident. At the same time, our interest as Latin Americanists is engaged not just by the increasing significance of immigration in the politics of inter American relation.
D270 / MARILYN HOSKIN, Prof. Political Science, State University of New York at Buffalo, 1991, NEW Immigrants AND DEMOCRATIC SOCIETY \\ MS-VT95
1t is not surprising, therefore, that all four nations handle immigration admission at the national level but make little or no effort to mandate follow-up policies. The assumption that foreigners who have chosen to migrate want to integrate is not illogical, and the historical patterns of C~ absorption in North America suggest that integration generally does occur. The only problem with this assumption, of course, is that all see the current volume and makeup of immigration as unprecedented. If that is the case, then previously confirmed patterns almost certainly will not recur. Indeed, if discrimination and lack of opportunity characterize the lives of immigrants who are both more numerous and ethnically or racially distinct from their hosts, the immigrants may well become a source of political opposition as well as a socioeconomic problem.
D271 / Jamin B. Raskin staff writer April 5, 1993 HEADLINE: Time to give aliens the vote again; green-card power; The Nation / / PKK-LN-VT95
Political exclusion and government indifference are a formula for d isaster, as when frustrations in the Latino Mount Pleasant section of Washington boiled over in the spring of 1991, causing rioting. Angry non citizens also played a major role in the Los Angeles riot. Those frozen out of political mem bership and participation learn to express their grievances through antisocial and self-destructive action.
D272 / MARILYN HOSKIN, Prof. Political Science, State University of New York at Buffalo, 1991, p. 18. NEW IMMIGRANTS AND DEMOCRATIC SOCIETY \\ MS-VT95
Since the immigrants are really initially groups with little political savvy or organization, they have not worked their way into the traditional institutional networks of parliaments and pressure groups. As a result, their interests are almost never placed very high on the agenda in existing power structures (Katzenstein, 1987;Ashford, 1981; Hawkins, 1988; LeMay, 1987).
D273 / Jamin B. Raskin staff writer April 5, 1993 HEADLINE: Time to give aliens the vote again; green-card power; The Nation / / PKK-LN-VT95
Lacking the hard currency of local politics--votes--alien communities are at the mercy of local political majorities, which tend not to pay them m uch attention. The federal Civil Rights Commission recently documented th e District of Columbia's dreadful neglect of the social needs of its heavily alien Latino population, which is suffering from joblessness, police brutality, bad housing and spreading despair. It is widely believed that this official malign neglect is only possible because of the alien community's political marginality.
D274 / Jamin B. Raskin staff writer April 5, 1993 HEADLINE: Time to give aliens the vote again; green-card power; The Nation / / PKK-LN-VT95
The controversies over Zoe Baird's and Kimba Wood's baby-sitters taught us something about the situation of undocumented aliens in America: Even when they are front-page news, they are voiceless in public discussion. But this is true of all aliens, legal or not, and their silence flows from their political disfranchisement. In America, to be voteless is to be both invisible and stigmatized. Without the social standing conferred by suffrage, most aliens are unseen, unheard and unnoticed.
D-275 / ANTHONY OBERSCHALL, Political Scientist and Professor, 1993, SOCIAL MOVEMENTS: IDEOLOGIES, INTERESTS / AND IDENTITIES, p. 16. / / MS-VT95
Many movements start as a reaction to a change or new policy . that negatively affects the interests and way of life of many people. Because the authorities were directly or indirectly responsible for the change, activists organize to oppose and reverse it, attract supporters, and build for their goals.
D276 / Piotri Sztompka, Prof. Sociology, Univ. of Krakow, 1991, Society in Action the Theory of social becoming / / VT-95-NDI
The Hierarchical differentiation of vested interests is seen to produce tensions and strains, grievances, and deprivations in the population motivating people to join the movements of protest or reform. Those deprived of opportunities, life-chances and access to valued goods and resources provide a ready clientele for social movements, and are easily recruited and mobilized to action aimed at the structural redistribution of privileges and gratification (Dahrndorf 1959; Oberschall 1973).
D277 / Henry Giroux, professor of education, University of Miami, 1987 Critical Pedagogy and Cultural Power, P. xi-xii / / VT95-JKM
Suffering furthere illuminated a historical continuum of struggle forged through human communities and forms of solidarity the legacy of which it was imperative to keep alive.
D278 / David Livingston, Ontario Institute for Studies in Education, 1987. Critical Pedagogy and Cultural Power, p. 7 / / VT95-JKM
The heightened public rhetoric of the current crisis is indicative of an historical moment during which those subordinate groups have exceptional opportunities to consciously reassess the status quo and to become engaged in the social construction of alternative futures.
D279 / Margo Adair, Journalist, July / August 1992 Crossroads, P. 24 / / VT95-JKM
It is in the day-to-day lives of people ignored devalued and despised by the dominant culture that voices are being raised to build a living society. . . It is in response to these day-to-day experiences that a ground swell to rebuild their lives is emerging among people.
D280 / JACK GOLDSTONE, Prof. Sociology Harvard, 1980, in Gamson, THE STRATEGY OF SOCIAL PROTEST p. 19 / / RR-VT95
Thus the timing of protest group success appears to have no causal relation to the organization or tactics of a protest group; instead, the timing of success seems to depend heavily on the incidence of broad political and / or economic crisis in the society at large.
D-281 / Gabriel Sheffer, (Director or the Leonard Davis Institute of International Relations and associate Prof. of Political Science at Hebrew University) 1993 "Ethnic Diasporas: A threat to their hosts?"' International Migration and Security (edited by Myron Weiner)p. 268 / / MS-VT95
Thus, with the growing acceptance of ethnic pluralism, with the increasing tolerance toward more moderate forms of ethnic organization in some Western states and with the continued separation between host societies and diasporas in non-democratic countries, many newcomers neither confront overwhelming pressure nor feel any marked advantage in rapid adaptation to their host societies.
D282 / MARILYN HOSKIN, Prof. Political Science, State University of New York at Buffalo, 1991, NEW IMMIGRANTS AND DEMOCRATIC SOCIETY p. 6 \\ MS-VT 95 In addition, the great majority of recent migrants have gravitated to jobs which are shunned by host country workers, isolating them still further: the characteristics which have made these groups suitable for a specific labor role also make them less suitable for membership in society ( Kritz, Keely, and Tomasi, 1981:15). Even if many or most migrants wanted to blend into their new environments, their distinctiveness and likely economic role make that process more problematic than it has been for other new groups. We cannot assume, as did Lawrence Fuchs in 1984, that "the process of Americanization [or assimilation elsewhere] is inexorable" (1984:813).
D283 / Alex Chadwick, Host NPR, SHOW: All Things Considered, June 14, 1992 "Communitarianism: an intellectual move" / / VT95-MDS
The rejection of the political status quo by more and more Americans means there's more room for new and different political and philosophical movements.
D284 / Dan Balz, Washington Post Staff Writer The Washington Post June 5, 1991, SECTION: FIRST SECTION; PAGE A4 HEADLINE: Report Finds Americans Angry at Political System \\ ACS-VT95
Mathews (Kettering Foundation) said citizens "feel locked out'" of the political process. ""And they know who locked them out. '" Americans believe they are victims of a "'hostile takeover'" of the political process by a professional political class that speaks a unique language and deals in the art of avoidance when it comes to issues, the report states. As a result, citizens increasingly doubt that government can solve the problems they see facing the country.
D285 / Dan Balz, Washington Post Staff Writer The Washington Post June 5. 1991, SECTION: FIRST SECTION; PAGE A4 HEADLINE: Report Finds Americans Angry at Political System \\ ACS-VT95
The diagnosis of public apathy toward politics and government "'widely misses the mark, '" said David Mathews, Health, Education and Welfare Secretary in the Ford administration and now head of the Kettering Foundation, which sponsored the study. "What it misses is deep-seated anger about the process itself. "
D286\ DAVE ROSSIE; Binghamton, N. Y. , Press, Sun-Bulletin GANNETT NEWS SERVICE July 3, 1991, SECTION: DAVE ROSSIE'S SCENE \\ ACS-VT95
But perhaps the most astonishing conclusion the Harwood group reached is that despite what we have been told and despite what we, the news media have been dispensing as gospel, the public is not apathetic. that it is not, as the study report states, "too consumed with private matters to care about politics. . . in fact, (people) are just the opposite; they have a clear sense of their civic responsibilities. They worry about passing their cynicism on to their children. Yet they care so deeply that their frustration runs to anger and cynicism. They feel as if-they have been locked out of their own homes. "
D287 / MARILYN HOSKIN, Prof. Political Science, State University of New York at Buffalo, 1991, NEW IMMIGRANTS AND DEMOCRATIC SOCIETY \\ p. 42. MS-VT95
Not surprisingly, minor and fringe parties have shown the greatest willingness to take on immigrant issues. The Greens in Germany and Social Democrats in Britain have championed their causes, and parties of the right (most notably the Republican Party in Germany) have appealed to nationalist and racist sentiments in advocating exclusionary policies (Messina, 1990). Even within established parties, some fringe leaders have exploited popular fears with blatantly anti-immigrant stands, and by revealing public support for their positions, constrained fellow party members from assuming more tolerant positions.
D288 / MARILYN HOSKIN, Prof. Political Science, State University of New York at Buffalo, 1991, NEW IMMIGRANTS AND DEMOCRATIC SOCIETY p. 143. \\ MS-VT95
Such reservations are supported by the role which "alternative" ideologies and organizations appear to play. Where liberal fringe parties exist (as in Germany), their supporters manifest clear orientations toward immigrants, even though their main focus is on other issues (the environment).
D289 / Paul Joseph, From of Sociology / Anthropology Tufts, 1993 Peace Politics p. 11 / / VT95-MDS
A progressive movement can serve as the lightning rod for the more positive inclination in our current behaviors.
D290 / Robert Shoghun, LA times Political Writer, Los Angeles Times, July 6, 1993 "Liberals fear further loss of political clout" p. A1 / / VT95-MDS
Beyond this Liberals are exploring some changes in approach to deal with the era of middle-class politics. One idea is to pay less attention to Washington, where the budget deficit poses a huge obstacle, and more to dealing with everyday problems at the grass roots, through community action.
D291 / Myron Weiner, (Ford International Professor of Political Science at MlT) 1993 International Migration and Security (edited by Myron Weiner) / p. 13. / / MS-VT95
Governments are often concerned that refugees to whom they give protection may turn against them if they are unwilling to assist the refugees in their opposition to the government of their country of origin. Paradoxically, the risk may be particularly high if the host country has gone so far as to arm the refugees against their country of origin. Guns can be pointed in both directions, and the receiving country takes the risk that refugees will seek to dictate the host country's policies toward the sending country.
D292 / MARILYN HOSKIN, Prof. Political Science, State University of New York at Buffalo, 1991, p. 18. NEW IMMIGRANTS AND DEMOCRATIC SOCIETY \\ MS-VT95
Despite their lack of current influence, immigrants are universally seen as a potentially explosive force. The image of "voiceless" and "apolitical" minorities (Miller, 1981; Power, 1979; Freeman, 1979; Rist, 1978) has been replaced by one in which migrant minorities dilute national values, take control of the political agenda in areas where they are numerically strong, and strain social and educational resources. Not surprisingly, inter group hostility has increased. Stephen Castles contends that "as migrant workers have become settlers, racism and unrest have grown" in all countries of immigration (1984: 2). Second and later generations have become especially important, as they confront discrimination and frustration without any direct knowledge that they might be better off than they would be in their parents' homelands (Wilpert, 1980; Richmond, 1988; Beer, 1987; Bendit, 1987; Stuwe, 1987). Thus, many contend that the migration of the recent past is the "time bomb" of the future, as hosts confront imminent protest and rebellion among such groups (Castes and Kosack, 1985).
D293 / DANIEL HELLINGER & DENNIS JUDD, Webster Univ. & Univ. Missouri St. Louis, 1991, THE DEMOCRATIC FACADE \\ ACS-VT95
When energetic social movements emerge, whether or not they are encouraged by some elite sectors, they can wrest important concessions.
D294 / Jack Goldstone [professor of Sociology at Harvard] 1980 {As Quoted In William Gamson} The strategy of Social Protest. p. 33. 1990 / / NDI VT95
However, if all the displacement groups are removed, unless one counts partial successes and discontinuous challenges, even if later successful, as "failures, "' the success rate of the nondisplacement groups is 100%. There is thus no apparent variability on' which to base a conclusion on the effects of the remaining parameters, other than to note that, prima facie at least, based on the 100% success rate, they do not seem to make much difference.
D295 / Anthony Oberschall, Political Scientist and Professor, 1993, Social Movements: Ideologies, interests, and identities p. 1 / / VT95-MDS
Social organization results from adaptations to technological innovations, economic forces, and populations changes, and also from purposive, collective efforts to shape and alter existing institutions in order to deal with human needs and aspirations. When reforms are made, it has often been under pressure from social movements, as was the case of the 1930's New Deal administrations responding to the movements of the unemployed, farmers, industrial workers and miners elderly, populists, and radicals.
D296 / Jack Goldstone, Prof. Sociology at Harvard, 1990 Strategy of Social Protest (Ed. William Gamson) p. 222-3 / / VT95-Redding
Among the 37 nondisplacement groups the rate of success was 11 times greater: 25 out of 37, or 68%(see table 1). The strength of this factor is sufficient to invalidate almost all the zero-order correlations in which the impact of displacement goals was not factored out.
D297 / Jack Goldstone, Prof. Sociology at Harvard, 1990 Strategy of Social Protest (Ed. William Gamson) / / VT95-Redding
All the nondisplacement groups attained their goals either wholly or in part. Thus it appears that any group willing to accommodate itself to some degree to its antagonist has an excellent change of attaining its ends.
D298 / Piotri Sztompka, Prof. Sociology, Univ. of Krakow, 1991, Society in Action the Theory of social becoming p. 157 / / VT-95-NDI
In the second place, social movements represent also an intermediate stage in the dynamic emergence of the social fabric. Thus they allow us to grasp social reality as it comes into being, reflecting the central focus of SB [social becoming]. This intermediate quality of social movements mean, on the one hand, that they participate in the shaping, constructing and reforming of external society. They are some of the most important agents of structural change and structure-building.
D299 / Anthony Oberschall, Political Scientist and Professor, 1993, Social Movements: Ideologies, interests, and identities p. 117 / / VT95-MDS
The negatively privileged group does have, however, some important resources at its disposal. It is large in size, and all of its members' welfare has been negatively affected. The potential challengers of then live in crowded neighborhoods, so that interpersonal communication a interaction among them in routine and relatively cost free. The negatively privileged collectivity possesses solidarity based on a sense of shared fate and opposition to the privileged classes and the authorities and will frequently possess a repertoire of collective action (Tilly, 1975).
D300 / Piotri Sztompka, Prof. Sociology, Univ. of Krakow, 1991, Society in Action the Theory of social becoming p. 152 / / VT-95-NDI
This role is growing in modern society through extended opportunities - economic, political and ideological - for the mobilization and functioning of movements. In most developed societies they may become crucial agents of change. Adamson and Borgos make a relevant observation with respect to American society: 'mass based movements and the conflict they generate are the primary agents of social change.' (1984:12).
D301 / ANTHONY OBERSCHALL, Political Scientist and Professor, 1993, SOCIAL MOVEMENTS: IDEOLOGIES, INTERESTS, AND IDENTITIES, p. 120. / / MS VT95
Non conventional conflict with a loosely organized challenger cannot be resolved by negotiated agreements, for there is no agent or group that can speak for the challenger and enforce compliance with the agreement. Authorities will therefore make unilateral concessions exacted under pressure and rely on social control.
D302 / L. A. Kaufman, Center for Social Research and Education, Jan. / March 1990, (Socialist Review) p. 67-8 / / VT95-JKM
The politicization of matters previously viewed as external to politics, according to this view, opens up the possibility for a more radical change to such forms of domination and exclusion as racism, sexisim, and homophobia than had been possible with more traditional concepts of the political.
D303 / Campus Verlag and Westview Press, 1991 Research on Social Movements, Bert Klanderman (Depts. of Social Psychological Studies) p. 27 / / VT95-RR
New Social Movements make extensive use of unconventional forms of action. They take a dissociative attitude toward society, as indicated by their antagonism toward politics. They prefer small-scale, decentralized organizations, they are anti-hierarchical, and they favor direct democracy.
D304 / ANTHONY OBERSCHALL, Political Scientist and Professor, 1993, SOCIAL MOVEMENTS: IDEOLOGIES, INTERESTS, AND IDENTITIES, p. 131, / / MS-VT95
If this is the case, it would suggest that people desirous of social advancement and economic improvements operate within a gradualist and incremental framework, in which they might of course be disappointed and frustrated, but certainly not inevitably and permanently as the terms "revolution" and "rising" expectations suggest.
D305 / ANTHONY OBERSCHALL, Political Scientist and professor, 1993, SOCIAL MOVEMENTS: IDEOLOGIES, INTERESTS, AND IDENTITIES, p. 1-2, / / MS VT95
. Even when a social movement remains unsuccessful, its ideals and goals 'are at times later adopted, as was the case with the abolition of slavery in the nineteenth century. Collective behavior and social movements have molded our contemporary institutions and are likely to keep changing them in the times ahead.
D306 / ANTHONY OBERSCHALL, Political Scientist and Professor, 1993, SOCIAL MOVEMENTS: IDEOLOGIES, INTERESTS, AND IDENTITIES, p. 25-6, MS VT95
. Who precisely are members of a movement and how many there are is uncertain. They are frequently part-timers and adherents at the outer edges who fade into the conscience constituency, and sympathizers Who participate only episodically in movement collective action. Leaders themselves have no firm position and are challenged by others who wish to replace them and who compete for the same constituency. Leaders who call a meeting or rally Often have no idea how many will attend. Some who do attend may not submit to the plan of activity and discipline of the organizers, and there is not much the organizers can do about it. Anyone who wants to can quit anytime. Looseness of structure is a byproduct of voluntary membership in a social movement and of the origin of many movements as a federation of . preexisting groups that maintain their identity and autonomy when they cooperate For a common purpose, and that survive even after the social movement itself has disappeared.
D307 / WILLIAM A GAMSON, Prof. of Soc. at Boston College and codirector of the Media Research and Action Project, 1992, FRONTIERS IN SOCIAL MOVEMENT THEORY: CH: 3, p. 68, "The social Psychology of Collective Action" / / MS VT95
. It is an achievement, then, for a challenger to force the sponsors of a legitimating frame to defend its underlying assumptions. The sheer existence of a symbolic contest is evidence of the breakdown of hegemony and a major accomplishment for a challenger.
D308 / Anthony Oberschall, Political Scientist and Professor, 1993, Social Movements: Ideologies, interests, and identities p. 31 / / VT95-MDS
Success is best thought of as a process of attainment rather than a clearly defined terminal state. Complex goals such as equality for blacks and for women are not attained when a particular bill is enacted into law. Success is an institutional process whereby established organization, public opinions and government recognize the social movement as the legitimate voice of a constituency, and assume an ever-greater shar of the burden of achieving movement goals.
D309 / William Kreml, Prof. Poly Sci Univ. of South Carolina, 1991, Losing Balance: The De democratization of America. 141 / / VT95-MDS
The early stages of political reform throughout history have necessarily been irregular and spontaneous. But irregularity and spontaneity have always been the catalysts of the most creative solutions to problems, not distractions from them.
D310 / Sylvia Hornstien, peace analyst and activist, 1988, Rx: Peace; The promise and the future p. 39 / VT95-MDS
In this our age, the relative present, innumerable attempts at peace-making and peace promoting are taking place. Great clusters of people and actions, seemingly unrelated, are related in common edeavor in pursuit of peace. What some perceive as wishful thinking, naive rhetoric, and fruitless struggling in the face of harsh militaristic patterns are far more than coincidental events. What is occurring is a great upwelling of definitive actions on behalf of peace. What is being heard and witnessed is truly "the voice of the people".
D311 / Paul Joseph, Prof. of Sociology / Anthropology Tufts, 1993 Peace Politics p. 176 / / VT95-MDS
Those acting in the name of peace must take up a broader agenda. A peace movement is still necessary to raise issues that are not generated by the polticdial mainstream, cultivate the political will necessary to develop new national priorities and build ties with other movements that seek progressive change.
D312 / Paul Joseph, Prof. of Sociology / Anthropology Tufts, 1993 Peace Politics p. 141-2 / / VT95-MDS
Linked to each example of opposition to war is a broader current of peace sentiment that transcends particular victories and defeats. These peace movements have been a critical source of ideas and political will. They have raised issues and expanded political agendas. The ideas represented by peace movements were not adopted in their entirety, and the process of translating their social impact into concrete decisions and government policy was complex. But an important motivation for change emanated from the movements themselves.
D313 / Sylvia Hornstien, peace analyst and activist, 1988, Rx: Peace; The promise and the future p. 80 / VT95-MDS
The responsibility and the power for survival resides ultimately with the people. Should the popular will decide that a particularly peaceful means of international conduct are needed for security, and should the people be willing to support it actively, nothing can stop the implementation of such means. The time for peace will have come.
D314 / Paul Joseph, Prof. of Sociology / Anthropology Tufts, 1993 Peace Politics p. 2 / / VT95-MDS
I argue not only that creating anew global system is a better ways to meet U. S. security needs but also that it is possible to nurture the already existing tendencies that support such a shift. A coalition of social movements and a presidential campaign can strengthen these "peace elements, " or harbingers of a new world order during the 1990's.
D315 / Paul Joseph, Prof. of Soc. Anthro. . . . at TUFTS, 1993, Peace Politics, p. 142 / / MS VT95
The recurrence of social mobilization has created a legacy of positive peace, which any effective . . . . movement to redefine national security must draw upon. A close examination of the peace movement will provide valuable clues to how a broad coalition of social movements focused on political realignment might be revived over the 1990s.
D316 / Paul Joseph, Prof. of Soc. / Anthro. at TUFTS, 1993, Peace Politics p. 21 / / SCHNURER-VT95
To achieve this vision would be a tall order. And yet it can be done. But the political will necessary to enact these global policies cannot be separated from domestic renewal. In the pages that follow, use the term progressive politics as the shorthand reference to the set Of policies that serve as stepping stones to the new world order and a new political agenda at home.
D317 / Sylvia Hornstien, peace analyst and activist, 1988, Rx: Peace; The promise and the future p. 81 / VT95-MDS
A the idea of international peace becomes more conscious and more practicable, resort to war is increasingly seen as irrational, if not psychotic and suicidal. At the least, inadequate knowledge of options in behavioral control is demonstrated, and insufficient respect for the peace process is revealed.
D318 / Paul Joseph, Prof. of Sociology / Anthropology Tufts, 1993 Peace Politics p. 23 / / VT95-MDS
Redefining national security in this broader way necessitates a transformation in our thinking about world politics (Porter, 1990). The end of the Cold War provides an opportunity to discard our prevailing images of the enemy and to think about how we might achieve national security in common with other nations (Brundtland 1987; Palme 1982). We now, finally have a chance to appreciate both popularly and politically how our fate is shared with the rest of the world.
D319 / Paul Joseph, Prof. of Soc. / Anthro. at TUFTS; 1993, Peace Politics, p. 11. MS VT95
Dictatorship and other forms of repressive government, global militarism, environmental decay, poverty, and underdevelopment are threats to the world as a whole and to the United States. Security must be conceived over a longer time frame, as something for our grandchildren as well as for our immediate future Genuine military, environmental, economic, and psychological security is not something that one country can accomplish on its own. Cooperation between countries and consistent standards for human rights must replace the push and pull of competitive diplomacy and military threats. For the United States, the new world order implies a shift in nuclear weapons policy and a dramatic reduction in the number of nuclear warheads.
D320 / Sylvia Hornstein, peace analyst and activist, 1988, Rx: Peace The Promise and the Future, p. xvii, / / MS-VT95
World warfare would now encompass the extinction of millions of lives. Genocide is the. possibility - the mass murder of countless people--as is the resultant devastation of vast areas of land. Radiation would contaminate the environs and, by wind, rain, animal or insect life, as well as by food, drink, and human contact, spread unpredictably and uncontrollably.
D321 / Carl Boggs, Author, 1986 Social Movements and political power p. 56 / / VT95-LJ
Applied to the trajectory of New Social movements, this observation might support prospects for their ultimate radicalization as they respond to the realities of economic decline, the authoritarian state, militarism and nuclear buildup, ecological devastation, and the disintegration of urban social life.
D322 / Rick Scarce, Journalist, 1990 Eco-Warriors, p. 13-14 / / VT95-JKM
That underground has the potential for being far more powerful than any resistance in any prior war, for it is comprised of each of us, the grassroots. Radical environmentalists feel that only by acting in our individual lives in our communities can we effectively overcome the Eco-Wall.
D323 / M. Jimmie Killingsworth and Jacqueline Palmer, Professors of politics, Memphis State University, 1992 Ecospeaks: rhetoric and environmental politics in America p. 15 / / VT95-JKM
We may now, however be witnessing an attitudinal shift and a corresponding power shift that would cause the continuum to 'roll' leaving a new alliance of deep ecology, science, and government -- the environmental alliance -- on the upper axis.
D324 / ROBERTO SURO The New York Times January 11, 1993, A; p. 1; HEADLINE: Pollution-Weary Minorities Try Civil Rights Tack, MS-VT95
In separate but strikingly similar grass-roots protests, hundreds of black, Hispanic, Asian and American Indian groups are battling pollution hazards by arguing that their neighborhoods have become America's industrial dumping grounds because they are poor and powerless.
D325 / ROBERTO SURO The New York Times January 11, 1993, A; Page 1; HEADLINE: Pollution-Weary Minorities Try Civil Rights Tack Schnurer-LN-VT95
Under the banner of environmental justice, these local groups have developed into a powerful new social movement that is applying the language and strategies of the civil rights movement to counter health threats as varied as toxic dumping and lead poisoning.
D326 / ROBERTO SURO The New York Times January 11, 1993, A; Page 1; HEADLINE: Pollution-Weary Minorities Try Civil Rights Tack / / MS-VT95
. With little coordination and with no well-known national leaders, the environmental justice movement has developed out of many individual local protests, usually focused on a single nearby problem. No one really knows the movement's size, but in October 1991 about 500 representatives of community groups met in Washington for The First National People of Color Environmental Summit.
D327 / ROBERTO SURO The New York Times January 11, 1993, A; Page 1; HEADLINE: Pollution-Weary Minorities Try Civil Rights Tack / / Schnurer-LN-VT95
"We are the real endangered species in America, people of color, " said Susana Almanza, a leader of a community protest in Austin, Tex. , that succeeded last fall in forcing the closing of a gasoline terminal in a black and Hispanic residential area. "We're the ones who are dying with the cancer clusters and the birth defects because of the air we breathe. "
D328 / ROBERTO SURO The New York Times January 11, 1993, A; Page 1; HEADLINE: Pollution-Weary Minorities Try Civil Rights Tack / / Schnurer-LN-VT95
A growing body of evidence that minorities suffer the most from pollution and benefit the least from cleanup programs is transforming environmental politics.
D329 / ROBERTO SURO The New York Times January, 11, 1993, A; Page 1; HEADLINE: Pollution-Weary Minorities Try Civil Rights Tack / / Schnurer-LN-VT95
In June, the movement received an important measure of official recognition when a report by the Federal Environmental Protection Agency found evidence that racial and ethnic minorities suffer disproportionate exposure to dust, soot, carbon monoxide, ozone, sulfur, sulfur dioxide and lead, as well as emissions from hazardous-waste dumps.
D330 / Sylvia Hornstien, peace analyst and activist, 1988, Rx: Peace; The promise and the future p. 187 / VT95-MDS
Environmentalists are realists par excellence. Their message is a reminder that man and woman are part of the natural rhythm of earth and subject to all the fluctuations theron. Environmental consideration is naturally linked to the peace movement in its concern for life's symbiotic living, conservation, and evolutionary growth.
D331 / Paul Joseph, Prof. of Sociology / Anthropology Tufts, 1993 Peace Politics p. 261 / / VT95-MDS
Within the United States, a significant base of social activism has been created. Despite the concentration of political an economic power in the United States, social movements have had considerable impact. In public opinion, incipient support exists for common security policies and domestic renewal.
D332 / Piotri Sztompka, Prof. Sociology, Univ. of Krakow, 1991, Society in Action the Theory of social becoming p. 152 / / VT-95-RR
Bringing those observations together, we shall notice that social movements are very peculiar objects indeed; they participate as crucial agents in the building of structures external to themselves for the sake of structuring (or restructuring) the wider society.
D333 / Delthia Ricks, Sentinel Staff, Orlando Sentinel Tribune, October 7, 1991 "Health care activism on the rise; special -interest patient groups ar multiplying while the amount of money available is decreasing. " p. A6 / / VT95-MDS
From AIDS of breast cancer to rare diseases, patients are organizing and resorting to demonstrations and protests - often violent ones - to express their views.
D334 / Steve Epstein, Center for Social Research and Education, April / June 1991(91 Socialist Review) p. 38 / / VT95-JKM
Rather than affecting the population in a random fashion, AIDS has had an uneven impact, with a disproportionate prevalence within specific oppressed communities. As a result, it has come to serve as a rallying point for those communities ---first for gay communities, but increasingly for communities of color.
D335 / Steve Epstein, Center for Social Research and Education, April / June 1991(91 Socialist Review) p. 37 / / VT95-JKM
The AIDS movement is an especially powerful example, and one that is already serving as a model for others.
D336 / MIKE BYGRAVE The Guardian June 19, 1993 Pg. 7 HEADLINE: PILLS AND HOPE; Aids is a virus. It is not homophobic. It has nothing against heroin addicts. It doesn't care how many people, LN / / Schnurer-VT95
Some of them go on to become so-called "Aids activists", an extraordinary group . who, in 12 years, have engineered major democratic changes in American medicine, in the relationship between doctor and patient, in access to experimental treatments, in the process of approving new drugs and even in the way scientists do research.
D337 / George Carter, ACT UP / NY, January, 1992, (AIDS War and Activism, Open Magazine, p. 19). VT 95 "As ACT UP broadens its base to be more inclusive of different views and-people in true coalition, there is the potential for broad-based, radical change that threatens the inimical power base of government and the giant pharmaceutical industry
D / 338 MIKE BYGRAVE The Guardian June 19, 1993 Pg. 7 HEADLINE: PILLS AND HOPE; Aids is a virus. It is not homophobic. It has nothing against heroin addicts. It doesn't care how many people / / MS VT95
Aids patients are not like the average patient who, when sick, goes to the doctor and lets him or her prescribe a treatment, without really caring how or why. Faced with a frequently fatal, currently incurable disease, Aids patients perforce educate themselves like amateur medical students.
D339 / George Carter, ACT UP / NY, Jan. 1992 "AIDS war and Activism" Open Magazine, p. 1 / / VT95-JKM
The startling thing is how often ACT UP has been effective. Life saving information is continually distributed as the latest treatments are monitored. New studies of alternative drugs have been initiated due to the activities of ACT UP. Government officials and media have been forced to recognize and at least begin to address specific AIDS issues. Pharmaceutical companies and the insurance industry have been brought into sharp relief as inefficient and wasteful organizations. . . Universal health care is at the forefront of today's political debates.
D 340 / Steve Epstein, Center for Social Research and Education, April / June, 1991, (91 Socialist Review, p. 59). / / VT95
In the specific case of the procedures used to determine" whether a treatment is effective, the AIDS movement is having a striking impact, demonstrating that the knowledge and ideas of lay activists can contribute to a speedier solution to the AIDS epidemic. "
D341 / Arabella Melville and Colin Johnson, Medical Journalists, 198; Cured to Death / / VT95-JW
Despite the best intentions of the medical industry and the regulatory agencies, it is possible that a drug with potential for massive latent genetic damage, or capable of producing a virulent resistant pathogen, could precipitate the next universal impact of horror on our collective awareness. Such a self-induced plague of white death could make the medieval Black Death pale to insignificance by comparison.
D342 / JAMES P. PINKERTON, John Locke Foundation fellow at the Manhattan Institute, . Los Angeles Times September 17, 1993, SECTION: Metro; Part B; Pa e 7; HEADLINE: DR. ELDERS' SILENCE EQUALS MORE DEATH; RATIONALIZATION -- DEADLY ON AIDS -- NOW COMES TO TEEN SEX. / / ACS VT95
Thousands of children are dying, and millions more are being born into lives of dependency and hopelessness. Pointers and precautions mean little to teenagers; only a change in values will keep the next generation from getting sick and / or pregnant.
D / 343 RON EYERMAN and ANDREW JAMIESON, Political Science Theorists, 1991, SOCIAL MOVEMENTS, A COGNITIVE APPROACH / / MS-VT95
The collective articulation of movement identity can be likened to a process of social learning in which movement organizations act as structuring forces, opening a space. . . in which creative interaction between individuals can take place.
D344 / Ron Eyerman and Andrew Jamieson, Political Science Theorists, 1991 Social Movements, a Cognitive Approach / / VT95-MDS
Their ideological orientation need not affect their creativity; all social movements are producers of knowledge.
D345 / LARS SCHOULTZ, Prof. Political Science, Univ. of North Carolina, 1992; in WESTERN HEMISPHERE IMMIGRATION AND UNITED STATES FOREIGN POLICY, "Central America and the politicization of US immigration policy" p. 218 \\ MS-VT95
In the decade of the 1980's, however, the lesson was more complex in one remarkable way--for the first time in the history of inter-American relations, domestic U. S. groups opposed to U. S. foreign policy in Latin America used the issue of immigration policy as a medium to voice their opposition and to press for a change in foreign policy. Until this time foreign policy influenced immigration policy only when the administration wished to do so or, as in the case of Cuba, when the specific circumstances required that immigration and foreign policy be linked. Only in Central America in the late 1970's and the 1980's did domestic opposition groups begin to use immigration policy as a tool to influence foreign policy.
D346 / LARS SCHOULTZ, Prof. Political Science, Univ. of North Carolina, 1992; in WESTERN HEMISPHERE IMMIGRATION AND UNITED STATES FOREIGN POLICY, "Central America and the politicization of US immigration policy" p. 218. \\ MS-VT95
- This is new relationship between immigration policy and foreign policy is a product of the democratization of U. S. policy toward Latin America that has occurred in the years since World War II. For better or for worse, the past forty years have been characterized by an absolute explosion of political participation in the creation of U. S. foreign policy. Today, citizens across the country are interested in United States policy toward Latin America, and their interest has led them to form interest groups, dozens and dozens of them, with representatives prowling the halls of power in Washington, always looking for an issue that will build new alliances and help move U. S. policy in the direction they favor.
D347 / MARILYN HOSKIN, Prof. Political Science, State University of New York at Buffalo, 1991, NEW IMMIGRANTS AND DEMOCRATIC SOCIETY, p. 41 \\ MS-VT95
- Despite such significant roles, the influence of immigrants is marginal across nations. The lack of citizenship or fully practiced citizenship is central in hindering full participation and explaining their disproportionate reliance on more indirect and often cumbersome channels such as labor unions, homeland associations, workplace activities, and local councils (Miller, 1981 ). Moreover, even those who are citizens are political novices. As a result, even where they are residentially concentrated and apparently homogeneous in their interests, they are rarely decisive electorally (Messing, 1985). The extant literature confirms that at least the first and second generations are most likely to become supporters of one of the major parties, but not to be especially demanding as a voting bloc (Black, 1982; 1987; Messing, . 1985).
D348 / MARILYN HOSKIN, Prof. Political Science, State University of New (York at Buffalo, 1991, NEW IMMIGRANTS AND DEMOCRATIC SOCIETY. N\ MS-VT95
l In spite of unfriendly environments, however, most new migrants want to integrate. Studies have consistently found them eager to find a place in their new nation and willing to embrace host society values (Pones and Bach, 1985; Fuchs, 1984; Themstrom, 1982). Nonetheless, the existence is clearly a strained one.
D349 / William Stanley, (Assistant Prof. of Political Science, University New Mexico) 1993 "Blessing or Menace? The security Implications of Central American Migration" International Migration and Security p. 252. (edited by Myron Weiner) / / MS-VT95
In general, Central Americans have moved into predominantly latino communities where although they constitute a distinctive cultural presence they are not a particularly divisive element.
D350 / William Stanley, (Assistant Prof. of Political Science, University New Mexico) 1993 "Blessing or Menace? The security Implications of Central American Migration" International Migration and Security p. 230. (edited by Myron Weiner) / / MS-VT95
In the US, Central Americans have moved into Latino communities where, despite competing for housing and jobs, they do not introduce an unwelcome religious or ethnic identity, nor do they, with a few exceptions, threaten to upset delicate political balances among ethnic groups.
D351 / William Stanley, (Assistant Prof. of Political Science, University New Mexico) 1993 "Blessing or Menace? The security Implications of Central American Migration" International Migration and Security p. 241. (edited by Myron Weiner) / / MS-VT95
The existence of ethnically and culturally compatible communities through"' . out Central America, Mexico and the US has also minimized the degree of social conflict associated with these large movements.
D352 / MARILYN HOSKIN, Prof. Political Science, State University of New York at Buffalo, 1991 , p. 9-10 NEW IMMIGRANTS AND DEMOCRATIC SOCIETY \\ MS-VT95
Finally, we may round out our overview of the immigration context as a nexus of social, economic, and political pressures by noting the importance of the majority groups. Parties and their leaders may forge new directions in some policy areas, but they need to take cues from their constituents if they are to survive. Rose (1969) has concluded that this general "openness" of the host society is as crucial to the long-term resolution of immigrant problems as any single factor;, Richmond under scores the relationship more specifically by arguing that "the outcome [of ethnic conflict] depends upon the extent to which the dominant groups perceive their own enlightened self-interest, in the long run, as necessarily involving a shift of economic resources, political power, and social status in favor of the minorities".
D353 / TODD GITLIN, Prof. Sociology Univ. Calif. Berkeley, 1992; WASHINGTON MONTHLY, July, p. 54, "Who will tell the people?" \\ ACS-VT95
[Grassroots assemblages] They always seem to be beginning. They do not know how -- perhaps they never will be able -- to clump together nationally. The citizens' new tactics also condemn them to a more or less permanent state of isolation. They may succeed at delivering potent messages to those in power, but this does not get them any closer to developing a relationship with the formal structure which decides things.
D354 / TODD GITLIN , professor of sociology at the University of California, Berkeley, Washington monthly July, 1992 SECTION: Vol. 24; No, 7-8; p. 54 HEADLINE: Who Will Tell the People: The Betrayal of American Democracy; Book Reviews / / NEXIS ACS VT95
The moral style of movement politics is too easily contained with narrow constituencies: Environmental activists may save dolphins by harassing Star-Kist Tuna- dolphins after all, are objects of universal human affection- but public outrage is not so easily harnessed to the dense task of rewriting federal regulations or the difficult class issues embedded in government economic policy. Moral outrage simply does not reach to the fine print of hollow laws or bureaucratic deal making and can easily be deflected into false victories Meanwhile, the public audience hears so many competing moral claims it may instead feel benumbed or skeptical. The politics of moral drama furthermore, leads invariably to a preoccupation with the news media-even dependency on them . . . To capture the media's wandering eye, frustrated causes find themselves escalating the terms of theatricality to the level of bizarre stunts or ersatz versions of civil disobedience . . . In the competition for attention the outlandish and fraudulent drive out what is sober and real.
D355 / TODD GITLIN , professor of sociology at the University of California, Berkeley, Washington monthly July, 1992 SECTION: Vol. 24; No. 7-8; p. 54 HEADLINE: Who Will Tell the People: The Betrayal of American Democracy; Book Reviews / / NEXIS ACS VT95
But Greider, too, has trouble formulating a solution to the limits of present day
movements, except to invoke a not-yet imagined One Big Movement. As William Morris' utopian narrator said in News From Nowhere, "if others can see it as I have seen it then it may be called a vision rather then a dream. "
D356 / Todd Gitlin, professor of sociology at the University of California, Berkeley, Washington Monthly July, . 1, 992 SECTION: Vol. 24; No. 7-8; Pg. 54 HEADLINE: Who Will Tell the People: The Betrayal of American Democracy; Book reviews \\ LN-ACS-VT95
As for Nader-style watchdog politics, it "'engages the energies of thousands of citizens and produces regular victories, some of them quite spectacular. . . [but] usually defines citizens the narrow role of aggrieved consumers and assumes that ordinary people are capable of functioning as the equivalent of bank examiners. " The public interest movement, like its goo-goo progressive predecessors, is confined to the upper middle class and fails to widen the circle of political adepts.
D357 / Anthony Oberschall, Political Scientist and Professor 1993, Social Movements: Ideologies Interests and Identities p. 277 / / VT95
It is precisely such culture and collective action repertoire that the 1960s movements lacked and failed to develop fully in the course of movement activity This was especially true of the latter 1960s and early 1970s. In the United states a shared political culture of popular opposition to the authorities and powerful groups has been weaker then in other countries where socialist parties or strong nationalist and ethnic separatist sentiment based on deep-seated cleavages and historic traditions exist, and where such a popular culture is quite immune to confusion and manipulation. Opposition movements can then, at practically no cost in political education and without central initiative and subsequent direction, count on a predictable, substantial popular response along the lines of past scenarios of collective action.
D358 / Anthony Oberschall, Political Scientist and Professor 1993, Social Movements: Ideologies Interests and Identities p. 42 / / VT95
If conflict leads to cohesion and concurrence-seeking tendencies resulting in groupthink within the leadership circle of conflict groups, the leadership will underestimate the cost of further conflict and overestimate the chances of success (over optimism, risk-taking), and will also be more ready to resort to coercive means (belief in the group's superior morality, taking dehumanizing actions against outgroups, ignoring the moral consequences of actions). If leadership in both conflict groups undertakes such actions, escalation of the conflict will result. Thus supplementing Coser's proposition with Janis' theory allows one to link changes in the internal structure of conflict groups with the mode of conflict they are likely to choose and the form that conflict is likely to take. Cohesion, under some circumstances, lowers the quality of leadership decision making in such a way that destructive strategies will be chosen by both sides, which in turn will escalate the conflict.
D359 / ANTHONY OBERSCHALL, Political Scientist and Professor, 1993, SOCIAL MOVEMENTS: IDEOLOGIES, INTERESTS, AND IDENTITIES, p. 42. , MS / / VT95
One important set of consequences that appears to follow from Coser's propositions was described in Janis' (1972) work on "groupthink" It refers to a concurrence-seeking tendency that results in a deterioration of mental efficiency, reality testing, and moral judgment.. Janis' idea can be summarized by his proposition that "the more amiability and esprit de corps among members of a policy-making group, the greater is the danger that independent critical thinking will be replaced by a group think, which is likely to result in irrational and dehumanizing action against outgroups" ( 1972, 13). Groupthink fosters over optimism, lack of vigilance, and slogartistic thinking about the immorality of outgroups
D360 / Anthony Oberschall, Political Scientist and Professor 1993, Social Movements: Ideologies Interests and Identities p. 278 / / VT95
Nevertheless on balance, it must be concluded that internal weaknesses due to deficiencies in the organizational structure and to a lack of shared political culture were important factors in movement decline.
D361 / ANTHONY OBERSCHALL, Political Scientist and Professor, 1993, SOCIAL MOVEMENTS: IDEOLOGIES, INTERESTS, AND IDENTITIES, p. 97. / / MS, VT95
Assume that there are two groups, one positively privileged and the other negatively privileged. Some members of the negatively privileged group seek a collective good--equality, independence, religious free- dom, political rights, full citizenship--that to members of the positively privileged group is undesirable, that is, a collective bad. The demand for change will therefore be resisted.
D362 / Anthony Oberschall, Political Scientist and Professor 1993, Social Movements: Ideologies Interests and Identities p. 152-53 / / VT95
Just about every theorist points out that increased social change produces dislocations strain, grievances and an increase in the normal levels of conflict and the likelihood of violence.
D363 / Todd Gitlin, professor of sociology at the University of California, Berkeley, Washington Monthly July, 1992 SECTION: Vol. 24; No. 7-8; Pg. 54 HEADLINE: Who Will Tell the People: The Betrayal of American Democracy; Book reviews / / LN-ACS, VT95
Against the organized interests that virtually monopolize political decision making and the politicians who make careers in the interstices, Greider arrays independent citizen groups--those Tocqueville thought would prove to be the integument of democracy but which have largely been severed from governance. He likes the irregulars but is not uncritical of them. Each of the three principal styles--identified with Martin Luther King Jr. , Ralph Nader, and Saul Alinsky--has its limits as well as its virtues.
D364 / Edward Herman, Prof. Finance, Wharton School 1992; Beyond Hypocrisy: Decoding the News in an Age of Propaganda, p. 2 / / VT95
The increased grass roots mobilization and activism of the past 25 years has also threatened elite interests highlighting the widening gap between elite and mass aims and perspectives. This sharpened awareness has stimulated efforts at popular participation in government, producing what establishment spokespersons refer to as a "crisis of democracy".
D365 / ANTHONY RICHMOND, Prof. Sociology, York Univ. [Canada], IMMIGRATION AND ETHNIC CONFLICT p. 101 \\ MS-VT95
All the examples l have given of 'quasi racist' attitudes and policies have one element in common: they all have a superficial plausibility and an element of apparent rationality. Few people would wish to question the desirability of preventing the spread of disease, resisting threats of invasion, taking precautions against the subversion of democratic institutions, preventing crime, racial and ethnic conflict, or undermining the living standards of workers. However, all of these good causes can be used to misrepresent and distort the real situation. And, as with the more or less conscious deceptions and disguises of human interest groups, these plausible arguments must be recognized as ideologically racist (Mannheim, 1936. ).
D366 / Julian L. Simon, Teacher of Business Administration, Winter 1991 "The Case for Greatly Increased Immigration" p. 170. The Public Interest. in The Reference Shelf: Immigration to the United States, Robert Emmet Long, ed. / / pkk-54-VT95
The fourth check to immigration is nativism or racism, a motive that often lies beneath the surface of the opposition's arguments.
D367 / RICHARD D. LAMM, former Governor of Colorado, & Gary Imhoff, I 985; THE IMMIGRATION TIME BOMB: THE FRAGMENTING OF AMERICA, p. 154. \\ PKK-VT95
Roger Conner is executive director of FAIR. He holds that there may perhaps be an even less attractive motive behind the negative view of American workers. In a conference at Howard University on immigration policies and black America, Conner argued that the unfavorable comparison of American low-wage workers to illegal immigrants is based on racial discrimination.
D368 / Julian Simon, Professor of Business, University of Maryland 1990
"Do Aliens Make us Scofflaws?" The Washington Times August 14, 1984
Population Matters: People, Resources Environment and Immigration p. 300 / VT95
The lawlessness issue makes an appealing argument and I myself agreed with it until recently. But, on reflection, I now think it's a smokescreen, a convenient way of avoiding having to deal with the prejudices many Americans harbor toward our poor, brown-skinned, Spanish-speaking neighbors to the South.
D369 / ANTHONY RICHMOND, Prof. Sociology, York Univ. [Canada], 1988; IMMIGRATION AND ETHNIC CONFLICT, p. 97. \\ VT95
Subsequently, Rex elaborated this point. He argued that to confine the term racism to the use of genetic theories would be to 'trivialize the sociology of race relations almost beyond belief. ' He suggested that racist ideas must be examined in the context of the sociology of knowledge and the relation between ideas and social structures. He also pointed out that there has been a resurgence in popularity of explicitly racist theories and other Social Darwinistic perspectives among some biologists and psychologists. If Social Darwinism is defined, broadly, as the advocacy of social policies on the basis of false biological analogies, then the use of arguments based upon ecology, conservation, and environmental protection to support exclusionary immigration policies must be regarded as another manifestation of racism in disguise. In effect, the proponents of restrictive immigration policies appear to be saying that if we can no longer ensure that the majority of immigrants will be Caucasian, then let us find some convincing argument for having none at all, or very few! As such, it is the latest in a long line of euphemistic arguments and policies that have been used at various times, in different countries, to justify immigration restriction and, particularly, the exclusion of non-white immigrants from Britain, Canada, Australia, and the United States.
D370 / Andrew Hacker, Prof. Of Poli Sci at Queens College, TWO) NATIONS, p11. 1992, JGM / / VT95
The reception given to recent immigrants is essentially similar to that accorded to successive waves of Europeans. In neither case have the newcomers been given a very cordial welcome. Indeed, they have often met with mistrust, not to mention violence and hostility. Despite the felicitous words on the Statue of Liberty, immigrants are allowed entry on the condition that they serve as cheap labor and live unobtrusively. Many will tell you that now, as in the past, they find their religions scorned, their customs ridiculed, and their features caricatured.
D371 / RICHARD D. LAMM, former Governor of Colorado, & Gary Imhoff, 1985; THE IMMIGRATION TIME BOMB: THE FRAGMENTING OF AMERICA p. 19-20 \\ PKK-VT95
The most powerful argument against immigration reform is the fear of acting out of racism. Is immigration re form discriminatory? Is it racist to control illegal immigration or to set ceilings on legal immigration? One fact would tend to support the contention of racism. Twenty years ago, about 80 percent of legal immigrants came from Western Europe. Today 80 percent of legal immigrants come from Asia and Latin America, and over half of all immigrants speak Spanish as a native tongue. Opponents of immigration control have contended that this shift in the composition of the immigrant stream, this difference in race, cul ture, language, and religion, is the real cause of concern over immigration.
D372 / WILLIAM SCHNEIDER, STAFF WRITER, JULY 24, 1993; THE NATIONAL JOURNAL, "Americans Turn Against Immigration, " Vol. 25, No. 30; Pg. 1900 /-LN-VT95
There is racism, too. Racially prejudiced Americans are extremely hostile to immigration. But blacks, who might feel competitive with immigrants for job sand government services, complain the least about them.
D373 / Julian L. Simon, Teacher of Business Administration, Winter 1991 "The Case for Greatly Increased Immigration" p. 163 The Public Interest. in The Reference Shelf: Immigration to the United States, Robert Emmet Long, ed. / / pkk-VT95
Now let us consider the costs and benefits of immigration-even though economic issues may not be the real heart of the matter, often serving only as a smoke screen to conceal the true motives for opposition.
D374 / TONY FREEMANTLE, STAFF WRITER, JULY 4, 1993; THE HOUSTON CHRONICLE, "Anti-Immigrant Sentiment Rises; Impact A Matter Of Debate, " Pg. A1 /-LN-VT95
""The current wave of anti-immigrant feeling is a confluence of several things, '' said Susan Drake, an attorney at the National Immigration Law Center in Los Angeles. ""Every time you have an economic recession you see strong anti-immigrant feelings. Also, we tend to see new immigrants as the "other' and strong feelings of ethnocentricity and racism surface. ''
D375 / Rep John Conyers, (Representative from Michigan, Chair Committee on Government Ops) August 4, 1993, "The Immigration and Naturalization Service: Overwhelmed and Unprepared for the Future. " House Report 103-216, Second Report by the Committee on Government Operations p. 13-14 / / MS-VT95
Misconduct by Border Patrol employees toward Latinos has been a matter of particular concern to the National Council of LaRaza: "INS enforcement has had a terrible effect on civil and human rights of Latinos, U. S. citizens living in the border region. " Ms. Munoz testified:
Reports by the American Service Committee and Americas Watch document over one thousand incidents of abuse in immigration law enforcement over the last three years. These incidents involve verbal or psychological abuse, physical abuse, illegal or inappropriate searches, denial of due process, illegal or inappropriate seizures, and destruction of property Of the incident of abuse, 49. 3% involved undocumented immigrants, and 47. 5% involved U. S. citizens, legal U. S. residents, or persons with a legal passport or visa.
D376 / Luis J. Rodriguez, staff writer, May 11, 1994, HEADLINE: EXPORTING TROUBLE TO LATIN AMERICA Sacramento Bee / / PKK-LN-VT95
The tagger's story is not a curiosity. Although the Immigration and Naturalization Service cannot deport someone for simply being a "gang-banger, " it is increasingly singling out teenagers who fit the description in the predominantly Central American enclaves of the Pico-Union, Koreatown and Hollywood sections of Los Angeles. This practice apparently has grown since the 1992 L. A. rebellion, in which Latino immigrants were significantly involved.
D377 / MARK BOUSIAN, (TIMES STAFF WRITER) Los Angeles Times September 30, 1993, A; Page 31; HEADLINE: INS OFFICIAL OPPOSES CREATION OF WATCHDOG PANEL; IMMIGRATION: HOUSE BILL CALLS FOR INDEPENDENT GROUP TO PROBE COMPLAINTS OF CIVIL RIGHTS ABUSES AT THE BORDER. (LEXIS / NEXIS) / / MS-VT95
Agents responsible for patrolling the U. S. -Mexican border have been accused of committing numerous civil rights violations against both U. S. citizens and those who cross the border illegally, including beatings, sexual misconduct and unjustified shootings.
D378 / Maria Puente USA TODAY September 30, 1993, Pg. 10A HEADLINE: Immigration 'issue of the 90s' / Critics cite border influx, rights abuses (LEXIS / NEXIS) / / MS-VT95
"Not only have immigrants and U. S. citizens suffered abuses and indignity at the hands of (the Border Patrol), but the complaint mechanism has been woefully inadequate, " said Rep. Xavier Becerra, D-Calif. .
D379 / ANDRES E. JIMENEZ, (director of the California Policy Seminar, a UC system wide program based in Berkeley. ) Los Angeles Times October 27, 1993, Page 7; HEADLINE: PERSPECTIVE ON IMMIGRATION; 6 MILLION CALIFORNIANS CAN'T ALL BE WRONGED; THE POLITICIANS' BASHING IS CREATING A CLIMATE OF PREJUDICE AGAINST ALL PEOPLE OF MEXICAN ANCESTRY. (Lexis / Nexis) / / MS-VT95
These same elected officials proclaim that they harbor no racist intent in their positions on immigration reform. Yet the "Mexican" content of their proposals has a devastating, chilling effect on the 6. 2 million of this state's citizens and legal permanent residents of Mexican origin. Whatever the intent, the outcome is racist, given the realities of segregation, discrimination and institutional racism that, unfortunately, lie at the foundation of California society. To overlook this context is irresponsible, particularly given these economic hard times. And we should not forget that a number of restrictionist advocates openly espouse white supremacy.
D380 / LINDA CHAVEZ, Manhattan Institute for Policy Research, 1992; in Immigration, LANGUAGE, AND ETHNICITY, "Commentary" p. 297 \\ VT95
Officially, the United States has no language policy. Unofficially, the people of the United States have chosen English as the dominant language of the overwhelming majority of the population. More recently, some seventeen states have adopted legislation or constitutional amendments declaring English their official language. Voters in these states did not act in a vacuum but rather responded to a gradual erosion of a de facto policy that encouraged all immigrants in this country to adopt English as the language of their public discourse, whatever language they chose to speak in their homes. Accurate or not, the perception is that some groups are not adapting to English as quickly as did previous immigrant groups. I believe that government action--not necessarily the actions of the groups in question, mostly Hispanics--is responsible for this widely held perception.
D381 / Barry Chiswick, Prof. Economics, Univ. Illinois at Chicago, 1992; in IMMIGRATION, LANGUAGE AND ETHNICITY, "Language in the immigrant labor market" p. 2 / / MS-VT95
Among immigrant-receiving countries, one cannot also fully address language issues without a discussion of immigration. What are the implications of adopting an official language, whatever that means in practice, for both linguistic minorities and non dominant language immigrants? An official-language policy need not imply a monolingual policy. A country can have two or more official languages, as Canada has. It can have different official languages in different political subdivisions, again, as Canada has.
D382 / FRANK TREJO, STAFF WRITER, JANUARY 2, 1994; THE DALLAS MORNING NEWS, "Rethinking Immigration; Near-Record Influx, Publicized Incidents Help Prompt Calls For Reform, " Pg. 1A /-VT95
Many immigrants and their supporters express concern that the anti-immigrant sentiment and statements sometimes do not differentiate between illegal and legal immigrants. They contend that the rush to control immigrants is an attempt to blame the nation's economic problems on those who are the least able to defend themselves politically. They see xenophobia and racism as factors in the anti- immigration effort. And they worry about the backlash that the national mood can have on legal immigrants, the children of immigrants and those U. S. citizens who look foreign. They cite anecdotal evidence that the backlash has begun. Immigrant advocates in California say beatings and harassment of Hispanics and Asians are rising.
D382A / Andrew Hacker, Prof. Of Poli Sci at Queens College, TWO NATIONS, p. 41992, JGM / / VT95
That racial tensions cast a pall upon this country can hardly be denied. People now vent feelings of hostility and anger that in the past they repressed. Race has become a national staple for private conversation and public controversy. So it becomes necessary to ask what in recent decades has brought the issue and reality of race to the center of the stage.
D383 / Eddie N. Williams and Milton D. Morris President and Vice-President of Joint Center for Political and Economic Studies "Racism and our Future. " RACE IN AMERICA, Ed. by Herbert Hill and James Jones 1993 p. 419 / / JGM VT95
Public opinion surveys confirm the anecdotal evidence of improvement in race relations. Two decades of opinion surveys show a consistent improvement in racial attitudes. There is declining support for segregation in housing, increasing black-white social interaction, increasing support for equal rights and equal opportunity. Although different surveys might show differences in the degree of progress on these measures, there is virtually no serious challenge to the basic direction of change.
D384 / Eddie N. Williams, and Milton D. Morris, President and Vice-President of the Joint Center for Political and Economic Studies, "Racism and Our Future, " RACE IN AMERICA, ED. BY HERBERT HILL & JAMES JONES, 1993, p. 421 JGM / / VT95
The struggle against racism requires steady, persistent effort by government at all levels. but especially at the federal level. Gains in race relations in virtually every sphere of life are fragile, subject to change with cycles in the economy or at the whim of the public. Under such circumstances, a clear, consistent, forward-looking stance by the federal government is essential to the maintenance of progress. The role of the president is particularly vital to progress in the struggle against racism. The society has become increasingly dependent on strong presidential leadership in areas of uncertainty and conflict. That office can be and has been a source of moral leadership. If we are to move the society toward freedom, away from racism, we must choose leaders deeply committed to that objective.
D385 / MARILYN HOSKIN, Prof. Political Science, State University of New York at Buffalo, 1991, p. 54 NEW IMMIGRANTS AND DEMOCRATIC SOCIETY \\ MS-VT95
The climate of opinion has always been an important factor in determining how foreigners adapt to their host societies. Public attitudes make them feel wanted or unwanted, accepted or feared. They may encourage newcomers to join a friendly culture or send signals that migrants should protect themselves from a hostile environment by maintaining isolated ethnic communities. More important, public sentiments are frequently contagious. Without effective counteraction, they persist, spread to others, and become accepted as fact. At some point hostile opinions pressure public officials to advocate restrictive measures which are likely to exacerbate the vulnerability of minorities and make them even less able to improve their standing. Public opinion is important in any case, but is an especially critical component in the cycle of discrimination and failure when it reinforces stereotypes and reduces opportunities to overcome economic and social barriers.
D386 / Eddie N. Williams and Milton D. Morris, President and Vice- President of Joint Center for Political and Economic Studies, "Racism and Our Future, " RAGE IN AMERICA, ED. BY HERBERT HILL & JAMES JONES, 1993, JGM p. 417 / / VT95
'The United States appears to be experiencing a resurgence of overt racism. The resurgence is reflected in a number of prominent recent events--racially motivated murders like those in the Howard Beach and Bensonhurst sections of New York City; the election of David Duke, an unrepentant former member of the Ku Klux Klan to the Louisiana legislature and his surprising success in amassing nearly 40 percent of Louisiana's vote for governor; numerous incidents of racial hostility on college campuses across the nation; and the reemergence of old racial / ethnic hate groups and the appearance of new ones throughout the county.
D387 / VIRGIL ELIZONDO, Director Mexican American Cultural Center, 1993; MIGRANTS AND REFUGEES p. 52 \\ GM-VT95
Racism is one of the worst collective evils of our world. It has humiliated, destroyed, enslaved and condemned to a permanent status of inferiority and misery millions upon millions of peoples, simply because they were created different by the Creator. The millions of victims suffer in silence and in isolation because the modern world of material comfort does not want to hear or see them. Cubans fleeing Castro are quickly admitted into the United States because they are white, but Haitians fleeing a worse dictatorship are turned back because they are black. White peoples easily cross through border checks, darker peoples are questioned more and are more frequently detained to verify their documentation.
D388 / Gabriel Sheller, (Director or the Leonard Davis Institute of International Relations and associate Prof. of Political Science at Hebrew University) 1993 "Ethnic Diasporas: A threat to their hosts?" p. 277 International Migration and Security (edited by Myron Weiner) / / MS-VT95
Nevertheless conflicts, and even tough confrontations, are bound to occur in these symbiotic, interdependent, but antagonistic relationships. Short of total breakdowns in these relations that might lead to genocide, detention, mass expulsions or intensive terrorism, there is a whole spectrum of conflictual exchanges ranging from mild controversies to acute adversarial relations. Such conflicts mainly involve the more racist and nationalistic segments of host societies on the, one hand and the diasporas' rank-and-file and organizations on the other.
D389 / Milton Kleg, Prof. of Social Science Education at Univ. of Colorado-Denver, HATE PREJUDICE AND RACISM, 1993 p. 170 JGM / / VT95
The effects of extreme and long-term discrimination are well known. Discrimination has contributed to poverty, ignorance, crime, disease, mental illness increased infant mortality and a shortened life expectancy.
D390 / Bernard Boxill, Prof. of Philosophy, Univ. of North Carolina-Chapel Hill, BLACKS AND SOCIAL JUSTICE(~F, 1992, p. 187 / / JGM-VT95
. Racism has put black self-respect and self-esteem under siege. It has attacked with scientific theories about black inferiority, insults and insinuations, ridicule, overt and covert exclusion and discrimination, and self-fulfilling prophesies about black failure. And it has also deployed subtler devices. It has woven its poisonous threads into the very fabric of the language the besieged use to protest their plight, and it has set its booby traps in the road to the truth--in history, psychology, sociology, and philosophy, as well as in genetics, art, and literature.
D391 / Andrew Hacker, Prof. Of Poli Sci at Queens College, TWO NATIONS, 1992, p. 29, JGM / / VT95
Ideas about equality and inferiority and superiority are not simply figments in people's minds. Such sentiments have an impact on how institutions operate, and opinions tend to be self-fulfilling. If members of a minority race are believed to be deficient in character or capacities, the larger society will consign them to subordinate positions.
D392 / Andrew Hacker, Prof. Of Poli Sci at Queens College, TWO) NATIONS, 1992, p. 19-20, JGM / / VT95
Something called racism obviously exists. As a complex of ideas and attitudes, which translate into action, it has taken a tragic toll on the lives of all Americans. Unfortunately, the term has been so used and overused that it loses serious meaning. It has served as a rallying cry, a bludgeon, and as a diversion from other issues. But racism is real, an incubus that has haunted this country since Europeans first set foot on the continent. It goes beyond prejudice and discrimination, and even transcends bigotry, largely because it arises from outlooks and assumptions of which we are largely unaware.
D393 / Eddie N. Williams and Milton D. Morris President and Vice-President of Joint Center for Political and Economic Studies "Racism and our Future. " RACE IN AMERICA, Ed. by Herbert Hill and James Jones 1993 p. 417-418 / / JGM VT95
The resurgence of overt racism coincides with worsening socioeconomic conditions that are, in large part, long-standing consequences of a history of racial inequality. The wide and still growing gap between blacks and whites in educational achievement, the large and rapidly increasing population of urban blacks mired in poverty (the urban underclass), the scourges of drugs and other lifestyle-related diseases that now ravage large segments of the black population, and the continued deterioration of the family and other institutions in the black community, all combine to create a sense of gloom and permanently handicap rooted in racism.
D394 / AMOS WILSON, Adjunct Professor at the School of New Resources, College of New Rochelle 1990. BLACK ON BLACK VIOLENCE: THE PSYCHODYNAMICS OF BLACK SELF-ANNIHILATION IN SERVICE OF WHITE DOMINATION p. 96 / / I=RXN -VT95
White racism and other forms of discrimination against Africans are designed to maintain African Americans in relative and absolute poverty. Poverty represents the deliberate, vicious robbery, exploitation, and extortion of the labor, wealth and resources of the African community by the European / White American community.
D395 / AMOS WILSON, Adjunct Professor at the School of New Resources, College of New Rochelle 1990. BLACK ON BLACK VIOLENCE: THE PSYCHODYNAMICS OF BLACK SELF-ANNIHILATION IN SERVICE OF WHITE DOMINATION p. 72 / / I=RXN -VT95
It is through the use of malevolent narcissistic projection and other adjunctive psychological, "other-offensive" and self-defensive mechanisms, conjoined with supporting attitudes and behaviors, that the psychopathology of White American racism is transferred to the Black American community. One transferred, it takes possession of the collective African American psyche and by distorting its self perception, self-knowledge and reality-perception, transforms it into a psychological supporting actor whose role is to aid the White American community
in maintaining its oppression. Thus it acquires its capacity for self destruction.
D396 / Neal R. Pierce contributing editor for the National Journal, May 23, 1993
HEADLINE: IMMIGRANTS NO LONGER WELCOME The Plain Dealer p. 3C / / pkk-VT95
A commentator for the San Francisco Chronicle got it right when he wrote recently: "There are undoubtedly bigots who want immigration stopped for racial reasons. But opposition to racial bigotry should not blind us to the facts: There are limits on population size, in a theater or in a state, in a phone booth or on the planet. "
D397 / Richard D Lamm, former Governor of Colorado, and Gary Imhoff 1985;
THE IMMIGRATION TIME BOMB: THE FRAGMENTING OF AMERICA p. 22 / / VT95
Charges of racism are a desperate, last-ditch attempt to dissuade Americans from joining the movement for immigration reform, to dissuade politicians from voting for laws that would control immigration, to prevent immigration reform from taking place.
D396 / NEAL R. PEIRCE contributing editor for the National Journal. May 23, 1993 HEADLINE: IMMIGRANTS NO LONGER WELCOME The Plain Dealer Pg. 3C / / pkk-VT95
A commentator for the San Francisco Chronicle got it right when he wrote recently: "There are undoubtedly bigots who want immigration stopped for racial reasons. But opposition to racial bigotry should not blind us to the facts: There are limits to population size, in a theater or in a state, in a phone booth or on the planet. "
D398 / CHRISTOPHER MITCHELL, Prof. Politics, New York University, 1992; in WESTERN HEMISPHERE IMMIGRATION AND UNITED STATES FOREIGN POLICY, "'Introduction" p. 5 \\ MS-VT95
Difficulties have arisen, however, because similar migrants from a variety of Western Hemisphere countries have sometimes been treated differently. In 1980, for example, President Carter promised to welcome migrants from Cuba with an "open heart and open arms, ' at a time when recent undocumented Haitian migrants to South Florida were being apprehended and denied resort to the U. S. court system on the grounds that they had never legally entered the United States. Virtually all Salvadorans who sought political asylum in the United States during the 1980's were denied that status, while in the middle of that decade the U. S. government was notably more lenient to many Nicaraguans seeking refuge from violence in Central America.
D399 / DEBRA J. SAUNDERS, COLUMNIST FOR THE SAN FRANCISCO CHRONICLE, MARCH 30, 1993; THE ATLANTA JOURNAL AND CONSTITUTION, "Fraud Pays Under American Immigration Law, " Page A12 /-LN-VT95
Call for tougher enforcement at the risk of being branded an immigrant-hater. Only the stingy person would insist on enforcing these laws. And since a racist undercurrent lies beneath some criticism of the system, a would-be reformer must distinguish himself from the mob who want to limit the entry of non-whites.
D400 / RICHARD D. LAMM, former Governor of Colorado, & Gary Imhoff, 1985; THE IMMIGRATION TIME BOMB: THE FRAGMENTING OF AMERICA p. 20 \\ VT95
Irresponsible charges of racism, unsubstantiated by any, evidence, cannot be allowed to stall immigration reform. For the past four years, an important start at controlling.
D401 / RICHARD D. LAMM, former Governor of Colorado, & Gary Imhoff, 1985; THE IMMIGRATION TIME BOMB: THE FRAGMENTING OF AMERICA p. 20 \\ PKK-VT95
But the people who are leading the fight for immigration reform--both within and outside of government--show no signs of racism. In fact they are quite sensitive to racism and work actively to combat any tinge of it in the arguments they make for immigration reform and in the laws and regulations they propose to control and limit immigration. The only mention of racism--aside from a few fringe pronouncements from the Ku Klux Klan that are taken seriously by few Americans and by no one with any involvement in the immigration issue--has come from the opponents of immigration reform.
D402 / ANTHONY RICHMOND, Prof. Sociology, York Univ. [Canada], 'I 988; IMMIGRATION AND ETHNIC CONFLICT, p. . 97 \\ MS-VT95
. Looking at it from the point of view of the history of social thought and the influence of Social Darwinism on race relations, Michael Banton had argued that only when genetic inferiority and superiority are ascribed to certain populations as a justification for differential treatment should the theory or argument . be defined as an example of 'racism. ' (Banton, 1961; 1967; 1969).
D403 / Bill Turque staff writer August 9. 1993 "Why Our Borders are Out of Control". p. 25 / / pkk-VT95
The current anxiety over illegal immigration may revive debate over more sweeping measures, like a national holographic security card. Opponents on the left and right, decrying it as Big Brother, scuttled the idea when it surfaced in the 1980s as part of immigration-reform legislation.
D404 / Marc Sandalow, (Chronicle Washington Bureau) The San Francisco Chronicle OCTOBER 21, 1993, Pg. A1 HEADLINE: IMMIGRATION CONTROL Support Grows for National ID Card (Lexis / Nexis) / / MS-VT95
The White House has indicated that it is reluctant to use the card for any purpose other than health care. But with anti-immigrant sentiments sweeping the nation and high unemployment plaguing California and other border states, many believe that it will be difficult to resist using the card as some sort of national ID.
D405 / MARTIN ANDERSON a senior adviser on the President's Economic Policy Advisory Board during the Reagan administration, is now a senior fellow at the Hoover Institution at Stanford University. April 6, 1993 HEADLINE: IS THE U. S. HEADED FOR A NATIONAL ID CARD? The Plain Dealer / / PKK-LN-VT95
Brushing aside any concerns about personal privacy, a powerful array of government agencies - the Immigration and Naturalization Service, the State Department, the FBI, the IRS, the CIA - each with its own special reasons, lusted after a law to force every American to carry a national identity card.
D406 / MARTIN ANDERSON a senior adviser on the President's Economic Policy Advisory Board during the Reagan administration, is now a senior fellow at the Hoover Institution at Stanford University. April 6, 1993 HEADLINE: IS THE U. S. HEADED FOR A NATIONAL ID CARD? The Plain Dealer / / PKK-LN-VT95
The smart cards do contain security elements to prevent unauthorized use if lost. But that is not the problem. The problem will be the widespread authorized use of the smart card - by doctors, pharmacists, hospital administrators, insurance company employees and local, state and federal government officials.
D407 / Robert Ellis Smith [Publisher and Editor-Privacy Journal] 1991 Hearing: Subcommittee on Social Security--House of Representatives 102nd Congress Feb. 27 Serial 102-11 p. 46-7 / / SW-VT95
Bureaucrats sense this opposition as well, and so, being bureaucrats, they press not for a national ID . number immediately but for authority to enumerate only their own constituency, to serve their narrow needs -- without regard to the cumulative impact of these gradual intrusions on the citizenry as a whole.
D408 / Robert Ellis Smith [Publisher and Editor-Privacy Journal] 1991
Hearing: Subcommittee on Social Security--House of Representatives 102nd Congress Feb. 27 Serial 102-11 / / SW VT95
It is not news that the Social Security number has become a virtual mandatory national identity number--even if a seriously flawed one. What is news is that there may now be alternative routes towards the much-feared national ID.
D409 / Jeffery Rothfeder [Former Investigative reporter-Business Week] 1991 Hearing: Subcommittee on Social Security--House of Representatives 102nd Congress Feb. 27 Serial 102-11 p. 71 / / SW-VT95
Quietly people with checkered motives are turning easy access to Social Security numbers into an epidemic of financial scams, invasions of privacy and unregulated mischief that is only getting worse. Computer technology has made it worse, basically because now you can buy computers that are the size of what mainframes were 20 years ago and you can put them on your desktop at home and buy them for under $2,000. And data banks are proliferating.
D410 / Janlori Goldman [Director, Privacy and Technology Project ACLU] 1991 Hearing: Subcommittee on Social Security--House of Representatives 102nd Congress Feb. 27 Serial 102-11 p. 127 / / SW-VT95
~ A mandatory national identification card poses substantial concerns for individual privacy and civil liberties, and would be unreliable and extremely costly. A "tamperproof" card, unique to each individual, would be feasible only with vastly increased data collection necessary to bolster the card's credibility. Before such a card could be issued, people would have to present personal information as to their identity, citizenship status, and possibly a biometric identifier such as a fingerprint.
D411 / MARTIN ANDERSON a senior adviser on the President's Economic Policy Advisory Board during the Reagan administration, is now a senior fellow at the Hoover Institution at Stanford University. April 6, 1993 HEADLINE: IS THE U. S. HEADED FOR A NATIONAL ID CARD? The Plain Dealer / / PKK-LN-VT95
Perhaps we shouldn't worry too much. How much information can they actually put on a little credit card-sized computer? Quite a bit. One of the latest versions is an optical card made by the Drexler Technology Corp. in California. This smart card, which costs only $2. 75 when purchased in quantities of a million or more, has the capacity for a computerized face photo and 1, 600 pages of text. Sixteen hundred pages is probably sufficient for a complete dossier on the lives of most of us.
D412. / Janlori Goldman [Director, Privacy and Technology Project ACLU] 1991 Hearing: Subcommittee on Social Security--House of Representatives 102nd Congress Feb. 27 Serial 102-11p. 117 / / SW-VT95
For many, the prospect of being required to carry a national ID card conjures up the specter of "Big Brother", of the government and the private sector collecting and maintaining an enormous amount of personal information and tracking our transactions and movements. People fear that this information can and will be used against them. The step from a mandatory identification system to a severe restriction on privacy and freedom may be a small one.
D413 / Sheri Alpert [Article: Health Care Reform and Privacy] 1992 Options For An Improved Employment Verification System Subcommittee On Immigration and Refugee Affairs. U. S. Senate 102nd Congress. September, p 67 / / SW-VT 95 The implication of the proliferation of the SSN or any universal identifier is simply this: once access to someone's SSN or identifier is gained, a floodgate of information about individuals is opened. To be sure, the amassing of information from various data bases can result in very detailed dossiers on individuals. This can lead to adverse decisions being made about an individual, although the individual often knows nothing of this unless damage is done -- even then, the individual may . not become aware of the damage for years. Under current law, restrictions on the matching and aggregating of data bases apply mostly to records maintained by the Federal government. (5)
D414 / DAVID LAUTER and JOHN BRODER, STAFF WRITERS, AUGUST 13, 1993; LOS ANGELES TIMES, "Clinton Differs With Wilson Ideas On Immigration; Policy: President Says He 'sympathizes' With Governor But That He Favors A 'Different Tack. ' However, He Reveals That Administration Is Looking At The Use Of Id Cards, " Page A1 /-VT95
But civil liberties groups, along with many conservatives, have joined forces over the years to block any action toward developing a tamper-proof identification card, arguing that it potentially would give the government far too much control over individuals and likening such cards to the internal passports once required in the former Soviet Union.
D415 / MARTIN ANDERSON a senior adviser on the President's Economic Policy Advisory Board during the Reagan administration, is now a senior fellow at the Hoover Institution at Stanford University. April 6, 1993 HEADLINE: IS THE U. S. HEADED FOR A NATIONAL ID CARD? The Plain Dealer / / PKK-LN-VT95
The idea of a national identity card, with a new name, has risen once again from the graveyard of bad policy ideas, more powerful and virulent than ever. Unless it is stopped quickly we may live to see the end of privacy in the United States, all of us tagged like so many fish.
D416 / Kevin Starr, (professor of planning and development and faculty master of Embassy Residential College at USC) Los Angeles Times September 26, 1993, Part M; Page 1; HEADLINE: CALIFORNIA REVERTS TO ITS SCAPEGOATING WAYS; IMMIGRATION: THROUGHOUT ITS HISTORY, WHEN ECONOMIC TIMES GOT TOUGH, BLAME WAS PASSED ON TO MIGRANT GROUPS. MEXICO IS THE LATEST TARGET / / MS-VT95
The California dream, according to the latest Times' poll: National Guardsmen patrol the border with Mexico, bayonets at the ready. Every resident, citizen and non-citizen alike, carries a tamper-proof identity card (You can't leave home without it). Countless times a day, the card is shown to bureaucrat or police officer to prove citizenship. The 14th Amendment, guaranteeing citizenship to the U. S. -born, is abrogated. Truant officers, lists in hand, enter classrooms and pull undocumented children from behind their desks, trundling them into vans for shipment to relocation centers. At hospitals nearby, emergency-room doctors turn away the sick or injured who do not possess the identity card.
D417 / Elizabeth Rolph [Research Fellow RAND and Urban Institute Program for Research on Immigration Policy] 1992 IMMIGRATION POLICIES; LEGACY FROM THE 1980'S and issues for the 1990'S, p. 41 / / SW-VT95
There is a deep-seated tradition in the United States of avoiding the centralized identification or registration of citizens, because such identification is believed to offer unwarranted opportunities for government harassment and invasion of privacy.
D418 / Evan Hendricks {Publisher and Editor--Privacy Times} 1991 Hearing: Subcommittee on Social Security-- House of Representatives 102nd Congress Feb. 27 Serial 102-11, p104, p. 110 / / SW-VT95
In the years I've been following these issues, I noticed that poorly conceived policies and / or badly manage programs can lead to proposals that not only do not solve the problem identified, but set disastrous precedents for our national privacy policy. Two prominent examples are computer matching as a "solution" to "fraud and abuse" in welfare and other social programs; and a work eligibility card (secure identification) as the answer for "too much immigration" to the United States. Use of the Social Security number was a key part of these "non-solutions. "
Similarly, we do not know the extent to which the SSN is used in the private sector for non-employment purposes. We also do not know to what extent advances in technology permit companies that use the SSN as a customer identification number to manipulate personal information and create consumer profiles.
D419 / Janlori Goldman [Director, Privacy and Technology Project ACLU] 1991, Hearing: Subcommittee on Social Security--House of Representatives 102nd Congress Feb. 27 Serial 102-11 p. 127 / / SW-VT95
a national identification system will inevitably lead to the sharing and manipulation of personal information for purposes other than verifying identity. Using the card as the key to unlock personal records held on individuals, the government 'and the private sector will be able to engage in activities that go far beyond the purpose of the card.
D420 / Paula J. Bruening [Project Director / Legal Analyst Telecommunication and Computing Technologies-Office of Technology Assessment] 1992 Options For An . [Improved Employment Identification System Subcommittee On Immigration and Refugee Affairs. U. S. Senate 102nd Congress. September, p. 61 / / SW-VT95
The history of the use of the Social Security number (SSN) itself is illustrative of ways in which identification systems can, over time, be used for purposes unrelated to its original intent. The Social Security number was originally intended for use solely by the federal government as a means of tracking earnings to determine the amount of Social Security taxes to credit to each worker's account. Over the years, however, the SSN has been used by government agencies and the private sector for other purposes, often over the objection of independent experts and the general public. The government itself was first permitted to use the SSN for tax reporting purposes when Congress authorized the Internal Revenue Service to use SSNs as taxpayer identification numbers in 1961. 8 Since that time, the SSN has become a ubiquitous part of American society and is used as an identifier for a wide array of transactions. This outcome, created incrementally over the years, is clearly contrary to the original Congressional intent.
D421 / Janlori Goldman [Director, Privacy and Technology Project ACLU] 1991 Hearing: Subcommittee on Social Security--House of Representatives 102nd Congress Feb. 27 Serial 102-11 p. 122 / / SW-VT95
There are clear examples of how government-collected information has been used for a purpose other than that for which it was initially intended. For instance, the confidentiality of Census Bureau information was violated during World War II to help the War Department locate Japanese-Americans so they could be forcibly moved to internment camps. And, during the Watergate years there were illegal disclosures and uses of Internal Revenue Service documents and other government records for political purposes. During the Vietnam War, the FBI secretly operated the "Stop Index" by using its computerized National Crime Information Center (NCIC) to track and monitor . the activities of people opposed to the United State's involvement in the war.
D422 / Janlori Goldman [Director, Privacy and Technology Project ACLU] 1991 Hearing: Subcommittee on Social Security--House of Representatives 102nd Congress Feb. 27 Serial 102-11 p. 116 / / SW-VT95
The last point that I would like to make is that everyone has talked about how an ID card would only be used for one purpose, it would be a limited purpose card, and we would not allow it for use by law enforcement. We know that is crazy. Existing data bases at the Federal Government level and in the private sector have often been created for a limited purpose and then used for other purposes. The temptation to use them is irresistible.
D423 / Janlori Goldman [Director, Privacy and Technology Project ACLU] 1991 Hearing: Subcommittee on Social Security--House of Representatives 102nd Congress Feb. 27 Serial 102-11 p. 118 / / SW-VT95
A national ID card would increase the potential for abuse and misuse of personal information held by the government and the private sector. Barriers to the instant exchange, verification, and manipulation of the information would disappear. Large-scale information systems, even if created for a limited purpose, inevitably take on a life of their own -- the temptation to use the information for other purposes is irresistible.
D424 / Janlori Goldman [Director, Privacy and Technology Project ACLU] 1991 Hearing: Subcommittee on Social Security--House of Representatives 102nd Congress Feb. 27 Serial 102-11 p. 127 / / SW-VT95
In fact, a recent study that proposes the creation of a national work authorization card-makes that recommendation: Future legislation should permit greater flexibility for use of work authorization data, under adequate safeguards for broader public administration and law enforcement purposes. " (9) Once the system is in place, it will undoubtedly take on a life of its own.
D425 / Mexican American Legal Defense and Educational Fund [MALDEF] 1992 Options For An Improved Employment Verification System Subcommittee On Immigration and Refugee Affairs. U. S. Senate 102nd Congress. September. p. 54 / / SW-VT95
Legal guarantees that confidential information held by government agencies would be kept private and never shared have been reneged on before. All should be concerned that there exists no true guarantee that personal information knowledge held by government agencies will not be used to harm us, for despite any laws that promise us protection from the misuse of this knowledge, the potential would still exist.
D426 / Robert Ellis Smith [Publisher and Editor-Privacy Journal] 1991 Hearing: Subcommittee on Social Security--House of Representatives 102nd Congress Feb. 27 Serial 102-11 p. 46 / / SW-VT95
A mandatory national identity document would remove most of the flexibility from American life. Our rounding fathers 'Jefferson, Adams, Madison -- spoke of the need for solitude and reflection. Yon call not practice these when you are accountable to your government whenever you stray from your house. From William Penn to Henry David Thoreau to Wait Whitman to Horace Greeley, our essayists have cried out for more elbow room.
D427 / Robert Ellis Smith [Publisher and Editor-Privacy Journal] 1991 Hearing :Subcommittee on Social Security--House of Representatives 102nd Congress Feb. 27 Serial 102-11 p. 46 / / SW-VT95
Throughout our history, our most creative impulses have emerged out of risk-taking, out of chaos, out of a freedom to make mistakes. They have not been generated when we have been observed, recorded, enumerated.
D428 / Janlori Goldman [Director, Privacy and Technology Project ACLU] 1991 Hearing: Subcommittee on Social Security--House of Representatives 102nd Congress Feb. 27 Serial 102-11 p. 120 / / SW-VT95
As Professor Arthur Miller testified- ". It is not essential that dossiers, files, surveillance actually are used to repress people. If these activities give the appearance of repression, that in and 03 itself has a chilling effect 0 the rights guaranteed to us by the Constitution.
D429 / Sheri Alpert [Article: Health Care Reform and Privacy] 1992 Options For An Improved Employment Verification System Subcommittee On Immigration and Refugee Affairs. U. S. Senate 102nd Congress. September. p. 67-8 / / SW-VT95
Private employers, for instance, have a strong incentive to see medical information, especially if they are paying for the employees' health insurance. Indeed, many employers use medical information in making hiring and other employment decisions.
D430 / Sheri Alpert [Article: Health Care Reform and Privacy] 1992 Options For An Improved Employment Verification System Subcommittee On Immigration and Refugee Affairs. U. S. Senate 102nd Congress, p. 68. September. / / SW-VT95
Another little known fact is that information on nearly half of the 1. 6 billion prescriptions filled each year in the United States is passed along to data-collectors that, in turn, sell the information to pharmaceutical companies. (7) Additionally, many physicians routinely allow information from their patients' records to be obtained by companies that provide computer hardware and software services. These companies provide the technology at a fraction of what it might otherwise cost, in exchange for patient record access. Most of the data is purchased to improve a company's direct marketing of its products and services. Typically, these exchanges of patient information take place without the knowledge or the consent of the patient.
D431 / Evan Hendricks {Publisher and Editor--Privacy Times] 1991 Hearing: Subcommittee on Social Security--House of Representatives 102nd Congress Feb. 27, p. 98. Serial 102-11 / / SW -VT95
We used to worry about Big Brother--the one big Government centralized data base. But with technology and with the Social Security number as a unique identifier, we really have to worry about Little Brother now, going back to the interconnection of all of these data bases.
D432 / Evan Hendricks {Publisher and Editor--Privacy Times] 1991 Hearing: Subcommittee on Social Security--House of Representatives 102nd Congress Feb. 27 , p. 28, Serial, 102-11 / / SW-VT95
One significant aspect about the Social Security number, is that it allows for the interconnection of data bases. It allows for the computers to talk to each other and to search through each other's records and find common people in different data bases. That allows you, much like bar hopping, to go data base hopping, as you search for people and their characteristics.
D433 / Janlori Goldman [Director, Privacy and Technology Project ACLU] 1991 Hearing: Subcommittee on Social Security--House of Representatives 102nd Congress Feb. 27, p. 126. Serial 102-11 / / SW VT95
All of the proposals, but particularly the creation of a mandatory national identification card, would require the establishment of a central computer system to store the information gathered on individual card bearers.
D434 / Janlori Goldman [Director, Privacy and Technology Project ACLU] 1991 Hearing: Subcommittee on Social Security--House of Representatives 102nd Congress Feb. 27, p. 127. Serial 102-11 / / SW VT95
The underlying documentation needed to verify a national identification card will require the creation of a national databank containing personal information on every individual in the United States. Such a system would provide the government and private institutions with the ability to track and profile people from birth to death, creating what Professor Arthur Miller termed a ""womb-to-tomb dossier.
D434A / Janlori Goldman, Privacy and Technology Project ACLU] 1991 Hearing: Subcommittee on Social Security--House of Representatives 102nd Congress Feb. 27, p. 114-5. Serial 102-1:1. ! / SW VT95
The problem is not that the number is used by individual companies, by TRW or by doctors or credit card companies, but that that is the key that unlocks information in other data bases. It allows for a disclosure of information from one file to another file. It allows information to be manipulated. It allows you to get information in another file because it is a unique identifier and because all these other services, all these other companies, all these other agencies are using the number as the identifier.
D435 / Mexican American Legal Defense and Educational Fund [MALDEF] 1992 ~ :or An Improved Employment Verification System Subcommittee On Immigration and Refugee Affairs. U. S. Senate 102, , d , p. 66-7, Congress. September / / SW-VT95
Furthermore, implementing this system would grant law enforcement officials and other government agencies access to personal data files. It was the Census Bureau at the outset of American involvement in World War II that turned over highly personal information to the U. S. Army in its campaign to intern Japanese-Americans living on the West Coast. (8) Merely by obtaining the number at a stop, police officers whose curiosity exceeds their propriety could access information that can be obtained with a. social security number.
D436 / Sheri Alpert [Article: Health Care Reform and Privacy] 1992 Options For An Improved Employment Verification System Subcommittee On Immigration and Refugee Affairs. 'U. S. Senate 102nd Congress, p. 66-7, September. / / SW-VT95
To fully appreciate the privacy implications of this technology, a discussion of aggregating data bases proves useful. The capability for disparate electronic data bases to be aggregated has been a major concern to many for several years. Stand-alone electronic files are today quite easy to link. This linkage is further facilitated if there is a unique identifying element common to each data base, such as a Social Security Number (SSN). In fact, most Federal and many state and local government agencies use the SSN as the means to identify recipients of services or benefits.
D437 / Marc Sandalow, (Chronicle Washington Bureau) The San Francisco Chronicle OCTOBER 21, 1993, Pg. A1 HEADLINE: IMMIGRATION CONTROL Support Grows for National ID Card (Lexis / Nexis) / / MS-VT95
But the idea is stiffly resisted by civil libertarians, who believe it would lead down a ''slippery slope'' toward greater loss of privacy and by many advocates for ethnic groups who say it would lead to further discrimination, particularly against Latinos and Asians.
D438 / Mexican American Legal Defense and Educational Fund [MALDEF] 1992 For An Improved Employment Verification System Subcommittee On Immigration and Refugee Affairs. U. S. Senate 102, , p. 51, d Congress. September. I / SW-VT95
A State photo identification with a social security number imprinted on it would have particular value for law enforcement agencies, primarily the INS. Asians and Latinos deemed suspicious or being "out of their neighborhoods, " would, upon being stopped by police, have their driver's license demanded. An individual unable to present such identification, would be suspected of being undocumented.
D439 / Janlori Goldman [Director, Privacy and Technology Project ACLU] 1991 Hearing: Subcommittee on Social Security--House of Representatives 102nd Congress Feb. 27, p. 125-6. Serial 102-11 / / SW VT95
A voluntary card poses substantial risks of becoming a de facto mandatory minority-only identification card. Although intended to enforce employer sanctions against hiring undocumented workers while avoiding employer discrimination on racial or ethnic grounds, a "voluntary" card for minorities would instead have the effect of requiring legal residents and American-born Hispanics and Asians to carry a card proving their bona fides, while Caucasian Americans would likely obtain employment without having to produce a card.
D440 / Robert Ellis Smith [Publisher and Editor-Privacy Journal] 1991 Hearing: Subcommittee on Social Security--House of Representatives 102nd Congress Feb. 27, p. 44. , Serial 102-11 / / SW VT95
There is no such thing as a tamper proof piece of identity. We should know that. It will lull us into a false sense of security thinking that anybody who possesses this piece of plastic will have valid identity.
D441 / Michael Fix and Wendy Zimmerman 1992 [The Urban Institute] Options For An Improved Employment Verification System Subcommittee On Immigration and Refugee Affairs. 'U. S. Senate 102nd Congress, p. 42. September. / / SW-VT95
In sum, we suspect that there is no silver technological bullet that can simultaneously deliver reduced discrimination and undocumented immigration without threatening individual liberties or imposing high, politically unacceptable costs. We believe the civil liberties norms of the country are too strong, the employment process too atomized, and the concentration of workers in small firms too great, for any system of automated or electronic verification to be implemented in a low cost, effective and politically palatable manner.
D442 / Staff Report, 1992; Options For An Improved Employment Verification System Subcommittee On Immigration and Refugee Affairs. U. S. Senate 102nd Congress, p. 21. September. / / SW-VT95
Use of the prevalidated Social Security number to be put on the driver's license may lead some to see encroachment on individual privacy, and fear the possibility of the driver's license becoming a universal identifier. The fear is based on a legitimate concern that with a Social Security number, records containing personal information on that particular person could be obtained.
D443 / Mexican American Legal Defense and Educational Fund [MALDEF] 1992 Options For An Improved Employment Verification System Subcommittee On Immigration and Refugee Affairs, p. . 50. U. S. Senate 102nd Congress. September. / SW-VT95
Moreover, the informational privacy guarantees provided in the Privacy Act 1974 (5 U. S. C. § 552a(b)) would be circumvented by involving agencies not covered in 5 U. S. C. § 552(f), i. e. , states' motor vehicle agencies, since Federal law does not restrain States' freedom to disclose private personal data.
D444 / Mexican American Legal Defense and Educational Fund [MALDEF] 1992 For An Improved Employment Verification System Subcommittee On Immigration and Refugee Affairs, p. 49. U. S. Senate 102nd Congress. September. I / SW-VT95
Imprinting social security numbers on driver's licenses creates a national identification card. The only difference between Staff's proposal and an official national identification document is that instead of a Federal agency providing, the materials and photographs for the cards, states' motor vehicle' agencies produce the identification documents for the Federal government.
D445 / Mexican American Legal Defense and Educational Fund [MALDEF] 1992 Options An Improved Employment Verification System Subcommittee On Immigration and Refugee Affairs. U. S. Senate 102nd Congress. p. 51 September. I / SW-VT95
Converting driver's licenses into documentation of legal residence status places an unfair burden on all Latino and Asian U. S. citizens. Many of us would find ourselves under constant suspicion and would ultimately consider it a requirement to carry identification at all times.
D446 / Mexican American Legal Defense and Educational Fund [MALDEF] 1992 Options For An Improved Employment Verification System Subcommittee On Immigration and Refugee Affairs. U. S. Senate 102nd Congress. p. 52 September. / / SW-VT95
Under the 'status quo our personal data privacy has been compromised, placing the social security number on a state drivers license will further deteriorate our current situation , in the following ways. First of all, the new system would violate our reasonable expectation to privacy. Currently, we have the choice of deciding whether to divulge our social security numbers However, if social security numbers were printed on driver's licenses, an individual would be forced to divulge it every time he or she presents an identification card to write a check, each time a police officer requests an identity check, and to every other person requiring photo identification to complete a particular public or private transaction
D447 / Marc Sandalow, (Chronicle Washington Bureau) The San Francisco Chronicle OCTOBER 21, 1993, Pg. A1 HEADLINE: IMMIGRATION CONTROL Support Grows for National ID Card (Lexis / Nexis) / / MS-VT95
But proponents argue that Americans are already accustomed to the loss of privacy that has come with the wide use of credit cards, automatic teller machines and Social Security numbers. A single document to establish residency could help simplify the daunting system of verification that employers must now go through, where prospective job applicants may provide any of 29 documents.
D448 / THE SAN DIEGO UNION-TRIBUNE, AUGUST 29, 1993, "A National Id System Plan Would Discourage Illegal Immigrants, " OPINION; Ed. 1, 2; Pg. G-2 /-VT95
The idea of a national ID card long has generated vociferous opposition from the American Civil Liberties Union and immigration -rights groups. They view it as having totalitarian overtones and posing a threat to personal privacy. Some opponents have raised fears that a national identification system would make it easier for the government to compile elaborate dossiers on individuals. These concerns need to be addressed fully. But, interestingly, many of the same arguments were made during the 1930s in opposition to the Social Security System, under which virtually all Americans are assigned a number.
D449 / Daniel Stein [Federation for Immigration Reform] 1991 Hearing: Subcommittee on social Security--House of Representatives 102nd Congress Feb. 27 p. 153 Serial 102-11 SW VT95
Regarding civil liberties concerns, it is clear that no likely future uniform work verification system would require personal data that is not already available in other government data banks. Thus, such a system would either utilize a preexisting data bank or a new one with less information.
D450 / David Simcox [Director-Center for Immigration Studies] 1991 Hearing: Subcommittee on Social Security--House of Representatives 102nd Congress Feb. 27 p. 141 Serial 102-11 / / SW VT95
Evidence was presented showing that highly efficient matching is possible without ID numbers, using such identifiers as names and birth dates -- an efficiency that steadily improves with advances in computer technology
D451 / Sheri Alpert [Article: Health Care Reform and Privacy] 1992 Options For An Improved Employment Verification System Subcommittee On Immigration and Refugee Affairs. U. S. Senate 102nd Congress. September. p. 67 / / SW-VT95
The use of the SSN is not restricted to the public sector. Most credit-granting institutions (e. g. , credit card companies, department stores, etc. ) require the SSN as 7 their unique identifying number, as well. And many physicians and insurance companies also use the SSN as their patient / customer identifier.
D452 / David Simcox [Director-Center for Immigration Studies] 1991 Hearing: Subcommittee on Social Security--House of Representatives 102nd Congress Feb. 27 Serial 102-11 p. 141 / / SW VT95
Here was considerable discussion of whether ID numbers do fact facilitate the matching of data to a dangerous degree. The assumptions underlying that proposition were questioned. It was noted that the existence of ID numbers as identifiers is no longer a necessary condition for efficient matching of personal data in any event, unauthorized matching is best discouraged by means other than the imposition of '"inefficient identifiers.
D453 / Daniel Stein [Federation for immigration Reform] 1991 Hearing: Subcommittee on Social Security--House of Representatives 102nd congress Feb. 27 Serial 102-1 p. 154 / / SW VT95
In any event, a secure uniform work verification system would bear no resemblance to one which utilizes a national identification card with ell of its alleged Orwellian implications. Some of those who insist on linking the two concepts perhaps do so for the purpose of chilling the debate on the subject. Almost without exception, these nay sayers are the vary same ones who opposed the employer sanctions provisions of IRCA to begin with, and who continue to seek repeal today. They have a method to their madness, of course: Although there is clear evidence that employer sanctions are working, they will never realize the true level of their effectiveness without the support of a uniform, fraud-proof work verification system. ]
D454 / Daniel Stein [Federation for Immigration Reform] 1991 Hearing: Subcommittee on Social Security--House of Representatives 102nd Congress p. 154 Feb. 27 Serial 102-11 / SW VT95
Of course, any secure uniform work verification system would he bound by the provisions of Section 3 of the Privacy Act of 1974 (P. L. 93-579). Section 3, codified st 5 U. S. C. , 2s (1974), addresses the concerns raised by opponents of a secure uniform work verification system. The statute is very explicit regarding the conditions under which a record may be disclosed, the kind and extent of information an agency may maintain in its records, and the ability of an individual to gain access to his record. Section 3 provides that a governmental agency cannot disclose any record which is contained in a system of records to any person or entity outside the agency without the written consent of the individual to whom the record pertains. It further provides that an agency is to maintain in its records only such information about an individual as is relevant and necessary to accomplish e statutory required purpose of the agency. And, Section 3 guarantees that any individual can gain access to his record or to any information pertaining to him which is contained in the system.
D455 / David Simcox [Director-Center for Immigration Studies] 1991 Hearing: Subcommittee on Social Security--House of Representatives 102nd Congress Feb. 27 Serial 102-11p. 142 / / SW VT95
Self-imposed inefficiencies in the management of such a resource as e protection against abuse is wasteful and ultimately self-defeating. An enlightened democratic society is capable of devising far better and more flexible safeguards
D456 / THE SAN DIEGO UNION-TRIBUNE, AUGUST 29, 1993, "A National Id System Plan Would Discourage Illegal Immigrants, " OPINION; Ed. 1, 2; Pg. G-2 /-VT95
With public concern about illegal immigration rising sharply, President Clinton has expressed interest in creating a tamper-proof ID card that would be issued to all Americans. The White House is exploring the idea in the context of health care reform, but the card also could be used to verify employment eligibility and gain access to a range of social services for legal residents. Conversely, a tamper-resistant identification system could greatly strengthen enforcement of the immigration law and curb abuses of social services by illegal residents.
D457 / Marc Sandalow, (Chronicle Washington Bureau) The San Francisco Chronicle OCTOBER 21, 1993, Pg. A1 HEADLINE: IMMIGRATION CONTROL Support Grows for National ID Card (Lexis / Nexis) / / MS-VT95
A national employment card has long been touted as a means to protect jobs for American citizens. Requiring workers to present some type of tamper-proof identification, advocates say, would make it easier to enforce laws against hiring undocumented workers, as well as perhaps deter would-be immigrants from crashing the border.
D458 / JAMES M. ZIMMERMAN is an international trade attorney based in San Diego and a member of the board of directors for the World Trade Association of San Diego. March 22, 1994, HEADLINE: Don't place much faith in a fence at the border The San Diego Union-Tribune / / PKK-LN-VT95
Hand in hand with cracking down on employers, both state and federal governments should create a single, tamper-proof identification document for all legal immigrants.
D459 / David Simcox [Director-Center for Immigration Studies] 1991, Hearing: Subcommittee on Social Security--House of Representatives 102nd Congress Feb. 27 Serial 102-11 p. 142 / / SW VT95
It is hardly news that this country's diverse and decentralized non-system of personal identification is what the Reverend Theodore Hesburgh called anarchic, " an open invitation to massive fraud and an impediment to effective law enforcement, abuse and a serious impediment to effective law enforcement, including compliance with the immigration laws.
D460 / David Simcox [Director-Center for Immigration Studies] 1991 Hearing: Subcommittee on Social Security--House of Representatives 102nd Congress Feb. 27 Serial 102-11 p. 142 / / SW VT95
II share this view. The massive collections of data now held by Federal and state agencies and managed with the most sophisticated data processing techniques can be seen as a rich resource rather than as Leviathan, not as a threat but as an opportunity for highly efficient public administration and provision of services that improve our quality of life, our protection from crime and abuse, and even our privacy
D461 / BILL TURQUE, staff writer, , 8-9-93, p. 25, "Why our borders are out of control" \\ pkk-VT95
Supporters say such a card would b virtually impossible to counterfeit.
D462 / Virginia Abernethy staff writer APRIL 10, 1993, HEADLINE: Population Growth Follows Prosperity The San Francisco Chronicle / / PKK-LN-VT95
Now, however, it appears that the ease of immigrating to the United States is an incentive for the poor in underdeveloped countries to have large families -- the very cause of poverty, unemployment and environmental waste.
D463 / Virginia Abernethy staff writer APRIL 10, 1993, HEADLINE: Population Growth Follows Prosperity The San Francisco Chronicle / / PKK-LN-VT95
Studies suggest that migration may encourage higher fertility not only among immigrants but also among those left behind, who perceive spaces opening up in their own locality. Fertility goes up in response to perceived opportunity. It falls when conditions are deteriorating. And Western efforts are counter-productive when they prevent people from correctly interpreting negative signals from their environment.
D464 / Virginia Abernethy staff writer APRIL 10, 1993, HEADLINE: Population Growth Follows Prosperity The San Francisco Chronicle / / PKK-LN-VT95
The ultimate effect of our immigration policies -- that hundreds of millions more will be born both here and in the Third World -- is tragic. Even allowing for our unquestioned good intentions, it is reprehensible.
D465 / John Dillin, Staff writer May 6, 1993, HEADLINE: Panel Studies Impact Of New Immigrants On US Jobs, Wages The Christian Science Monitor Pg. 1 / / pkk-VT95
Pressures from people in impoverished nations to migrate to the US are expected to be "truly alarming, " Mr. High says. The US, Europe, and other developed areas, such as Japan, clearly cannot absorb everyone who might wish to live there.
D466 / MARK W. NOWAK, EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR POPULATION-ENVIRONMENT BALANCE TO THE U. S. HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES COMMITTEE ON GOVERNMENT OPERATIONS SUBCOMMITTEE ON INFORMATION, JUSTICE, TRANSPORTATION AND AGRICULTURE, AUGUST 3, 1993; FEDERAL DOCUMENT CLEARING HOUSE CONGRESSIONAL TESTIMONY, "Testimony August 3, 1993 Mark W. Nowak Executive Director Population-Environment Balance House Government Operations / Information, Justice, Transportation, And Agriculture Border Fees" /-VT95
The conclusion which they can justifiably draw from the present "open door" U. S. immigration policy is that a significant portion of their "excess" numbers can always go to the United States. This misconception only delays their attempts to slow their own population growth.
D467 / MARK W. NOWAK, EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR POPULATION-ENVIRONMENT BALANCE TO THE U. S. HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES COMMITTEE ON GOVERNMENT OPERATIONS SUBCOMMITTEE ON INFORMATION, JUSTICE, TRANSPORTATION AND AGRICULTURE, AUGUST 3, 1993; FEDERAL DOCUMENT CLEARING HOUSE CONGRESSIONAL TESTIMONY, "Testimony August 3, 1993 Mark W. Nowak Executive Director Population-Environment Balance House Government Operations / Information, Justice, Transportation, And Agriculture Border Fees" /-VT95
The problem is that such migration not only threatens the carrying capacity of the destination countries, but also creates the harmful illusion in the sending countries that continued population growth is an acceptable option.
D468 / Virginia Abernethy staff writer APRIL 10, 1993, HEADLINE: Population Growth Follows Prosperity The San Francisco Chronicle / / PKK-LN-VT95
For decades we believed that the answer to high fertility was better education, lower infant mortality and a higher standard of living. We were assured that these developments would lower families' preferred number of children, and that fertility rates would fall as modern contraception became available. Unfortunately, clues that the model did not work started to accumulate early on. For example, African fertility, which had been moderate, zoomed up to six and more children per woman at the same time that infant mortality was dramatically reduced, health-care availability increased, literacy for women as well as men was rising, and general economic optimism pervaded more and more sectors of their society.
D469 / MICHAEL D'ANTONIO, NEW YORK JOURNALIST, AUGUST 29, 1993; LOS ANGELES TIMES, "Apocalypse Soon; The Latest Overpopulation Alarm Has A Twist: Not Only Lives But Lifestyles Are At Stake, " Magazine; Page 18 /-VT95
Although Kendall resists connecting his overpopulation theories to any effort to restrict immigration, there are activists who do just that. Dan Stein, director of FAIR, the Federation for American Immigration Reform, says that overpopulation in the developing world "will lead to explosive immigration pressure between now and the year 2020. " Stein is especially critical of immigration regulations that have led to a steady increase in the numbers of immigrants since 1965. "A huge wave of immigration is going on now, " he notes, "a wave that appears to have no end. "
D470 / MARK W. NOWAK, EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR POPULATION-ENVIRONMENT BALANCE TO THE U. S. HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES COMMITTEE ON GOVERNMENT OPERATIONS SUBCOMMITTEE ON INFORMATION, JUSTICE, TRANSPORTATION AND AGRICULTURE, AUGUST 3, 1993; FEDERAL DOCUMENT CLEARING HOUSE CONGRESSIONAL TESTIMONY, "Testimony August 3, 1993 Mark W. Nowak Executive Director Population-Environment Balance House Government Operations / Information, Justice, Transportation, And Agriculture Border Fees" /-VT95
Population pressures in the majority of the world's countries are mounting. Mexico with a current population of 90 million is growing by 2. 3% a year and projected to increase to 118. 5 million by 2010. To keep pace with current population growth, Mexico needs to create one million new jobs every year, a rate of job creation that cannot be maintained indefinitely regardless of the effects of any economic or trade policies. By 2010 when Mexico's population reaches 118. 5 million, the rate of creation needed for full employment will be even higher. As population pressures in Mexico and other countries mount, the pressure to emigrate will increase.
D471 / Rep. John Conyers, (Representative from Michigan. Chair Committee on Government Ops) August 4, 1993 "The Immigration and Naturalization Service: Overwhelmed and unprepared for the future. " House Report 103-21 6, Second Report by the Committee on Government Operations p. 9 / / MS VT95
Dan Stein of the Federation for American Immigration Reform described the growth of the world's population which has resulted in migration patterns by which people leave rural areas in search of better opportunities in urban areas. Often they find that job opportunities are limited in urban areas, but they are still driven by the expectation of a better life for themselves and their children. Thus people are often willing to take substantial risks the come to the United States in search of a better life. Worldwide population pressure has put pressure on America's border infrastructure and Immigration Service in ways that most Americans, because they have no reason to be dealing with the Service, simply did not understand.
D472 / MARK W. NOWAK, EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR POPULATION-ENVIRONMENT BALANCE TO THE U. S. HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES COMMITTEE ON GOVERNMENT OPERATIONS SUBCOMMITTEE ON INFORMATION, JUSTICE, TRANSPORTATION AND AGRICULTURE, AUGUST 3, 1993; FEDERAL DOCUMENT CLEARING HOUSE CONGRESSIONAL TESTIMONY, "Testimony August 3, 1993 Mark W. Nowak Executive Director Population-Environment Balance House Government Operations / Information, Justice, Transportation, And Agriculture Border Fees" /-VT95
In short, we are being unethical and unjust to our own people and to those from other countries by allowing excessive immigration and thus refusing to directly confront the carrying capacity problem. We send these countries the wrong signal, the signal that their high emigration and high birth rates can continue since the United States will provide a safety valve. This is neither good for other countries nor good for the United States.
D473 / MARK W. NOWAK, EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR POPULATION-ENVIRONMENT BALANCE TO THE U. S. HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES COMMITTEE ON GOVERNMENT OPERATIONS SUBCOMMITTEE ON INFORMATION, JUSTICE, TRANSPORTATION AND AGRICULTURE, AUGUST 3, 1993; FEDERAL DOCUMENT CLEARING HOUSE CONGRESSIONAL TESTIMONY, "Testimony August 3, 1993 Mark W. Nowak Executive Director Population-Environment Balance House Government Operations / Information, Justice, Transportation, And Agriculture Border Fees" /-VT95
We should be sending them another signal, namely that the United States will take a strictly limited number of immigrants who can be successfully absorbed within our population carrying capacity, but no more. This policy would send the right signal to other countries and, in the process, allow us and them to protect the environment. Each would limit its own population growth, so each could help its own poor and employed.
D474 / Paul R. Ehrlich and Anne H. Ehrlich, Center for Conservation Ecology, Stanford University, 1990 THE POPULATION EXPLOSION pp. 22-23 / / NDI-VT95
Human inaction has already condemned hundreds of millions more people 10 premature deaths from hunger and disease. The population connection must he made in the public mind. Action to end the population explosion humanely and start a gradual population decline must become a top item on the human agenda: the human birthrate must be lowered to slightly below the human death rate as soon as possible. 'There still may be time to limit the scope of the impending catastrophe, but not much time. Ending the population explosion by controlling births is necessarily a show process. Only nature's cruel way of solving the problem is likely to be swift.
D475 / WILLIAM OPHULS AND A. STEPHEN BOYAN, Ph. D. Poli Sci at Yale, Pol. Sci. at U. of Maryland, 1992 Ecology and the Politics of Scarcity Revisited / / NDI 245 VT95
several things. First, as the human impact on the environment increases, other species will find it more difficult to survive. Eventually they will not ' survive, and human Life-support systems will begin to unravel.
D476 / ALBERT GORE US Senator From Tennessee, 1992 Earth in the Balance: the environment and the Human Spirit. p. 366. / / VT95
The accumulation of another billion people every ten years is creating a whole range of difficult problems, and all by itself the exploding population is liable to push world civilization into a ' supercritical state, leaving it vulnerable to very large "avalanches'" of unpredictable change. "
D477 / WILLIAM OPHULS AND A. STEPHEN BOYAN, Ph. D. . Poli Sci at Yale, Poli Sci. at U. of Maryland, 1992 Ecology and the Politics of Scarcity Revisited / / NDI 245 VT95
The suffering and misery created by a large overshoot of the carrying capacity will be enormous. Any large overshoot seems certain to erode the carrying capacity so severely that the surviving civilization will have rather limited - material possibilities
D478 / PAUL EHRLICH, Prof. Bio. . Stanford, & ANNE EHRLICH, Sr. Research Assoc. , Bio. . Science Stanford, 1986 BULLETIN OF THE ATOMIC SCIENTISTS, April, p. 15 / VT95
Throughout our evolutionary history, t the emphasis has been on successful reproduction. People therefore have great difficulty facing the fact that either humanity must consciously halt )population growth and then gradually reduce its numbers, or nature will end the explosion of human numbers with catastrophic population crash.
D479 / Paul R. Ehrlich and Anne H. Ehrlich, Center for Conservation Ecology, Stanford University, 1990, THE POPULATION EXPLOSION, p. 223 / / NDI-VT95
Human inaction has already condemned hundreds of millions more people to premature deaths from hunger and disease. The population connection must be made in the public mind. Action to end the population explosion Humanely and start a gradual population decline must become a top item on the human agenda: the human birthrate must be lowered to slightly below the human death rate as soon as possible. There still may be time to limit the scope of the impending catastrophe, but not much time. Ending the population explosion by controlling births is necessarily a slow process. Only nature's cruel way of solving the problem is likely to be swift. .
D480 / Michael a. BAYLES, Westminster Institute for Ethics and Human Values, 1980 MORALITY AND PUBLIC POLICY p. 13 / / NDI-VT95
Delays in reducing fertility to replacement level, however, importantly affect ultimate population size. For each decade of delay in achieving replacement fertility rates. the ultimate world population will be 15 percent greater. If replacement fertility were achieved in the year 2000 instead of 2020, the ultimate population size would be approximately 3 billion fewer.
D481 / Brad Knickerbocker staff writer May 17, 1993, HEADLINE: Fresh Reminders On Population Crisis The Christian Science Monitor Pg. 13 / / pkk-VT95
ONE has to look hard for ways in which to lump the relatively rich United States together with poorer Third World countries. But they are quite similar in one critical area impacting the environment: population growth.
D482 / MICHAEL D'ANTONIO, NEW YORK JOURNALIST, AUGUST 29, 1993; LOS ANGELES TIMES, "Apocalypse Soon; The Latest Overpopulation Alarm Has A Twist: Not Only Lives But Lifestyles Are At Stake, " Magazine; Page 18 /-VT95
The twin dangers of population and pollution are the most important scientific problems of our time, he insists, and because these problems are created by people, their solutions are inherently political. The political aspects of the population-environment debate are more inflammatory today than they were in the 1970s because world migration patterns have made Kendall's audience aware of how their own lives might be affected by population growth elsewhere. Kendall knows that some of his statements -- particularly those envisioning the dire effects of population pressures in America -- may fuel the arguments of groups that advocate restricting immigration, so he is careful to distance himself from any anti- immigration sentiment; he sees himself as moderately liberal when it comes to politics, and he believes that severe restrictions would create a backlash against immigrants and violate America's democratic spirit.
D483 / MARK W. NOWAK, EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR POPULATION-ENVIRONMENT BALANCE TO THE U. S. HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES COMMITTEE ON GOVERNMENT OPERATIONS SUBCOMMITTEE ON INFORMATION, JUSTICE, TRANSPORTATION AND AGRICULTURE, AUGUST 3, 1993; FEDERAL DOCUMENT CLEARING HOUSE CONGRESSIONAL TESTIMONY, "Testimony August 3, 1993 Mark W. Nowak Executive Director Population-Environment Balance House Government Operations / Information, Justice, Transportation, And Agriculture Border Fees" /-VT95
Carrying Capacity, and not land area, is the criterion to determine whether an area is overpopulated. Carrying Capacity means the number of individuals who can be supported without degrading the natural, cultural and social environment, i. e. , without reducing the ability of the environment to sustain the desired quality of life over the long term.
D484 / MARK W. NOWAK, EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR POPULATION-ENVIRONMENT BALANCE TO THE U. S. HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES COMMITTEE ON GOVERNMENT OPERATIONS SUBCOMMITTEE ON INFORMATION, JUSTICE, TRANSPORTATION AND AGRICULTURE, AUGUST 3, 1993; FEDERAL DOCUMENT CLEARING HOUSE CONGRESSIONAL TESTIMONY, "Testimony August 3, 1993 Mark W. Nowak Executive Director Population-Environment Balance House Government Operations / Information, Justice, Transportation, And Agriculture Border Fees" /-VT95
One result of overpopulation, therefore, is that resources are depleted and the environment is degraded to the point that an area loses part of its capacity to support population in the future. When the carrying capacity is exceeded, the environmental damage is usually so severe that the population carrying capacity for future generations is greatly reduced. This chain of events is not just true of the Amazon Rain Forest or of Central America or of Bangladesh or of deforested Nepal. It is also especially true for many areas of the United States and for the United States as a whole.
D485 / Richard Alm reporter on international business and economics for The Dallas Morning News. May 17, 1993, HEADLINE: Population trends point to increased interdependence; Growth of poor nations creates risks, opportunities for U. S. Pg. 1D / / pkk-VT95
The richer countries will face increasing problems related to the side-effects of an every larger population, including immigration and the environment.
D486 / JOHN H. HERZ emeritus professor of political science, City College, CUNY. The New York Times May 6, 1993, HEADLINE: Third World Population Explosion Demands Western Response Page 26; / / pkk-VT95
Humankind confronts the novel condition -- unique in its entire history -- of its global numbers outgrowing the carrying capacity of the planet (these numbers now devouring and destroying what remains of the basic resources of the world: arable land, fresh water, forests, and so on). While in former eras "surplus" populations would find "empty" regions to which to migrate, the frontier is now closed.
D487 / Gareth Porter is International Program Director of the Environmental and Energy Study Institute April, 1993 / May, 1993 / June, 1993 U. S. Environmental Protection Agency EPA Journal / / PKK-LN-VT95
The developing countries are crucial to reducing global environmental threats in part because, by early in the next century, they are expected to account for more of the greenhouse gas emissions than the industrialized countries and because they hold 90 percent of the Earth's biological diversity and will be the locus of most of its loss in future decades. Over 90 percent of the world's population growth, moreover, will take place in the developing world. Therefore, supporting sustainable development paths in these countries must be an integral element of a U. S. environmental security strategy.
D488 / MICHAEL D'ANTONIO, NEW YORK JOURNALIST, AUGUST 29, 1993; LOS ANGELES TIMES, "Apocalypse Soon; The Latest Overpopulation Alarm Has A Twist: Not Only Lives But Lifestyles Are At Stake, " Magazine; Page 18 /-VT95
Although his message may seem extreme, Kendall is not an isolated Cassandra. In the past year, thousands of elite scientists have joined what amounts to an international campaign to convince us that a global disaster is impending. But since similar warnings were raised in the 1960s, '70s, and '80s, and the apocalypse never came, Kendall worries that the public may be numb to his message. To overcome this resistance, he practically assaults his audience with statistics and projections: * The Earth's population is growing by nearly 900 million every year. Today's total of about 5. 5 billion is expected to grow to about 10 billion by 2050. Most of the increase will occur where hunger and poverty are already widespread. * After decades of steady increases, world per-capita food production has recently declined. "The green revolution seems to be over, " Kendall says. * Deforestation and pollution threaten agriculture worldwide. About 11% of the planet's "vegetated surface" -- an area the size of China and India combined -- is already damaged. * Eighty nations now experience water shortages. Some American farmers are pumping "fossil water" out of the ground faster than it can be replaced.
D489 / CONSTANCE A. MORELLA CONGRESSWOMAN HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES , HEARINGS, HOUSE APPROPRIATIONS / FOREIGN OPERATIONS, April 25, 1994 / / PKK-LN-VT95
THE IMPACT OF HUMAN POPULATION GROWTH, COMBINED WITH WIDESPREAD POVERTY, IS EVIDENT IN MOUNTING SIGNS OF STRESS ON THE WORLD'S ENVIRONMENT, PARTICULARLY IN TROPICAL DEFORESTATION, EROSION OF ARABLE LAND AND WATERSHEDS, EXTINCTION OF PLANT AND ANIMAL SPECIES, GLOBAL CLIMATE CHANGE, WASTE MANAGEMENT, AND AIR AND WATER POLLUTION.
D490 / CONSTANCE A. MORELLA CONGRESSWOMAN HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES , HEARINGS, HOUSE APPROPRIATIONS / FOREIGN OPERATIONS, April 25, 1994 / / PKK-LN-VT95
THESE AND OTHER REPORTS AND STUDIES ON POPULATION GROWTH AND ITS EFFECTS BELIE THE REAGAN ADMINISTRATION'S ASSERTION AT MEXICO CITY THAT POPULATION GROWTH IS A NEUTRAL FACTOR IN ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, AND UNDERSCORE, AS THE RIO CONFERENCE AND OTHER EFFORTS HAVE MADE CLEAR, THAT POPULATION GROWTH IS A CRITICAL FACTOR IN ENVIRONMENTAL DEGRADATION AND SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMS.
D491 / Julian Simon, Professor of Business, U. of Maryland, 1990, "World Population Growth: Facts and Consequences" THE ATLANTIC MONTHLY, August 1981, POPULATION MATTERS: PEOPLE, RESOURCES, ENVIRONMENT, AND IMMIGRATION, p. 167 / / pkk-VT95
Studies of recent rates of population growth and economic growth are another source of evidence. In less-developed countries, per capita income has been growing as fast or faster than in the developed countries, according to a World Bank survey for the years 1950 to 1975, despite the fact that population has grown faster in developing countries than in developed countries.
D492 / Julian Simon, Professor of Business, U. of Maryland, 1990, "World Population Growth: Facts and Consequences" THE ATLANTIC MONTHLY, August 1981, POPULATION MATTERS: PEOPLE, RESOURCES, ENVIRONMENT, AND IMMIGRATION, p. 168 / / pkk-VT95
A larger population also provides economics of scale for many expensive social investments that would not be profitable otherwise--for example, railroads, irrigation systems, and ports. And public services, such as fire protection, can also be provided at lower cost per person when population.
D493 / Julian Simon, Professor of Business, U. of Maryland, 1990, "World Population Growth: Facts and Consequences" THE ATLANTIC MONTHLY, August 1981, POPULATION MATTERS: PEOPLE, RESOURCES, ENVIRONMENT, AND IMMIGRATION, p. 169-70 / / pkk-VT95
Why isn't populous India a prosperous and advanced country? I have not argued that a large population will by itself overcome all the other variables in a society-- its climate, culture, history, political structure. I have said only that there is not evidence to prove that a large population creates poverty and underdevelopment. India is poor and underdeveloped for many reasons, and it might be even more so if it had a smaller population. The proper comparison is not India and the United States but India and other poor countries, and the fact is that India has one of the largest scientific establishments in the Third World--perhaps in part because of its large population.
D494 / Julian Simon, Professor of Business, U. of Maryland, 1990, "World Population Growth: Facts and Consequences" THE ATLANTIC MONTHLY, August 1981, POPULATION MATTERS: PEOPLE, RESOURCES, ENVIRONMENT, AND IMMIGRATION, p. 171 / / pkk-VT95
I studied the economic effects of different rates of population growth--zero growth, one-percent growth a year, among others--on the developed world, using a model to take account of the contributions of additional people to technological advance. Under every set of conditions, the hypothetical economies subjected to faster population growth come to have higher per-worker income than is yielded by economies subjected to slower population growth, in eighty years at most. Under some conditions, the higher fertility rates overtake the one-percent growth rate in output per worker after only thirty years--that is, only about ten years after the first additional child enters the work force. Furthermore, economic effects of the various rates of population growth do not differ much, by any absolute measure, in the short run. It is the long-run differences that are large.
D495 / Julian Simon, Professor of Business, U. of Maryland, 1990, "World Population Growth: Facts and Consequences" THE ATLANTIC MONTHLY, August 1981, POPULATION MATTERS: PEOPLE, RESOURCES, ENVIRONMENT, AND IMMIGRATION, p. 167-8 / / pkk-VT95
*Population growth creates business opportunities and facilitates change. It makes expansion investment and new ventures more attractive, by reducing risk and by increasing total demand. For example, if housing is over built or excess capacity is created in an industry, a growing population can take up the slack and remedy.
D496\ Julian Simon, Prof. of Business, Univ. of Maryland 1990; "World Population Growth: Facts and consequences" Reprint: Atlantic Monthly, August 1981 POPULATION MATTERS: PEOPLE, RESOURCES, ENVIRONMENT AND IMMIGRATION p. 166-7 / / pkk VT95
According to this reasoning, both sheer numbers of people and the age distribution that occurs in the process of getting to the higher numbers ought to have the effect of a smaller per capita product. But the evidence does not confirm the conventional theory. It suggests that population growth almost certainly does not hinder, and perhaps even helps, economic growth.
D497 / Julian Simon, Prof. of Business, Univ. of Maryland 1990 "World Population Growth: Facts and consequences" Reprint: Atlantic Monthly, August 1981 POPULATION MATTERS: PEOPLE, RESOURCES, ENVIRONMENT AND IMMIGRATION p. 168 / / pkk VT95
Population growth promotes "economies of scale": the greater efficiency of larger scale production. Through this mechanism, the more people, the larger the market and therefor the greater the need for bigger and more efficient machinery, division of labor, and improved transportation and communication.
D498 / Julian Simon, Prof. of Business, Univ. of Maryland 1990 "World Population Growth: Facts and consequences" Reprint: Atlantic Monthly, August 1981 POPULATION MATTERS: PEOPLE, RESOURCES, ENVIRONMENT AND IMMIGRATION p. 167 / / pkk VT95
The larger proportion of young people in the labor force which results from population growth has its advantages. Young workers produce more in relation to what they consume than older workers, largely because the older workers receive increases in pay with seniority, regardless of productivity. And because each generation enters the labor force with more education than the previous generation, the average worker becomes more and more knowledgeable.
D499 \Julian Simon, Prof. of Business, Univ. of Maryland 1990 "World Population Growth: Facts and consequences" Reprint: Atlantic Monthly, August 1981 POPULATION MATTERS: PEOPLE, RESOURCES, ENVIRONMENT AND IMMIGRATION p. 173 / / pkk VT95
The standard of living has risen along with the size of the world's population since the beginning of recorded time. There is no convincing economic reason why these trends toward a better life should not continue indefinitely. Adding more people causes problems, but people are also the means to solve these problems. The main fuel to speed the world's progress is our stock of knowledge, and the brake is our lack of imagination.
D500 \Julian Simon, Professor of Business, University of Maryland. 1990 "Resources, Population, Environment: An oversupply of False Bad News" Reprinted from Science, v. 208, June 27 1980 POPULATION MATTERS: PEOPLE, RESOURCES, ENVIRONMENT AND IMMIGRATION p. 50 / / pkk VT95
In short, economic theory that includes key elements left out of previous models, together with the empirical data, suggests that additional children have positive long-run effects upon the standard of living.
D501 \Julian Simon, Professor of Business, University of Maryland. 1990 "Resources, Population, Environment: An oversupply of False Bad News" Reprinted from Science, v. 208, June 27 1980 POPULATION MATTERS: PEOPLE, RESOURCES, ENVIRONMENT AND IMMIGRATION p. 48-9 / / pkk VT95
I have added this effect of additional people on productivity to a standard economic model in several variants of Figure 2-2. the result is that additional persons, instead of being a permanent drag, lead to an increase in per worker output starting 30 to 70 years after birth -- that is 10 to 50 years after entry into the labor force.
D502 \Julian Simon, Professor of Business, University of Maryland. 1990 "Resources, Population, Environment: An oversupply of False Bad News" Reprinted from Science, v. 208, June 27 1980 POPULATION MATTERS: PEOPLE, RESOURCES, ENVIRONMENT AND IMMIGRATION p. 48 / / pkk VT95
Population growth and productivity increase are not independent forces running a race. Rather, additional persons cause technological advances by inventing, adapting, and diffusing new productive knowledge.
D503 \Julian Simon, Prof. of Business, Univ. of Maryland 1990 "World Population Growth: Facts and consequences" Reprint: Atlantic Monthly, August 1981 POPULATION MATTERS: PEOPLE, RESOURCES, ENVIRONMENT AND IMMIGRATION p. 170 / / pkk VT95
Population growth spurs the adoption of existing technology as well as the invention of new technology. This has been well documented in agriculture, where people turn to successively more "advanced" but more laborious methods of getting food as population density increases -- methods that may have been known but were ignored because they weren't needed.
D504 \Julian Simon, Prof. of Business, Univ. of Maryland 1990 "World Population Growth: Facts and consequences" Reprint: Atlantic Monthly, August 1981 POPULATION MATTERS: PEOPLE, RESOURCES, ENVIRONMENT AND IMMIGRATION p. 173 / / pkk VT95
In modern times, there is some fairly strong evidence to confirm the positive effect of population growth on science and technology: in countries at the same level of income, scientific output is proportional to population size.
D505 / CONSTANCE A. MORELLA CONGRESSWOMAN, HEARINGS, HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES HOUSE APPROPRIATIONS / FOREIGN OPERATIONS, April 25, 1994 / / PKK-LN-VT95
CURRENT GLOBAL POPULATION NUMBERS SOME 5. 5 BILLION PEOPLE, AND IT IS GROWING AT A RATE OF 100 MILLION PER YEAR. NINETY PERCENT OF THIS GROWTH IS TAKING PLACE IN THE DEVELOPING WORLD. CONTINUED GLOBAL POPULATION GROWTH AT CURRENT RATES, ACCORDING TO JOHNS HOPKINS UNIVERSITY'S POPULATION REPORTS, WILL LEAD TO A FIFTY PERCENT INCREASE IN GLOBAL POPULATION BY 2025. BY THE END OF THIS DECADE, HALF OF THE WORLD'S DEVELOPING COUNTRIES WILL BE UNABLE TO FEED THEIR OWN PEOPLE. WITHIN TWENTY YEARS, DEVELOPING COUNTRIES' CARBON DIOXIDE EMISSIONS, WHICH ARE THE MOST IMPORTANT CONTRIBUTOR TO THE ESCALATION OF THE GREENHOUSE EFFECT AND GLOBAL WARMING, WILL TRIPLE.
D506 / Gareth Porter is International Program Director of the Environmental and Energy Study Institute April, 1993 / May, 1993 / June, 1993 U. S. Environmental Protection Agency EPA Journal / / PKK-LN-VT95
The erosion of the environmental security of other countries also affects other U. S. global security, economic, and humanitarian interests. The capability of the developing world to produce enough food to feed its population is imperiled by the combination of high population-growth rates and the loss of soil nutrients and soil erosion, which could reduce global food production by as much as 20 to 30 percent within two decades if it is not slowed. Such a global food crisis could create humanitarian crises and political chaos in many more countries.
D507 / Pamela Burdman, Chronicle Staff Writer MARCH 30, 1994, HEADLINE: The 'I-Word' Creates Tense Environment at Sierra Club The San Francisco Chronicle / / PKK-LN-VT95
The argument, simply put, is that world population growth is outpacing the ability of the world's resources to sustain that population. If the argument is an abstraction, they say, the concrete realities of overpopulation are dwindling water supplies, declining worldwide grain production, energy shortages, and eventually drought and famine.
D508 / F. E. Treainer, Professor of Sociology at the University of New South Wales, 1985 ABANDONED INFLUENCE p. 41 / / VT95
It is quite possible that world population will exceed the most commonly predicted range and it is no less conceivable that there will be massive collapses due to famine resulting in stability at much lower numbers than are expected.
D509\ Lester R. Brown, President of World Watch Institute, 1991 THE WORLD WATCH READER p. 156 ? / / VT95
In many developing countries, soaring population now has a dual effect on food balance: it increases demand as it degrades the agricultural resource base.
D510\ William Ophuls and A. Stephen Boyan, Ph. D. Poly Sci at Yale, and Poly Sci at Univ. of Maryland, 1992 Ecology and the Politics of Scarcity Revisited p. 127 / / VT95
Thus by the year 2000, according to projections, the growth in human population and activities will eliminate not only one-sixth of our grain land per person and one-tenth of our irrigated land, but nearly one-fifth of our forest and grazing land per person. These losses will occur in just one decade. In addition, human activities are causing increased pollution of the air, water, and land -- and even of the stratosphere -- despite expensive pollution -control efforts over the last two decades.
D511 / CONSTANCE A. MORELLA, CONGRESSWOMAN, HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES , HEARINGS, HOUSE APPROPRIATIONS & FOREIGN OPERATIONS, April 25, 1994 / / PKK-LN-VT95
CENTRAL AMERICA SERVES AS AN EXAMPLE OF THE POLITICAL AND SOCIOECONOMIC PROBLEMS CAUSED BY UNCHECKED POPULATION GROWTH AND THE LACK OF ACCESS TO INFORMATION ON FAMILY PLANNING SERVICES AND THE ABSENCE OF ADEQUATE HEALTH AND EDUCATION PROGRAMS. GUATEMALA, FOR EXAMPLE, IN SPITE OF PROGRESS IN THE PEACE TALKS WITH THE URNG, CONTINUES TO SUFFER FROM MORE THAN 30 YEARS OF WAR, PRECIPITATED TO A LARGE DEGREE BY UNEQUAL AND TENURE AND LACK OF ARABLE LAND FOR THE INDIGENOUS POPULATION.
D512\ Paul R. Ehrlich, and Anne H. Ehrlich, Center for Conservation Ecology, Stanford 1990 THE POPULATION EXPLOSION. p. 174-5 / / VT95
The population explosion contributes to international tensions and therefore makes a nuclear holocaust more likely. Most people in our society can visualize the horrors of a large-scale nuclear war followed by a nuclear winter. We call that possible end to our civilization "the Bang. " Hundreds of millions of people would be killed outright and billions more would follow from the disruption of agricultural systems and other indirect effects largely caused by the disruption of ecosystem services. It would be the ultimate "death-rate solution" to the population problem -- a stunning contrast to the humane solution of lowering the global birthrate to slightly below the death rate for a few centuries.
D513 / NAZLI CHOUCRI, Prof. Poli. Sci. , MIT, 1986, BULLETIN OF THE ATOMIC SCIENTISTS, April, p. 24-5 / / VT-95
Studies of the origins of World War I In Europe and of the Japanese involvement in World War II, for example, point to the significant role of population in leading to resource demand which, when combined with technological capability, leads to competition among nations, and, eventually, to war.
D514 / J. CALVIN GIDDINGS, Prof. Chem. , Univ. of Utah, 1973, BULLETIN OF THE ATOMIC SCIENTISTS, October, p. 49 / / VT95
These are intolerable increases in risk. Alternatively, a halving of the present population would reduce the nuclear risk eight fold and possibly offset the dangerous trend toward a lower threshold.
D515 / F. E. TRAINER, Prof. of Soc. at U. Of New South Wales, 1985, ABANDON AFFLUENCE, p. 187 / / NDI-VT95
To summarize the argument, in the next few decades the demand for resources will grow, perhaps multiplying several times, but the difficulty of obtaining most resources is likely to increase, in some cases, dramatically. The competition over access can do nothing but intensify. Meanwhile the potential for military conflict is growing.
D516 / EDWIN H. WILSON, Dir. AHA, 1985, THE HUMANIST, Jan. / Feb. , p. 43 / VT95
Overpopulation is ranked by Dr. Mumford as a national and international problem on par with the threat of nuclear destruction.
D517 / CONSTANCE A. MORELLA CONGRESSWOMAN HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES , HEARINGS, HOUSE APPROPRIATIONS / FOREIGN OPERATIONS, April 25, 1994 / / PKK-LN-VT95
IN A COUNTRY WHICH HAS BEEN RIVEN BY A CIVIL WAR OVER LACK OF ACCESS TO LAND FOR ITS CURRENT POPULATION, THE IMPLICATIONS OF UNCHECKED POPULATION GROWTH ON LAND TENURE STRUGGLES IN THE FUTURE, EVEN ASSUMING THAT A PEACE AGREEMENT IS REACHED THIS YEAR, POSE A SERIOUS THREAT TO GUATEMALA'S ABILITY TO ESTABLISH EQUITABLE AND SUSTAINABLE ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT. THE POTENTIAL FOR ONGOING POLITICAL AND ECONOMIC STABILITY IN GUATEMALA HAS SERIOUS IMPLICATIONS FOR OUR EFFORTS TO ESTABLISH A HEMISPHERIC TRADE SYSTEM AND FOR OUR EFFORTS TO REDUCE ILLEGAL IMMIGRATION TO THE UNITED STATES.
D518 / MICHAEL D'ANTONIO, NEW YORK JOURNALIST, AUGUST 29, 1993; LOS ANGELES TIMES, "Apocalypse Soon; The Latest Overpopulation Alarm Has A Twist: Not Only Lives But Lifestyles Are At Stake, " Magazine; Page 18 /-VT95
The specter of overpopulation has made for best-selling books and disturbing talk-show interviews since the 1960s. But today, there's a difference: The scientific elite seems almost unanimous in its fear. Last year, the National Academy of Sciences and Britain's Royal Society issued a rare joint statement on the dangerous trends in population and environmental degradation. The campaign gained further momentum last November, when the Union of Concerned Scientists published a "World Scientists' Warning to Humanity" on the same topics. Signed by more than 1, 500 experts, including 104 Nobel Prize winners, this document warns that humanity faces "spirals of environmental decline, poverty and unrest leading to social, economic and environmental decline. "
D519 / MICHAEL D'ANTONIO, NEW YORK JOURNALIST, AUGUST 29, 1993; LOS ANGELES TIMES, "Apocalypse Soon; The Latest Overpopulation Alarm Has A Twist: Not Only Lives But Lifestyles Are At Stake, " Magazine; Page 18 /-VT95
If nothing is done, these problems will converge in the next 50 years and plunge the world into terrible suffering, Kendall says. He describes a level of pain -- starvation, disease, anarchy, a scarred landscape -- more horrific than anything humanity has seen before. As he speaks, it is easy to imagine hungry people piled atop each other in Third World countries where the rivers are polluted and green valleys have become desert.
D520 / RICHARD FALK, (Prof. International Law at Princeton) 1992 "Explorations at the Edge of Time" p. 66 / / JGM-VT95
At the state level, despite interesting innovations in both socialist and capitalist states, there is little foundation for optimism about prospects for humane governance. For one thing, the problems confronting most governments are overwhelming, given the instruments at hand. In this regard, the burden of population growth is especially significant. Its dynamics are multidimensional: the drift to the cities from overcrowded rural areas is one expression; pressure to undertake illegal and hazardous immigration is another; and hiring oneself out on some indentured basis as "a guest worker" is still another. But clearly, in all these instances, the quality of life is diminished by the direct and indirect effects of "surplus" population.
D521 / MICHAEL D'ANTONIO, NEW YORK JOURNALIST, AUGUST 29, 1993; LOS ANGELES TIMES, "Apocalypse Soon; The Latest Overpopulation Alarm Has A Twist: Not Only Lives But Lifestyles Are At Stake, " Magazine; Page 18 /-VT95
And then he brings his (KENDALL) vision home to the budding scientists in the audience. "In the United States, we think these problems affect people living far away in breechcloths, " he says. But overpopulation may spread suffering and chaos to the developed nations as well. "If we wait until we see the damage here, " he warns, "it will be too late. " When he finishes, Kendall invites listeners to sign on to his campaign, which intends to make population the life-and-death political issue of our time. Indeed, now that the Cold War and the threat of nuclear annihilation have receded, overpopulation may replace the atom bomb in our collective nightmares.
D522 / Virginia Abernethy staff writer APRIL 10, 1993, HEADLINE: Population Growth Follows Prosperity The San Francisco Chronicle / / PKK-LN-VT95
IMPROVEMENT IN the well-being of the world's people is possible, but only if population growth stops. Yet population stabilization seems farther than ever from attainment. Fertility remains stubbornly high in many countries, including some of the poorest, even though child mortality rates declined years ago. Of the 1 billion people expected to be added to the world's population in the next 10 years, 90 percent will be in underdeveloped nations.
D523 / JOHN H. HERZ emeritus professor of political science, City College, CUNY, The New York Times May 6, 1993, HEADLINE: Third World Population Explosion Demands Western Response Page 26; / / pkk-VT95
Unless we act rapidly, it may be too late to approach the problem decently. Countries might be driven toward dealing with it through authoritarian coercion.
D524 / RICHARD D. LAMM, former Governor Of Colorado, & Gary Imhoff, 1985; THE IMMIGRATION TIME BOMB: THE FRAGMENTATION OF AMERICA / , p. 126 / pkk-VT95
But in almost every case massive unemployment and underdevelopment are due not to a resource or capital shortage but to what biologist Garrett Hardin has called a "people longage. "
D525 / WILLIAM NORMAN GRIEG, STAFF WRITER, OCTOBER 4, 1993; "Their Totalitarian Agenda, " THE NEW AMERICAN, p. 12 / / pkk-VT95
In his new book, LIVING WITHIN LIMITS: ECOLOGY, ECONOMICS AND POPULATION TABOOS, noted population control apologist Garrett Hardin contends, "The issue of coercion must be faced. . . Loss of freedom is an inevitable consequence of unlimited population growth. "
D527 / Richard Alm reporter on international business and economics for The Dallas Morning News. May 17, 1993, HEADLINE: Population trends point to increased interdependence; Growth of poor nations creates risks, opportunities for U. S. Pg. 1D / / pkk-VT95
As domestic markets face more intense competition, the opportunity for sales growth will be in the Third World, where rising populations will make up for low incomes. This is already evident: U. S. exports to the developing world jumped by 19. 8 percent from 1987 to 1989 and 12. 7 percent from 1990 to 1992. The rich countries imports from the U. S. rose by a meager 3. 5 percent in the past three years.
D528 / PAUL EHRLICH, Prof. Bio. . Stanford, & ANNE EHRLICH, CENTER FOR CONSERVATION ECOLOGY, Stanford, 1990, THE POPULATION EXPLOSION, p. 1-2 / / VT95
Arresting global population growth should be second in importance only to avoiding nuclear war on humanity's agenda. Overpopulation and rapid population growth are intimately connected with most aspects of the current human predicament, including rapid depletion of nonrenewable resources, deterioration of the environment (including raped climate change), and increasing international tensions. (15)
D529 / Erich Harth, Author, DAWN OF A MILLENNIUM, 1990, P. 4. , / / PKK, VT95
It is safe to say that, with the triple threats of population explosion, environmental decay, and annihilation by nuclear conflict, we have entered a stage of acute instability that makes short range survival (decades to a few centuries) questionable and long-range future almost improbable.
D530 / Paul Ehrlich, Prof. of Bio. at Stanford, & Anne Ehrlich, Sr. Research Assoc. , Bio. Sci , Stanford, 1986, Bulletin of the Atomic Scientists, April, p. 17 / VT95
While that global enlightenment is awaited, action must be taken to end both the arms race and the baby race, for either is likely to result in the premature deaths of billions of human beings.
D531 / Paul Ehrlich, Prof. of Bio. at Stanford, & Anne Ehrlich, Sr. Research Assoc. , Bio. Sci , Stanford, THE POPULATION EXPLOSION, 1990, p. 171. , VT95
An end to civilization caused by overpopulation and environmental collapse would amount to a gigantic tragedy of the commons.
D532 / ALBERT GORE, VP of US, 1992, EARTH IN THE BALANCE, p. 366
The accumulation of another billion people every ten years is creating a whole range of difficult problems, and all by itself the exploding population is liable to push world civilization into a supercritical state, leaving it vulnerable to very large avalanches of unpredictable change.
D533 / Inter Press Service May 12, 1993, HEADLINE: POPULATION: THIRD WORLD ACCOUNTS FOR 95 PERCENT / / pkk-VT95
HEADLINE: POPULATION: THIRD WORLD ACCOUNTS FOR 95 PERCENT The PRB says that most African governments now see high birth rates as a major obstacle to development, but that the introduction of effective family planning methods has proven a difficult process.
D534 / Paul Rauber, staff writer May, 1993 HEADLINE: Cribonometry; overpopulation and the environment Sierra Club Vol. 78 ; No. 3 ; Pg. 36; / / pkk-VT95
But that doesn't mean we can bury our heads in the sand again. Family planning will not bring about population stability if families continue to plan for more than two children, and even a stabilized population doesn't mean much if it comes at a level above the capacity of the environment to sustain it. The first step is to recognize that population is the mother of all environmental issues.
D535 / JOHN H. HERZ emeritus professor of political science, City College, CUNY, The New York Times May 6, 1993, HEADLINE: Third World Population Explosion Demands Western Response Page 26; / / pkk-VT95
Even countries like the United States, Canada, Australia or even European ones that still can (and should) absorb millions, with a world population increasing by about 100 million each year and doubling exponentially within ever shorter periods, migration alone cannot solve the problem. This can only be done by developed countries jointly assisting the overpopulated countries in family planning and education, combined with aid for basic need fulfillment and old-age security systems; and, if need be, denying aid to governments unwilling to engage in such policies.
D536 / Julian Simon, Prof. of Business, Univ. of MD, 1990, POPULATION MATTERS, p. 187, THE WASHINGTON POST, "WHY DO WE THINK BABIES CAUSE POVERTY?" Oct. 13, 1985, Pkk VT 95
What should we do about population policy? These are the key issues: First, should we encourage and aid countries to implement coercive population policies, as we have in the past with China, India, Indonesia, and many other places? The answers depends upon one's values, of course. But we should recognize that the scientific evidence about the long-run economic consequences offers no support for such policies.
D537 / Anthony Richmond, Prof. Sociology, York Univ. , Canada, IMMIGRATION AND ETHNIC CONFLICT MS-VT95
However, to argue that the existing levels of immigration to countries such as Britain, Canada, Australia, or the United States should be stopped or substantially reduced, for purely ecological reasons, must be recognized as an ideological proposition serving the interests of the more affluent segments of the world's populations. Such an argument can only be sustained if it were considered that the environments presently enjoyed ( and often spoiled) be affluent nations must be perpetually protected from habitation by the less advantaged.
D538 / Virginia Abernethy staff writer APRIL 10, 1993, HEADLINE: Population Growth Follows Prosperity The San Francisco Chronicle / / PKK-LN-VT95
My next step, then, was to find instances of falling fertility. If optimism and prosperity made fertility rise, did perception of harder times make it fall? Well yes. The U. S. baby boom petered out in the early 1960s, when people began to feel stressed and good jobs were beginning to get harder to find. After the 1973 oil shock, fertility fell to 1. 7, a rate far below the replacement level of 2. 1 children per woman.
D539 / MICHAEL D'ANTONIO, NEW YORK JOURNALIST, AUGUST 29, 1993; LOS ANGELES TIMES, "Apocalypse Soon; The Latest Overpopulation Alarm Has A Twist: Not Only Lives But Lifestyles Are At Stake, " Magazine; Page 18 /-VT95
As Hardin's tone indicates, the current population campaign has a more strident quality than previous crusades. This time, the warnings about fertility rates are joined with deep concerns about the fragile ecological balance on planet Earth -- and American lifestyles. This time, the panic is closer to home.
D540 / William Jasper, Editor, THE NEW AMERICAN, October 4, 1993, "Shackling Planet Earth, " p. 29. , pkk / / VT95
Agenda 21 calls for some $7 billion per year for population control measures. What this means in plain English is that the UN wants a lot more money to dramatically expand its sterilization and abortion programs, as well as universal access to contraceptives and sex education. It will surely expand the coercive "one child" policies of Red China and may even help institute the kinds of "elimination" efforts Cousteau hinted at in his UNESCO interview.
D541 / WILLIAM NORMAN GRIEG, STAFF WRITER, OCTOBER 4, 1993; "Their Totalitarian Agenda, " THE NEW AMERICAN, p. 12 / / pkk-VT95
The question of "overpopulation" like nearly every other environmental "crisis, " is a contrived rationale for expanded regulation of the individual.
D542 / Brad Knickerbocker staff writer May 17, 1993, HEADLINE: Fresh Reminders On Population Crisis The Christian Science Monitor Pg. 13 / / pkk-VT95
Even stabilizing world population at double the current level of 5. 4 billion people "would require a massive and immediate international effort to implement family planning and development programs known to reduce birthrates rapidly, " writes Sharon Camp, senior vice president of Population Action International in the spring issue of Foreign Policy magazine.
D543 / CONSTANCE A. MORELLA CONGRESSWOMAN HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES , HEARINGS, HOUSE APPROPRIATIONS / FOREIGN OPERATIONS, April 25, 1994 / / PKK-LN-VT95
HOWEVER, ESTIMATES INDICATE THAT THE CURRENT RATE OF GLOBAL POPULATION GROWTH WOULD DECREASE BY THIRTY PERCENT IF WOMEN WERE ABLE TO HAVE ONLY THE NUMBER OF CHILDREN THEY WANTED.
D544 / CONSTANCE A. MORELLA, CONGRESSWOMAN, HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES , HEARINGS, HOUSE APPROPRIATIONS & FOREIGN OPERATIONS, April 25, 1994 / / PKK-LN-VT95
AFTER MORE THAN 25 YEARS OF EXPERIENCE AND RESEARCH, THE ACTIONS NEEDED TO BRING ABOUT A RAPID DECLINE IN BIRTH RATES ARE WELL DOCUMENTED. PRIMARILY, THE ABILITY TO EXERCISE REPRODUCTIVE CHOICE MUST BE EXPANDED, THROUGH THE BROADER DISSEMINATION AND CHOICE OF FAMILY PLANNING SERVICES WHICH INVOLVE THE COMMUNITY, ESPECIALLY WOMEN, AND WHICH MEET THE NEEDS AND VALUES OF THOSE WHO USE THEM.
D545 / Inter Press Service May 12, 1993, HEADLINE: POPULATION: THIRD WORLD ACCOUNTS FOR 95 PERCENT / / pkk-VT95
HEADLINE: POPULATION: THIRD WORLD ACCOUNTS FOR 95 PERCENT In some countries, such as Zimbabwe, Kenya, Botswana, and Rwanda, however, the acceptance of family planning by a growing number of couples shows that birth rates can be brought down, the report says.
D546 / ANTHONY FLINT, GLOBE STAFF, NOVEMBER 26, 1993; THE BOSTON GLOBE, "As Population Soars, Debate On Effects Is Sharply Split, " Pg. 1 /-VT95
Developing countries would no doubt benefit from slightly slower population growth, many economists and demographers say, but science and technology will come to the rescue, making a more crowded world very livable.
D547 \Julian Simon, Prof. of Business at University of Maryland 1990 "Are we Losing our Farmland?" Reprinted from: The Public Interest No 647 Spring 1982 POPULATION MATTERS: PEOPLE, RESOURCES, ENVIRONMENT AND IMMIGRATION p. 120 / / pkk VT95
We are said by prominent worriers to be on a rising price trend. With each successive year less and less work has been required to buy a bushel of wheat. this means that a smaller proportion of our income has been needed to buy farm output with each passing year. And even compared to other products, as measured by the consumer price index, the price of food as not been going up an probably has gone downward. Those trends look cheering rather than distressing.
D548 / Julian Simon, Prof. of Business, U. of Maryland, 1990, "Global Food Prospects: Good News, " CHALLENGE, November / December 1982, POPULATION MATTERS: PEOPLE, RESOURCES, ENVIRONMENT AND IMMIGRATION, p. 103 / / PKK-VT95
Pessimistic views of the world food picture are rooted in a misreading of historical data. This section shows that over the long haul, food production per person is rising, prices are falling, and the outlook is for continued improvement.
D549 / Julian Simon, Prof. of Business, U. of Maryland, 1990, "Resources, Population, Environment: An Oversupply of False Bad News" v. 208, June 27, 1980,
Some countries have done far worse than the average, and have even had declining production, often because of war or political upheaval. And progress in food production has not been steady. But there has been no year, or series of years, so bad as to support a conclusion of long-term retrogression.
D550 / Julian Simon, Prof. of Business, U. of Maryland, 1990, "Life on Earth is Getting Better, not Worse, " THE FUTURIST,
Food is an especially important resource, and the evidence indicates that its supply is increasing despite rising population. The long-run prices of food relative to wages, and even relative to consumer goods are down. Famine deaths have decreased in the past century even in absolute terms, let alone relative to the much larger population, a special boon for poor countries. Per-person food production in the world is up over the last thirty years and more. And there are no data showing that the people at the bottom of income distribution have fared worse, or have failed to share in the general improvement, as the average has improved.
D551 / David Osterfield, Professor of Poly Sci at St. Joseph's College Illinois, December 13, 1993 "The Myth Of Overpopulation" The New American. p. 33 / / pkk VT95
Many experts believe "that even with no advances in science or technology we currently have the capacity to feed adequately, on a sustainable basis, 40 to 50 billion people, or about eight to ten times the current world population. "
D552 / David Osterfield, Professor of Poly Sci at St. Joseph's College Illinois, December 13, 1993 "The Myth Of Overpopulation" The New American. p. 32-3 / / pkk VT95
Overpopulation is a relative term, usually related to such factors as food, resources, and living space. Dr. Osterfield notes, "Food production has out paced population growth, on the average, one percent per year ever since global food data began being collected in the late 1940's.
D553 \David Osterfield, Professor of Poly Sci at St. Joseph's College Illinois, December 13, 1993 "The Myth Of Overpopulation" The New American. p. 33 / / pkk VT95
Where people are hungry, he points out, "it is because of war (Somalia, Ethiopia) or government policies that . . . penalize farmer by taxing them at prohibitive rates (e. g. Nigeria, Ghana, Kenya), not because population is exceeding the natural limits of what the world can support.
D554 \Julian Simon, Prof. of Business at University of Maryland 1990 POPULATION MATTERS: PEOPLE, RESOURCES, ENVIRONMENT AND IMMIGRATION p. 9 / / pkk VT95
The official national Research Council of the National Academy of Sciences was for fifteen years on record that population growth prevents economic growth, following a major report it issued in 1971. But in 1986 the National Academy of Sciences issued another major report that almost totally reversed the 1971 report. For example, it said that "The scarcity of exhaustible resources is at most a minor constraint on economic growth in the near to intermediate term. . . On balance then we find that concern about the rapid population growth on resource exhaustion has often been exaggerated"(pp. 16, 17, italics added).
D555 / Julian Simon, Prof. of Business, U. of Maryland, 1990, "Resources, Population, Environment: An Oversupply of False Bad News" v. 208, June 27, 1980, POPULATION MATTERS: PEOPLE, RESOURCES, ENVIRONMENT AND IMMIGRATION, p. 50-1 / / PKK-VT95
Response: The only meaningful measure of scarcity in peacetime is the cost of the good in question. The cost trends of almost every natural resource-whether measured in labor time required to produce the energy, in production costs, in the proportion of our incomes spent for energy, or even the price relative to other consumer goods-- have been downward over the course of recorded history.
D556 / Julian Simon Professor of Business, University of Maryland 1990 Population Matters: People. Resources. Environment. and Immigration p. 86. / / pkk- VT95
The World Bank for many years was the strongest and shrillest voice calling for reduction in the rate of population growth on the grounds that the world is running out of natural resources. It still is against population growth. But, in its 1984 World Development Report, the World Bank did a complete about-face and said that natural resources are not a major reason to be concerned about population growth.
D557 / David Osterfield Professor of Political Science at Saint Joseph's College, Illinois, December 13, 1993 , p. 33. "The Myth of Overpopulation"' The New American. / / pkk-7, VT95
Resources, too, "have' become more abundant over time. Practically all resources, including energy, are cheaper now than ever before. Relative to wages, natural resource prices in the United States in 1990 were only one-half what they were in 1950, and just one-fifth their price in 1900. Prices outside the Untied States show similar trends.
D556 / Julian Simon Professor of Business, University of Maryland 1990 "Anti-Growth Prophets Use Cracked Crystal Balls" Scripps-Howard December 29, 1986, p. 88. Population Matters: People. Resources, Environment. and Immigration / / pkk-16, VT95
The anti-population-growth doomsters have been flat wrong on every one of their forecasts since the late 1960s. The price of grains has fallen, rather than rising as they predicted. Their forecast of $3 per gallon for gasoline has become a happy joke. The world's copper and tin mines are faced with disastrous glut and low prices, not the shortage crises the Population-environment movement said would face us now.
D559 / Julian Simon Professor of Business, University of Maryland 1990 "World Population Growth: Facts and Consequences" The Atlantic Monthly August 1981 , p. 162, Population Matter: People, Resources. Environment, and Immigration / / pkk-16, VT95
In the Golden Stamp Book of Earth and Ecology we read: "If the population continues to explode, many people will starve. About half of the world's population is underfed now, with many approaching starvation. All of the major environmental problems can be traced to people--more specifically, to too many people. " But these facts, which are reported to children with so much assurance, are either unproven or wrong.
D560 / Julian Simon Professor of Business, University of Maryland 1990 "Anti-Growth Prophets Use Cracked Crystal Balls" Scripps-Howard December 29, 1986, p. 311-2 Population Matters: People, Resources, Environment, and Immigration / / pkk-16, VT95
The prophets who have been wrong at every turn--the likes of Paul Ehrlich, Lester Brown, and Daniel Yergin--have lost none of their appeal and still command vast audiences and huge fees from business people who continue to consider them "experts. " No one seems to notice as they jump from one inexcusable scientific error to the next, forecasting that population growth will be a disaster for our natural resources.
D561 / MICHAEL D'ANTONIO, NEW YORK JOURNALIST, AUGUST 29, 1993; LOS ANGELES TIMES, "Apocalypse Soon; The Latest Overpopulation Alarm Has A Twist: Not Only Lives But Lifestyles Are At Stake, " Magazine; Page 18 /-VT95
It turns out that experts at the United Nations more or less agree with Simon. "It's assumed that world population will stabilize at 11. 6 billion people by the end of the 22nd Century, " says Armindo Miranda, senior population analyst at the U. N. in New York. Some countries will experience serious problems due to overpopulation, Miranda predicts, but he does not foresee a worldwide crisis. "I am concerned, " he adds, "but a catastrophe is not impending. " In his cubbyhole office across the street from the General Assembly building, Miranda reaches for a report that shows fertility rates have declined in recent years in much of Asia. Around the world, he says, "most of the countries with high fertility rates are taking steps to reduce the growth. " Miranda notes that Sri Lanka has nearly halved its once-exploding population growth rate through education and the wider availability of contraceptives. Public education and contraceptive distribution have had similar results in many other countries, he adds. Worldwide population growth has been reduced from 2. 1% a year in the late 1960s to 1. 7% today.
D562 / David Osterfield Professor of Political Science at Saint Joseph's College, Illinois, December 13, 1993, p. 33. "The Myth of Overpopulation" The New American. / / pkk-7, VT95
Planet wide, less than "one-half one 'percent of the world's ice-free land area is used for human settlements, " and there are now "more houses, more floor space, and more rooms per person than ever before.
D563 / David Osterfield Professor of Political Science at Saint Joseph's College, Illinois, December 13, 1993, p. 33. "The Myth of Overpopulation" The New American. / / pkk-7, VT95
And when it comes to living space, "if the entire population of the world were placed in the state of Alaska, every individual would receive nearly 3, 500 square feet of space, or about one-half the size of the average American family homestead with front and back yards" (emphasis in original).
D564 / Julian Simon Professor of Business, University of Maryland 1990 population Matters: People. Resources. Environment. and Immigration / / pkk-16, p. 9, , VT95
2. From the days of President Lyndon Johnson in the early 1960s, until 1984, it was U. S. policy to urge, and even coerce, developing countries to reduce their population growth rates. (For the Johnson story and its fallout, see Selection 23. ) At the World Population Conference in Bucharest in 1974, the United States' 'voice was the loudest in calling for population control. At the next World Population Conference, in Mexico City in 1984, however, the official U. S. position was exactly the opposite, saying that population growth is "neutral" with respect to economic development.
D565 / Julian Simon Professor of Business, University of Maryland 1990 Population Matters: People, Resources, Environment, and Immigration / / pkk-16, p. 4. , VT95
'A third cause of Malthusian thinking is the propensity of many to view any kind of change as unwelcome. This can be seen in the negative interpretations of changes in the same factor in both directions. A few illustrations: (1) Potential warming and potential cooling of the environment have both been billed as disastrous. (2) A stationary population is a common ideal, with both gain and loss in population seen as threats. (3) Not only a rise in oil prices but also a fall in oil prices is regarded with suspicion and fear, amazing as that may seem.
D566 / Julian Simon Professor of Business, University of Maryland 1990 Population Matters: People. Resources. Environment. and Immigration / / pkk-16, p. 3-4, VT95
A second cause of continued popular belief in Malthusian views is that several groups have had a parochial self-interest in promoting these doomsaying ideas. This matter is discussed in more detail in Selections 55 and 57 and at length in The Ultimate Resource. Suffice it here to say that theses groups include (a) the media, for whom impending scarcities make dramatic news;(b) the scientific community, for whom fears about impending scarcities lead to support for research that ostensibly will ease such scarcities; and (c) those political groups that work toward more government intervention in the economy; supposedly worsening scarcities provide an argument in favor of such intervention.
D567 Julian Simon Professor of Business, University of Maryland 1990 "Resources, Population, Environment: An Oversupply of False Bad News" Science, v. 208, June 27, 1980, Population Matters: People, Resources, Environment. and Immigration, / / pkk-16, p. 41, VT95
This is an example of a common phenomenon: Bad news about population growth, natural resources, and the environment that is based on flimsy evidence or no evidence at all is published widely in the face of contradictory evidence.
D568 / Julian Simon Professor of Business, University of Maryland 1990 "World Population Growth: Facts and Consequences"" The Atlantic Monthly August 1981 Population Matters: People, Resources, Environment, and Immigration / / pkk-16, p. 166, VT95
Making forecasts of population size requires making assumptions about people's choices; such assumptions have proven wrong in the past as we have seen. We can expect that income will continue to rise, but how much of it will people expect a child to cost them? What other activities will compete with child-rearing for parents' interest and time? Such hard-to predict judgments are likely to be the main determinants of population growth. We can at least say confidently, however, that the growth of population during the past few centuries is no proof that population will continue to grow straight upward toward infinity and doom.
D569 / Julian Simon Professor of Business, University of Maryland 1990 "Why Do We Still Think Babies Cause Poverty?'" The Washington Post October 13, 1985, p. 179. Population Matters: People, Resources, Environment. and Immigration / / VT 95 . Studies have shown the societies with relatively high proportions or youths somehow find the resources to educate their children almost or equally as well as do countries at similar income levels with lower birth rates. Outstanding examples of high rates of education in the face of relatively large numbers of children include the Philippines, Costa Rica, Peru, Jordan, and Thailand.
D570 / Julian Simon Professor of Business, University of Maryland 1990 "The Impending Shortage of People" in Population Matters: People, Resources, Environment. and Immigration / / pkk-16, p. 196, VT95
Now about people. World population has been growing rapidly. But does this imply "overpopulation"? Too many people? People becoming less scarce? The proper answer to all is "no. "
D571 / Julian Simon Professor of Business, University of Maryland 1990 Population Matters: People. Resources. Environment. and Immigration / / pkk-16, p. 9, VT 95. The population-control and environmental organizations now say, "Perhaps we exaggerated. Perhaps the details were wrong. Perhaps we forecast that things would happen earlier than they did. But just wait. " Or they move on to new threats--species extinction, the ozone layer, etc. , which there has not yet been time to confront or to understand well. But experience suggests that most or all of these newest threats will also prove to be overblown or nonexistent.
D572 / Julian Simon Professor of Business, University of Maryland 1990 "Resources, Population, Environment: An Oversupply of False Bad News" Science, v. 208, June 27, 1980, Population Matters: People, Resources, Environment, and; Immigration / / pkk-16, 44, VT95
. The mechanism is different in less-developed countries (LDC's). Offsetting the negative capital-dilution force of more people, there are the positive forces of increased work done by parents, extra stimulus to agricultural and industrial investment, increased social infrastructure, and other economies of scale. When all these forces are combined into my LDC simulation model, an additional child comes to have a positive net effect on the general standard of living after the better part of a century. But this positive net effect is much larger than the negative net effect early on. Once again, most of the cost is borne by the immediate family rather than the rest of society. And the immediate family apparently feels that the benefits from the additional child outweigh the costs in the early years, because they choose to bear the children and the expense.
D573 / Julian Simon, Professor of Business, University of Maryland , 1990 Population Matters p. 2 / / pkk-VT95
The main economic mechanism works as follows: Population growth and increase of income expand the demand for raw materials as well as finished products. The resulting actual and expected shortages force up prices of the natural resources. The increased prices trigger the search for new ways to satisfy the demand, and sooner or later new sources and innovative substitutes are found. Eventually these new discoveries lead to natural resources that are cheaper than before this process begins, leaving humanity better off than if the shortages had not appeared. The development of new sources of energy, shifting from wood to coal to oil to nuclear power, exemplifies this process. This is discussed in Selection 5.
D574, Julian Simon Professor of Business, University of Maryland 1990 "The State of World Food Supplies" The Atlantic Monthly. July 1981 Population Matters: People, Resources, Environment, and Immigration / / pkk-16, p. 987, VT95
People say that "the death of a single human being from starvation is an unspeakable human tragedy. " This sentiment implies that even if the food supply is improving, the world's population should be reduced so that no person will die from starvation. But, paradoxically, a greater population density seems to diminish the chance of famine. The concentration of population encourages improvements in roads and transportation, and transportation is the key to preventing starvation when crops fail.
D575 / Julian Simon Professor of Business, University of Maryland 1990 "World Population Growth: Facts and Consequences" The Atlantic Monthly August 1981 Population Matters: People, Resources, Environment, and Immigration / / pkk-16, p. 172, VT95
Therefore, for developing countries, as for developed countries, our judgment of population growth depends on how we value the present as compared with the future. If we pay attention only to the present, then additional children are a burden on the economies of developing countries. But if we can be as concerned about the welfare of future generations as we are about our own, then we will consider additional children a benefit. Given the economic analysis outlined here, anyone who takes a long-range view of the world should prefer a growing population to one that is stationary or declining.
D576 / Julian Simon Professor of Business, University of Maryland 1990 "Anti-Growth Prophets Use Cracked Crystal Balls" Scripps-Howard December 29, 1986 Population Matters: People, Resources, Environment, and Immigration / / pkk-16, p. 312, VT 95 In reality additional people cause us to have more resources rather than less. Let us first be clear that throughout the long sweep of history, a larger world population has been accompanied by greater availability rather than greater scarcity. There are a lot more people on earth nowadays than there were 100 years ago, and we have more of the services that we desire from copper, iron, oil, and all the other resources than we did then. The same is true of 1000 years ago, and 10,000 years ago.
D577 / Julian Simon Professor of Business, University of Maryland 1990 "The War on People"" Challenge. March-April 1985 Population Matters: People. Resources Environment, and Immigration / / pkk-16, p. 221, VT95
A second phony element: population reductionists justify population control on the grounds that the world's natural-resources and environmental situation is getting worse, and that life is becoming more "precarious. " With respect to resources, all signs--going back in history as far as any evidence exists--show that resources have been getting more abundant and less scarce even as population has grown. In fact, resources have become more abundant--lower in cost--because of population and income growth, rather than despite them. Again and again, temporary scarcities induced by the growth of population and income have induced the search for solutions which, when found, left us better off than if the scarcities had never arisen.
D578 / David Osterfield Professor of Political Science at Saint Joseph's College, Illinois, December 13, 1993, p. 33. "The Myth of Overpopulation" The New American. / / pkk-7, VT 95 In short, " Dr. Osterfield concludes, "although there are now more people in the world than ever before, by any meaningful measure the world is actually becoming relatively less populated" (emphasis in original. )
D579 / Julian Simon Professor of Business, University of Maryland 1990 "World Population Growth: Facts and Consequences" The Atlantic Monthly August 1981 Population Matters: People, Resources, Environment, and Immigration / / pkk-16, p. 164, VT 95 Income has a decisive effect on population. Along with a temporary jump in fertility as income rises in poor countries comes a fall in child mortality, because of better nutrition, better sanitation, and better health care (though in the twentieth century mortality has declined in some poor countries without a rise in income). As people see that fewer births are necessary to achieve a given family size, they adjust fertility downward. Increased income also brings education and contraception within reach of more people, makes children more expensive to raise, and perhaps influences the desire to have children. It usually initiates a trend toward city living; in the city, children cost more and produce less income for the family than they do in the country.
D580 / Richard Alm reporter on international business and economics for The Dallas Morning News. May 17, 1993, HEADLINE: Population trends point to increased interdependence; Growth of poor nations creates risks, opportunities for U. S. Pg. 1D / / pkk-VT95
Today's transportation, communication and commercial ties mean the rich and poor countries live cheek by jowl. So a world of burgeoning population in poorer nations will shape the economic fortunes of both.
D581 / Julian Simon Professor of Business, University of Maryland 1990 "Why Do We Still Think Babies Cause Poverty, ?" The Washington Post October 13, 1985 Population Matters: People. Resources, Environment. and Immigration / / pkk-16, p. 175, VT95
Of course, as countries develop economically, the fertility rate tends to fall. But it is the economic level that influences the rate of population growth, not the reverse. Costs and benefits of having children change with the shift from rural to urban living along with increases in education and shifts in attitudes--this being the famous "demographic transition.
D582 / Richard Alm reporter on international business and economics for The Dallas Morning News. May 17, 1993, HEADLINE: Population trends point to increased interdependence; Growth of poor nations creates risks, opportunities for U. S. Pg. 1D / / pkk-VT95
Comparisons to Mexico and India aren't far off because population growth is overwhelmingly a phenomenon of lower income countries.
D583 / Inter Press Service May 12, 1993, HEADLINE: POPULATION: THIRD WORLD ACCOUNTS FOR 95 PERCENT / / pkk-VT95
HEADLINE: POPULATION: THIRD WORLD ACCOUNTS FOR 95 PERCENT "We are at a point where, except for the United States, population growth is essentially a Third World phenomenon, " said Carl Haub and Machiki Yanagishita, PRB demographers who conducted the 1993 study. The Washington-based PRB is a private, nonprofit, educational body which gathers information on global demographic trends.
D584 / Richard Alm reporter on international business and economics for The Dallas Morning News. May 17, 1993, HEADLINE: Population trends point to increased interdependence; Growth of poor nations creates risks, opportunities for U. S. Pg. 1D / / pkk-VT95
The number of people in less developed nations is rising by 2 percent a year, while the population of more developed nations are expanding by just 0. 4 percent a year.
D585 / Chicago Tribune May 13, 1993, HEADLINE: World population growth mostly in developing lands Pg. 4; / / pkk-VT95
The Population Reference Bureau said nearly all the world population growth comes from developing countries, while the U. S. is growing fastest among the wealthy nations. By 1997, world population should reach 6 billion people and by 2025 it will hit 8. 5 billion, the bureau said.
D586 / The Xinhua General Overseas News Service MAY 12, 1993, HEADLINE: third world population growth reaches record high / / pkk-VT95
the world's fastest growing area is Africa, where population growth rate stands at 3 percent a year, meaning that the continent's population will double in size in 20 years.
D587 / Inter Press Service May 12, 1993, HEADLINE: POPULATION: THIRD WORLD ACCOUNTS FOR 95 PERCENT / / pkk-VT95
HEADLINE: POPULATION: THIRD WORLD ACCOUNTS FOR 95 PERCENT Globally, population growth is entering its most rapid period ever, says the report, which notes that 95 percent of that growth now takes place in the Third World. It says some 78 percent of the world's population now lives in the developing countries.
D588 / Chicago Tribune May 13, 1993, HEADLINE: World population growth mostly in developing lands Pg. 4; / / pkk-VT95
Africa leads the world in population growth, it said, with women there averaging more than six children in their lifetimes.
D589 / Richard Alm reporter on international business and economics for The Dallas Morning News. May 17, 1993, HEADLINE: Population trends point to increased interdependence; Growth of poor nations creates risks, opportunities for U. S. Pg. 1D / / pkk-VT95
The poorer countries' population of 4. 3 billion will double in 35 years. The wealthier countries, with 1. 2 billion people, will require 162 years to do it.
D590 / The Xinhua General Overseas News Service MAY 12, 1993, HEADLINE: third world population growth reaches record high / / pkk-VT95
population growth in third world countries is expected to reach record high in 1993 and accounts for 95 percent of the world's population rise, according to a new survey. 'we are at a point where, except for the united states, population growth is essentially a third world phenomenon, ' stated a survey released today by the population reference bureau.
D591 / Chicago Tribune May 13, 1993, HEADLINE: World population growth mostly in developing lands Pg. 4; / / pkk-VT95
"We are at a point where, except for the United States, population growth is essentially a Third World phenomenon, " two of the researchers, Carl Haub and Machiko Yanagishita, said in a statement.
D592 / MARK W. NOWAK, EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR POPULATION-ENVIRONMENT BALANCE TO THE U. S. HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES COMMITTEE ON GOVERNMENT OPERATIONS SUBCOMMITTEE ON INFORMATION, JUSTICE, TRANSPORTATION AND AGRICULTURE, AUGUST 3, 1993; FEDERAL DOCUMENT CLEARING HOUSE CONGRESSIONAL TESTIMONY, "Testimony August 3, 1993 Mark W. Nowak Executive Director Population-Environment Balance House Government Operations / Information, Justice, Transportation, And Agriculture Border Fees" /-VT95
Perhaps most important, many of the countries from which prospective immigrants come are countries with very high and entirely unsustainable population growth rates. Many have population doubling times of between 20 and 30 years, large numbers of children per family, and an extremely large proportion of the total population which is very young. For example, if present trends continue, Central America (including Mexico) will add 50 million people by the year 2010.
D593 / The Xinhua General Overseas News Service MAY 12, 1993, HEADLINE: third world population growth reaches record high / / pkk-VT95
in 1993, world population will top the 5. 5 billion mark toward an expected 6 billion by 1997, said demographers of the Washington-based research group.
D594 / Chicago Tribune May 13, 1993, HEADLINE: World population growth mostly in developing lands Pg. 4; / / pkk-VT95
The U. S. , which ranks third behind China and India in total population, is adding about three million people a year, partly because of immigration and partly because it has a moderately high birth rate. In Europe, women average 1. 6 children during their lifetimes, while in America the average is 2. 0. The lowest European fertility rate is in Italy, where women average 1. 3 children, the bureau said.
D595 / Richard Alm reporter on international business and economics for The Dallas Morning News. May 17, 1993, HEADLINE: Population trends point to increased interdependence; Growth of poor nations creates risks, opportunities for U. S. Pg. 1D / / pkk-VT95
A Third World population explosion isn't a worse-case scenario, designed to jar the public, the Population Reference Bureau says. The forecast represents the world of the future "only if birth rates continue to come down as expected, ' warns Carl Haub, a PRB demographer. "If they do not, growth will be even faster. '
D596 / The Xinhua General Overseas News Service MAY 12, 1993, HEADLINE: third world population growth reaches record high / / pkk-VT95
currently, 90 million people, or about the population of Mexico, are born to the world each year. and the worldwide population size is expected to reach 8. 5 billion by 2025. 'but that's only if birth rates continue to come down as expected, ' noted Carl Haub, a demographer who worked on the study. 'and if they do not, growth will be even faster, ' he said.
D599 / William F. Jasper Editor October 4, 1993 "Shackling Planet Earth", 29, The New American / / pkk-20VT 95 Cousteau told his French interviewers. "Our society is turning toward more and more needless consumption. It is a vicious circle that I compare to cancer. Should we eliminate suffering, diseases? The idea is beautiful, but perhaps not a benefit for the long term. We should not allow our dread of diseases to endanger the future of our species. This is a terrible thing to say. In order to stabilize world population, we must eliminate 350,000 people per day. It is a horrible thing to say, but it's just as bad not to say it. [emphasis added. ]
D597 / Richard Alm reporter on international business and economics for The Dallas Morning News. May 17, 1993, HEADLINE: Population trends point to increased interdependence; Growth of poor nations creates risks, opportunities for U. S. Pg. 1D / / pkk-VT95
The Population Reference Bureau Inc. , a private, non-profit group in Washington, D. C. , that conducts demographic research, this month issued a global survey that gives the following glimpse into the future: By the year 2025, the world's population will swell from today's 5. 5 billion today to 8. 5 billion. Of those 3 billion additional human beings, only 130 million, a mere 4 percent, will live in high-income countries.
D598 / Inter Press Service May 12, 1993, HEADLINE: POPULATION: THIRD WORLD ACCOUNTS FOR 95 PERCENT / / pkk-VT95
HEADLINE: POPULATION: THIRD WORLD ACCOUNTS FOR 95 PERCENT Both the United Nations and the World Bank have projected an "ultimate" global population size of about 12 billion, assuming an uninterrupted fall in birth rates. The figures mark a change from a world which held only 2. 5 billion as recently as 1950.
D600 / Inter Press Service May 12, 1993, HEADLINE: POPULATION: THIRD WORLD ACCOUNTS FOR 95 PERCENT / / pkk-VT95
HEADLINE: POPULATION: THIRD WORLD ACCOUNTS FOR 95 PERCENT If birth rates do not fall as quickly as current projections assume they will, world population could rise to the 20-30 billion range, according to Haub.
D601 / Julian Simon Professor of Business, University of Maryland 1990 "Raise Immigration Quotas, not Taxes" The Christian Science Monitor July 29 1987, p. 296, Population Matters: People. Resources. Environment. and Immigration / / pkk-16, VT 95 A larger immigration quota would reduce the burden of social security and other programs for the aged, in addition to bestowing the other benefits of immigration upon both natives and immigrants.
D602 / Julian Simon Professor of Business, University of Maryland 1990 "Raise Immigration Quotas, not Taxes" The Christian Science Monitor July 29 1987p. 296. , Population Matters: People, Resources, Environment, and Immigration / / pkk-16, VT 95 Must U. S. natives pay the piper for this benefit from immigrants when the immigrants get older and themselves receive social security? The answer is "no, " for two reasons. First, the impact of this year's immigrants on social security perhaps 30 years from now properly has little weight in the overall economic assessment, because a dollar to be received or paid out in 30 years is worth little now when discounted at even a modest rate. Second and more important: By the time new immigrants retire, they typically have raised children who are then contributing to social security, balancing out the parents' receipts, just as with native families. Hence there is a one-time benefit to natives because the immigrants arrive without a generation of elderly parents who receive social security.
D603 / Julian Simon Professor of Business, University of Maryland 1990 "Raise Immigration Quotas, not Taxes" The Christian Science Monitor July 29 1987, p. 603, Population Matters: People. Resources. Environment, and Immigration / / pkk-16-VT95
Immigration is not a complete cure for the social security problem, because the number that might be admitted under any likely U. S. policy is limited. But the extent to which immigrants can be at least a partial remedy is easily underestimated.
D604 / Julian Simon Professor of Business, University of Maryland 1990 ""Raise Immigration Quotas, not Taxes" The Christian Science Monitor July 29 1987 Population Matters: People, Resources, Environment, and Immigration p. 296 / pkk-VT95
One reason that social security taxes per worker are now. high is that- contrary to the impression suggested by the anti-immigration lobby--in recent decades this country has admitted far fewer immigrants as a proportion of the population than it did around the turn of the century. As a result, only about 6 percent of the present U. S. population--a bit more than one person in 20--is foreign born. That includes the aged immigrants who came many years ago, as well as those who came as children and grew up as American as apple pie. Not exactly a nation of raw immigrants. If instead, say, a quarter of our labor force were now immigrants, the social security tax would be almost a quarter lower than it now is. That ain't chicken feed. "
D605 / Julian Simon Professor of Business, University of Maryland 1990 Immigration Quotas, not Taxes" The Christian Science Monitor, July 29 1987, Population Matters: People, Resources, Environment, and Immigration p. 295 / / pkk-VT95
' The average immigrant begins working--and contributing to the public coffers--quite soon after arriving in this country. The immigrant's own eventual receipt of social security benefits decades down the pike, does not offset these immediate benefits to others.
D606 / Julian Simon Professor of Business, University of Maryland 1990 "Raise Immigration Quotas, not Taxes" The Christian Science Monitor July 29 1987 Population Matters: People, Resources, Environment, and Immigration / / pkk-16, p. 295, VT 95 Those benefits stem in large part from the difference in age composition between the native population and that of each immigrant group. Immigrants tend to move when they are near the start of their work lives. For example, perhaps 4 percent of immigrants are aged 60 or over, while about 15 percent of the United States population is 60 or over. And while perhaps 26 percent of the U. S. population is in the early prime labor force ages of 20 to 39, perhaps 46 percent of immigrants is in that age bracket. Moreover, even the small number of immigrants who are elderly are not eligible for social security. Therefore, each group of new immigrants, in proportion to its numbers, contributes substantially to reducing the social' security burden of natives in the new country.
D607 / Julian Simon Professor of Business, University of Maryland 1990 "Let Some 'Illegals' Come Temporarily to the U. S. " Christian Science Monitor August 22, 1985, p. 298, Population Matters: People, Resources, Environment, and Immigration / / pkk-16, VT95
Study after reliable study shows that illegal workers, far from being a drain on the U. S. Treasury, actually contribute between 3 and I0 times as much to Uncle Sam through taxes and social security payments as the cost of the government services they use.
D608 / Julian Simon Professor of Business, University of Maryland 1990 "'Don't Close Our Borders", p. 266. February 7, 1984 in Population Matters: People. Resources. Environment. and Immigration / / pkk- 16, VT 95 If the number of jobs is fixed and immigrants occupy some jobs, then there are fewer jobs for natives. This overlooks the dynamic that immigrants create jobs as well as take them. Their purchases increase the demand for labor, leading to new hires. They. frequently open small businesses that are a main source of new jobs.
D609 / Julian Simon Professor of Business, University of Maryland 1990 "Adding Up the Costs of Our New Immigrants", p. 273, Wall Street Journal February 26, 1981 in Population Matters: People, Resources, Environment, and Immigration / / pkk-16, VT95
In the longer run, occupations on average benefit from additional jobs created by the purchases made by immigrants to about the same extent that immigrants take existing jobs within the occupations. In short, immigrants make jobs as well as take jobs.
D610 / Julian Simon Professor of Business, University of Maryland 1990 "The Case for Immigration" Inquiry. May 1983, p. 283, Population Matters: People. Resources. Environment, and Immigration / / pkk-16, VT95
At the same time, immigrants increase the demand for labor across the range of occupations; they consume goods and services as well as produce them. In the long run, they create as many jobs with their spending as they themselves occupy.
D611 / Julian Simon Professor of Business, University of Maryland 1990 "Immigration Does not Displace Natives From Jobs", p. 276, New York Times; August 2, 1984 Population Matters: People, Resources, Environment, and Immigration / / pkk-16, VT 95 In sum, workers in a particular industry may be injured. But in the economy as a whole, immigrants not only take jobs, they make jobs. Their income adds to total demand, creating new jobs, and they open businesses that employ natives as well as other immigrants and themselves. Job displacement is mainly a false fear, and rational Americans should not let this fear influence immigration legislation.
D612 / Julian Simon Professor of Business, University of Maryland 1990 "Immigration Does not Displace Natives From Jobs". New York Times August 2, 1984, p. 276, Population Matters: People, Resources, Environment, and Immigration / / pkk-16, VT 95 The income immigrants earn increases the demand for goods and for workers to produce them, which in turn produces more income and more new jobs. This continues until the economy approaches a new equilibrium, with the same rate of unemployment as before.
D613 / Julian Simon Professor of Business, University of Maryland 1990 "Don't Close Our Borders" , p. 265, February 7, 1984 in Population Matters: People. Resources. Environment. and Immigration / / pkk-16, VT95
Immigrants also pay more than their share of taxes. Within three to five years, immigrant-family earnings reach and pass those of the average American family. The tax and welfare data together indicate that, on balance, immigrants contribute to the public coffers an average of $1300 or more each year that family is in the United States.
D614 / Julian Simon Professor of Business, University of Maryland 1990 "Don't Close Our Borders" p. 265, February 7, 1984 in Population Matters: People, Resources, Environment, and Immigration / / pkk-16-VT95
In an analysis of Census Bureau data I conducted for the Select Commission on Immigration and Refugee Policy, I found that, aside from social security and Medicare, immigrant families average about the same level of welfare services as do citizens. When programs for the elderly are in- eluded, immigrant families use far less public funds than do natives. During the first five years in the United States, the average immigrant family receives $1404 (in 1975 dollars) in welfare compared with $2279 received by a native family. The receipts become equal in later years, but when immigrants retire, their own children contribute to their support and so they place no new or delayed burdens upon the tax system.
D615 / Julian Simon Professor of Business, University of Maryland 1990 "Don't Close Our Borders" p. 265 February 7, 1984 in Population Matters: People. Resources, Environment, and Immigration / / pkk-16-VT95
Study after study shows that small proportions of illegals use government services: free medical, 5 percent; unemployment insurance, 4; food stamps, 1; welfare payments, 1; child schooling, 4. Illegals are afraid of being caught if they apply for welfare. Practically none receive social security, the costliest service of all, but 77 percent pay social security taxes and 73 percent have federal taxes withheld.
D616 / Julian Simon Professor of Business, University of Maryland 1990 "Immigrants Are Paying Customers" Scripps-Howard, p. 269, June 28, 1968 Population Matters: People. Resources. Environment. and Immigration / / pkk-16, VT95
The U. S. population is rapidly aging. Whereas 11. 3 percent of the total U. S. population is in the 65-and-older category, who tend to be economically dependent because they consume rather than produce, only 2. 9 percent of immigrants are that old. Among those who are admitted based on occupations rather than family ties almost none is above 50.
D617 / Julian Simon Professor of Business, University of Maryland 1990 "Immigrants Are Paying Customers" Scripps-Howard, p. 270, June 28, 1968 Population Matters: People, Resources, Environment, and Immigration / / pkk-16-VT 95 The favorable age and occupation characteristics of immigrants also explain why the popular belief that immigrants are welfare abusers is astonishingly wrong. My research, based on a nationwide survey of natives and immigrants done by the Census Bureau, shows that immigrant families pay more in taxes than do native families, on average, and use less in welfare services.
D618 / Julian Simon Professor of Business, University of Maryland 1990 "Adding Up the Costs of Our New Immigrants" Wall Street Journal February 26, 1981 in Population Matters: People, Resources, Environment, and Immigration p. 271 / / pkk-VT95
Immigrants benefit natives through the public coffers since they use less than their share of services and pay more than their share of taxes. Nevertheless. be cause the results run so much against the common wisdom, politicians and anti-immigration organizations that have been made aware of these data brazenly still say that immigrants are a drag on natives because of their use of welfare programs--and they get away with this disinformation. '
D619 / Julian Simon Professor of Business, University of Maryland 1990 "Adding Up the Costs of Our New Immigrants" Wall Street Journal February 26, 1981 in Population Matters: People, Resources, Environment, and Immigration p. 274 / / pkk-VT95
In sum, immigrants benefit natives through the public coffers by using less than their share of services and paying more than their share of taxes. They cover the additional public capital needed on their account through the debt service on past investments. In the long run, lower-paid workers will not suffer from the new immigrants because immigrants' occupations and educations cover the income spectrum.
D620 / Julian Simon Professor of Business, University of Maryland 1990 "Anti-Growth Prophets Use Cracked Crystal Balls", p312. Scripps-Howard December 29, 1986 Population Matters: People. Resources. Environment. and Immigration / / pkk- 16-VT95
True, in the short run, before the economy has a chance to adjust, additional people cause increased pressure and shortages. But the pressure of additional people--and also pressure from, increasing income levels- tends eventually to leave us better off than if the shortages had never arisen.
D621 / Julian Simon Professor of Business, University of Maryland 1990 "Anti-Growth Prophets Use Cracked Crystal Balls" p. 312. Scripps-Howard December 29, 1986 Population Matters: People. Resources. Environment, and Immigration / / pkk-16, VT95
Given some time to adjust to shortages with already-known methods as well as with new inventions and creative substitutions, in the presence of economic freedom, people create additional resources. The result of the process is greater resource availability than ever.
D622 / Julian Simon Professor of Business, University of Maryland 1990 "Raise Immigration Quotas, not Taxes" The Christian Science Monitor July 29 1987 Population Matters: People, Resources, Environment, and Immigration p. 295 / / pkk-VT95
Immigration mainly increases the number of young skilled working people who pay high taxes and use few government services.
D623 / Julian Simon Professor of Business, University of Maryland 1990 '"The Case for Immigration" Inquiry May 1983, p. 282 Population Matters: People. Resources, Environment, and Immigration / / pkk-16-VT95
Contrary to popular opinion, legal immigrants to the United States bestow important economic benefits upon natives. These include a reduced burden of social security taxes without a reduction in benefits, increased productivity, an entrepreneurial shot in the arm to business, and new vitality and cultural diversity.
D624 / Julian Simon Professor of Business, University of Maryland 1990 "The Case for Immigration" Inquiry May 1983, p. 282, Population Matters: People, Resources, Environment, and Immigration / / pkk-16-VT95
Opponents of immigration seek to persuade us that new immigrants damage society economically, politically, and culturally. Immigration restrictions are intended to "protect us" in the same way as tariffs and trade quotas. But like trade barriers, immigration restrictions largely "protect us" from benefits. This is not to say that immigration brings no adjustment costs. But historical and current evidence shows that the costs are exaggerated and the benefits vastly under appreciated.
D625 / Julian Simon Professor of Business, University of Maryland 1990 "Adding Up the Costs of Our New Immigrants" p. 272. Wall Street Journal February 26, 1981 in Population Matters: People, Resources, Environment, and Immigration / / pkk-16, VT95
Within three to five years after entry, immigrant family earnings reach and pass those of the average native family, due to the age compositions of native and immigrant families.
D626 / Julian Simon Professor of Business, University of Maryland 1990 "Immigrants Are Paying Customers" Scripps-Howard, , p. 269. June 28, 1968 Population Matters: People, Resources, Environment, and Immigration, VT95
In addition to being young and vigorous, the immigrants possess extensive educations, and professional capabilities in greater proportions' than the native labor force. Hence immigrants are not poor in the important sense of having high earning potential.
D627 / Julian Simon Professor of Business, University of Maryland 1990 "Don't Close Our Borders" p. 267. February 7, 1984 in Population Matters: People, Resources. Environment, and Immigration, VT95
This country needs more, not fewer, immigrants. The U. S. birthrate is low and our future work force is shrinking. By opening our doors we will do well. not only do good but the evidence indicates we will also do well.
D628 / Julian Simon Professor of Business, University of Maryland 1990 "immigrants Are Paying Customers" p. 269, Scripps-Howard, June 28, 1968 Population Matters: People Resources, Environment, and Immigration / / pkk-16, VT95
The "refuse" nonsense makes us think we are sacrificing to give alms. Sure, our hearts have been in the right place. But rather than being charity cases, immigrants bestow upon us an increased standard of living and a lower welfare burden.
D629 / ERIC BAILEY and DAN MORAIN, TIMES STAFF WRITERS May 3, 1993, Headline: Anti- Immigration Bills Flood Legislature; Rights: Republicans See The Measures As A Way To Help The State Cut Costs. Critics See The Move As Political Opportunism And, In Some Cases, Racism. Los Angeles Times Page 3; / / pkk-VT95
He and others worry that the anti-immigrant legislation only serves to fuel an undercurrent of racism. "There is a thin veil over what they are saying, " said Richard Garcia, executive director of California Rural Legal Assistance, which serves an immigrant clientele. "They are saying undocumented equals Latino equals gangs equals drugs equals crime in the streets. The whole immigrant population is affected. "
D630 / Derrick Z. Jackson, Globe Staff writer, April 11, 1993, HEADLINE: The door's not open for all yearning to be free; The Boston Globe / PKK-LN-VT95
Currently any foreigner who touches US soil gets a fair hearing for political asylum. D'Amato and Simpson [Senate. Republicans Alfonse D'Amato of New York and Alan Simpson of Wyoming ]would give low-ranking officers of the Immigration and Naturalization Service the power to reject people, with no appeal. Given our culture's propensity to stereotype races and religions, you can guess how accurately this law will be used. White skin: We'll get you a supervisor. Brown skin: Could you speak a few sentences of English? Brown and Muslim: Next plane out.
D631 / Charles W. Hall , Steve Bates, Washington Post Staff Writers April 25, 1994, HEADLINE: Illegal Immigrants Pose Issues Of Cost, Conscience for Area The Washington Post / PKK-LN-VT95
"The hypocrisy here is remarkable, in a nation where almost all of us are immigrants, " said Ron Carlee, director of human services in Arlington. "I feel very emotional about anything that smacks of racism. When we reject people because they are different, I don't think we should be afraid to call that what it is. "
D632 / Yeh Ling-Ling is California outreach coordinator for Population-Environment Balance, a Washington-based group. April 13, 1994 HEADLINE: PERSPECTIVE ON IMMIGRATION; THE WELCOME MAT IS THREADBARE; WE CAN'T KEEP ABSORBING 1. 3 MILLION NEWCOMERS A YEAR; A CUTBACK TO 200,000 -- REPLACEMENT LEVEL -- IS IN ORDER. Los Angeles Times / / PKK-LN-VT95
In opinion polls, the majority of Americans, including 78% of Latin-Americans, say they support a reduction in immigration, legal as well as illegal. Until our national leaders recognize that our current level of immigration far exceeds this country's carrying capacity, no real remedies to America's problems will be found.
D633 / Rep. Elton Gallegly (R) of California is a member of the House Judiciary Committee and its International Law, Immigration, and Refugee Subcommittee. April 6, 1993, HEADLINE: Illegal Immigration to US: a Crisis That Must Be Handled The Christian Science Monitor / / PKK-LN-VT95
The Center for Immigration Studies estimates the net cost to American taxpayers at some $ 5. 4 billion a year, and a report from the California Auditor General last summer estimated the net cost to the state at some $ 3 billion annually.
D635 / ALAN C. MILLER, STAFF WRITER, NOVEMBER 21, 1993; LOS ANGELES TIMES, "Data Sheds Heat, Little Light, On Immigration Debate; Studies: The Number Of Illegal U. S. Residents Is Elusive. Their Impact On Jobs, Public Services Is At Best Ambiguous, " Part A; Page 1 /-VT95
U. S. Immigration and Naturalization Service officials "privately estimate that there are more than 3 million illegal aliens in Southern California alone, " Gallegly said. He cited a national study that said undocumented immigrants cost taxpayers almost $12 billion a year and a state report that put the cost in California at $3 billion.
D636 / ERIC BAILEY and DAN MORAIN, TIMES STAFF WRITERS May 3, 1993, Headline: Anti- Immigration Bills Flood Legislature; Rights: Republicans See The Measures As A Way To Help The State Cut Costs. Critics See The Move As Political Opportunism And, In Some Cases, Racism. Los Angeles Times Page 3; / / pkk-VT95
Republican lawmakers, insisting that their efforts are fueled by budgetary concerns, contend that illegal immigrants cost California $3 billion annually. They rely on a state auditor general study of San Diego County that reported that, while illegal immigrants contribute $60 million in taxes, they cost state and local government $206 million annually in that county -- the costs of processing illegal immigrants through the criminal justice system and providing them health care, public schooling and other social services.
D637 / RONALD BROWNSTEIN and RICHARD SIMON, TIMES STAFF WRITERS, NOVEMBER 14, 1993; LOS ANGELES TIMES, "HOSPITALITY TURNS INTO HOSTILITY; CALIFORNIA HAS A LONG HISTORY OF WELCOMING NEWCOMERS FOR THEIR CHEAP LABOR -- UNTIL TIMES TURN ROUGH. THE CURRENT BACKLASH IS ALSO FUELED BY THE SCOPE AND NATURE OF THE IMMIGRATION, " Part A; Page 1; Column 1 /-VT95
In a recent study of census data, the California Research Board found that legal and illegal immigrants were slightly more likely than U. S. -born residents to receive welfare. Wilson said the state spends $3 billion -- more than it cost to build the Century Freeway -- in services to illegal immigrants and their children. But no one knows exactly how much those illegal immigrants pay in local, state and federal taxes.
D638 / Louisa Parker Federation for American Immigration Reform, May 20, 1993 HEADLINE: Illegal Aliens Could Bankrupt National Health Care According to the Federation For American Immigration Reform U. S. Newswire / / pkk-VT95
"Including anyone on the planet who breaks U. S. immigration laws under a new national health care system would be like strapping a thousand-pound weight to a foal trying to stand. Financially strapped U. S. taxpayers cannot pay for world health out of their shrinking pocketbooks, " said Dan Stein, the executive director of the Federation for American Immigration Reform (FAIR).
D639 / ERIC BAILEY and DAN MORAIN, TIMES STAFF WRITERS May 3, 1993, Headline: Anti- Immigration Bills Flood Legislature; Rights: Republicans See The Measures As A Way To Help The State Cut Costs. Critics See The Move As Political Opportunism And, In Some Cases, Racism. Los Angeles Times Page 3; / / pkk-VT95
It is clear, however, that there are costs, and that they are rising. The state estimates that the cost of providing medical care to illegal immigrants this fiscal year will be $1 billion.
D640 / JAMES P. GANNON, THE DETROIT NEWS, FEBRUARY 27, 1994; "Rising Illegal Immigration Increasing Social Costs" /-VT95
Across the nation, $ 5. 3 billion was spent on the education of children of illegal immigrants in 1992, according to one study.
D641 / Pamela Burdman, Chronicle Staff Writer APRIL 28, 1993, HEADLINE: How Gangsters Cash In On Human Smuggling Profits lure government officials too The San Francisco Chronicle / / PKK-LN-VT95
''The larger the underground economy, the more powerful they (the organized crime rings) are, '' says Peter Kwong, a Columbia University professor who has written two books on New York's Chinatown. ''Everything these illegals do, somehow the underworld will get a piece of the action. ''
D642 / Rep. Elton Gallegly (R) of California is a member of the House Judiciary Committee and its International Law, Immigration, and Refugee Subcommittee. April 6, 1993, HEADLINE: Illegal Immigration to US: a Crisis That Must Be Handled The Christian Science Monitor / / PKK-LN-VT95
It is clear that virtually unchecked illegal immigration poses growing risks for our economic - indeed our national - security. How many more incidents must the American people face before their elected officials finally take action to regain control over our borders?
D643 / DAVID CROSLAND, WASHINGTON LAWYER, WAS GENERAL COUNSEL OF THE INS, AUGUST 8, 1993; THE WASHINGTON POST, "Don't Fence In America, " PAGE C7 /-VT95
Illegal immigration is primarily an economic problem and not a law enforcement one. Let us not act precipitously, through our misplaced fear, to deny those with real fear of persecution opportunities for unbiased review of their claims.
D644 / THE DALLAS MORNING NEWS October 25, 1993, Pg. 10A HEADLINE: IMMIGRATION; SERIES: IMMIGRATION REFORM (Lexis / Nexis) / / MS-VT95
Appallingly, our immigration policy-makers have failed to acknowledge the difference between the needs of an industrial economy and a post-industrial economy. The United States _ which permanently resettles more immigrants and refugees than the rest of the world combined _ is adding well over 1 million new legal immigrants to its population every year. Many of them have low skills or no skills.
D645 / RICH THOMAS AND ANDREW MURR STAFF WRITERS, AUGUST 9, 1993;, "The Economic Cost of Immigration, " Pg. 18 /-VT95
The welfare costs of immigration should dramatically decrease as the California and U. S. economies recover. The long-term benefits of immigrant labor and business enterprise will then be more apparent. But the age of innocence in the American immigration experience is over. The rise of the U. S. welfare state has placed a cushion under the immigrant experience -- and diminished the benefits of immigration to the country at large.
D646 / ASSOCIATED PRESS, DECEMBER 20, 1993, CHICAGO TRIBUNE, "White House Weighs Cuts In Welfare To Immigrants, " Pg. 12 /-VT95
According to the non-partisan Congressional Budget Office, halting aid to most non-citizens under the GOP plan would save at least $21 billion over five years: $9. 4 billion from Supplemental Security Income (SSI), a welfare program for low-income elderly and disabled people; $8. 1 billion from Medicaid; $2. 8 billion from food stamps; and $1 billion from Aid to Families with Dependent Children, a cash welfare program for families with children.
D647 / Rep. Elton Gallegly (R) of California is a member of the House Judiciary Committee and its International Law, Immigration, and Refugee Subcommittee. April 6, 1993, HEADLINE: Illegal Immigration to US: a Crisis That Must Be Handled The Christian Science Monitor / / PKK-LN-VT95
It's been said that illegal aliens take jobs no American wants, but if we limit the supply of illegals, employers may be forced to find ways to hire legal residents and pay them living wages.
D648 / Ben J. Wattenberg and Karl Zinsmeister, fellows Enterprise Institute, April 1990, "The Case for More Commentary in The Reference Shelf: Immigration to states, Robert Emmet Long, ed. p. 147 / / pkk-38 VT95
What is more, 'within eleven to sixteen years of coming to America the average immigrant is earning as much as, or more than, the average native-born worker. Immigrant families, who typically have more working members, outstrip native families in income in as little as three to five years. In this way, immigrants become above-average taxpayers. Viewed strictly in terms of fiscal flows and social-welfare budgets, then, immigrants tend to represent a good deal for the nation. . at the American Immigration" the United
D649 / JULIAN L. SIMON [Fellow--CATO Institute] THE ECONOMIC CONSEQUENCES OF IMMIGRATION 1989 p. 342 \\ SW-VT95
Though the direct effect upon industrial productivity is hard to nail down statistically, in the long run the beneficial impact upon industrial efficiency of additional immigrant workers and consumers is likely to dwarf all other effects. '
D650 / GEORGE WILL, SYNDICATED COLUMNIST, JULY 30, 1993; THE TIMES-PICAYUNE, "Slamming Shut The Golden Door To Immigrants, " Pg. B7 /-LN-VT95
Many immigrants, particularly very new ones, cost more in welfare, health and educational services than they pay in taxes. (All immigrants pay sales taxes;many pay income taxes. ) However, their economic activity - earning and spending- makes them, I believe, substantial net contributors to national wealth. (Twenty-five percent of immigrants in the 1980s had college degrees. ) But that positive economic fact does not settle the argument about the net effect of, and proper policy concerning, immigration.
D651 / Gerard M. Pico The San Francisco Chronicle SEPTEMBER 30, 1993, Pg. A29; HEADLINE: An Immigration Solution (LEXIS / NEXIS) / / MS-VT95
IMMIGRANTS are being blamed for everything from economic recession and unemployment to rising racial tensions. In reality, they create more wealth than they consume and bring diversity to a country built by immigrants. A recent study published in Business Week magazine concluded that immigrants contribute in excess of $ 80 billion in taxes while consuming $ 5 billion in welfare services annually.
D652 / JULIAN L. SIMON [Fellow--CATO Institute] THE ECONOMIC CONSEQUENCES OF IMMIGRATION 1989 p. 339 \\ SW-VT95
[immigrants tend to have especially desirable behavioral characteristics from the economic point of view. Compared to natives, their rate of participation in the labor force is higher, they tend to save more, they apply more effort during working hours, and they have a higher propensity to start new businesses and to be self-employed. They do not have a higher propensity to commit crime or to be unemployed, and (for better or for worse) their fertility rate is not higher.
D653 / Tom Morganthau staff writer August 9, 1993 "America: Still a Melting Pot?" Newsweek, p. 22 / / pkk-26 VT 95
Julian Simon, a University of Maryland economist, says he knows the answer: more immigration means more economic growth--more wealth and more progress for all Americans, period.
D654 / ANDRES E. JIMENEZ, (director of the California Policy Seminar, a UC system wide program based in Berkeley. ) Los Angeles Times October 27, 1993, Page 7; HEADLINE: PERSPECTIVE ON IMMIGRATION; 6 MILLION CALIFORNIANS CAN'T ALL BE WRONGED; THE POLITICIANS' BASHING IS CREATING A CLIMATE OF PREJUDICE AGAINST ALL PEOPLE OF MEXICAN ANCESTRY. (Lexis / Nexis) / / MS-VT95
Key facts have escaped both the popular mentality and the policy debate. For example, the best research indicates that the vast majority of undocumented immigrants are in fact members of productive, wage-earning households made up of citizens and legal immigrants. A large number of those who are currently undocumented are awaiting legalization, postponed due to the long waiting period faced by those from high-migration countries like Mexico. There is also compelling evidence that immigrants represent a net benefit to our economy.
D655 / Julian L. Simon, Teacher of Business Administration, Winter 1991 "The Case for Greatly Increased Immigration" The Public Interest. in The Reference Shelf: Immigration to the United States, Robert Emmet Long, ed. p. 170 / pkk-54-VT95
Does all this seem to be a far-out minority view? In 1990 the American Immigration Institute surveyed prominent econo- mists-all the ex-presidents of the American Economic Associa tion, and then-members of the Council of Economic Advisers--about immigration. Economists ought to understand the eco nomic effects of immigration better than others, so their views are of special interest. More than four-fifths of the respondents said that immigration has a very favorable impact on economic growth; none said that its impact is unfavorable. Almost three fourths said that illegals have a positive economic impact. And almost all agree that recent immigrants have had the same kind of impact as immigrants in the past. '
D656 / DAVID BRODER (Pulitzer Prize-winning political reporter) The Houston Chronicle October 25, 1993, A; 12 HEADLINE: Country feeling immigration backlash / / MS-VT95
The sunny view is that these immigrants create businesses and markets while doing jobs that longer-resident Americans might shun.
D657 / Julian L. Simon, Teacher of Business Administration, "The Case for Greatly Increased Immigration" The Public in The Reference Shelf: Immigration to the United States, Emmet Long, ed. p. 164 / / pkk-54VT95
Nowadays, however, the most important capital is human capital-education and skills, which people own themselves and carry with them--rather than capitalist-supplied physical capital. The bugaboo of production capital has been laid to rest by the experience of the years since World War II, which taught economists that, aside from the shortest-run considerations, physical capital does not pose a major constraint to economic growth. It is human capital that is far more important in a country's development. And immigrants supply their own human capital.
D657 / Julian L. Simon, Teacher of Business Administration, "The Case for Greatly Increased Immigration" The Public in The Reference Shelf: Immigration to the United States, Emmet Long, ed. p. 164 / / pkk-54VT95
Can we see our national interest clearly enough to reject unfounded beliefs that some groups will lose jobs to immigrants, and to surmount the racism that remains in our society? Or will we pay a heavy price in slower growth and lessened efficiency for maintaining our prejudices and pandering to the supposed interests of groups--organized labor, environmentalists, and others-whose misguided wishes will not benefit even them in the long run?
D659 / Julian L. Simon, Teacher of Business Administration, "The Case for Greatly Increased Immigration" The Public in The Reference Shelf: Immigration to the United States, Emmet Long, ed. p. 164 / / pkk-54VT95
The bad news is that the legislation does not greatly increase immigration. The new rate is still quite low by historical standards. A much larger increase in numbers--even to, say, only half the rate relative to population size that the United States accepted around the turn of the century--would surely increase our standard of living even more.
D660 / JULIAN L. SIMON [Fellow--CATO Institute] THE ECONOMIC CONSEQUENCES OF IMMIGRATION 1989p. 252 / / SW-VT95
Immigrants not only take jobs, they make jobs. They open new businesses that employ natives as well as other immigrants and themselves. And they do so in important numbers. The businesses immigrants start are at first small, of course. But surprisingly, small businesses are now the most important source of new jobs.
D661 / JULIAN L. SIMON [Fellow--CATO Institute] THE ECONOMIC CONSEQUENCES OF IMMIGRATION)N 1989p. 206 \\ SW-VT95
Within a few years the productivity effect comes to dominate the results and dwarfs the capital-dilution and saving-and-transfer effects yielding a high rate of return to natives on investment in immigrants, on any reasonable parameter.
D662 / Julian Simon Professor of Business, University of Maryland 1990 "Immigrants Are Paying Customers" Scripps-Howard, June 28, 1968 Population Matters: People, Resources, Environment, and Immigration p268 / / pkk-16VT95
The United States can sharply increase its rate of advance in technology and industrial productivity by adding top talent from all over the world, at no cost and with substantial benefit to U. S. citizens. We need simply relax our barriers against skilled immigrants.
D663 / JULIAN L. SIMON [Fellow--CATO Institute] THE ECONOMIC CONSEQUENCES OF IMMIGRATION 1989 p. 167 \\ SW VT95
Immigrants constitute additional consumers who increase the size of the markets for the goods which they consume. Economists since William Petty and Adam Smith have understood the importance of market size in influencing productivity. As market size increases, greater efficiency results from the division of labor and other well-known economies of scale.
D664 / JULIAN L. SIMON [Fellow--CATO Institute] THE ECONOMIC CONSEQUENCES OF IMMIGRATION 1989 P. 165 \\ SW-VT95
Immigrants affect productivity and technology partly in their special role as immigrants by stimulating both natives and immigrants to create new ideas that arc some combination of the transported ideas and the ideas that arc already present in the country of immigration. They also carry ideas and practices from one society to another, thereby inducing natives to adopt the transported ideas.
D665 / Julian Simon Professor of Business, University of Maryland 1990 "Don't Close Our Borders" February 7, 1984 in Population Matters: People, resources, Environment, and Immigration p. 17-18 / / pkk-16VT95
on balance, immigrants are far from a drag on the economy. As workers, consumers, entrepreneurs and taxpayers, they invigorate it and contribute healthy economic benefits. By increasing the work force, they also help solve our social-security problem. Immigrants tend to come at the start of their work lives but when they retire and collect social security, they typically have raised children who are then contributing taxes to the system.
D666 / E. J. Mishan, Economist, THE COSTS OF ECONOMIC GROWTH, 1993, JGM p. 101 / / VT-95
First, there is the mutual reinforcement of population and technology. The expansion of population can activate technology while / a / technological advance tends to foster population growth. This process which has in varying degrees been operating for millennia has culminated today in a global population that, expanding at an exponential rate, can no longer be comfortably accommodated by the planet's finite space and finite natural resources.
D667 / E. . J. Mishan, Economist, THE COSTS OF ECONOMIC GROWTH, 1993, JGM p. 103 / / VT-95
. The second phenomenon is active even in the absence of population pressures, encompassing as it does the expanding range of spillovers inevitably generated by technological progress. Thus, while there can be a defensible presumption in favour of the laissez-faire doctrine for the earlier and more stable economy, once technology advances beyond a certain level of complexity - a level reached by the British economy round about the second half of the eighteenth century these spillover effects, arising initially from the new productive methods and subsequently from the sorts of consumer goods created, begin to increase rapidly and also to become more complex, far-reaching and unpredictable.
D668 / E. J. Mishan, Economist, THE COSTS OF ECONOMIC GROWTH, 1993, JGM. 103 / / VT-95
First, the overwhelming majority of citizens, and almost all those at the helm of policy, are deeply imbued with the concept of sustained, if not accelerating, economic growth, which they generally regard as a' '' self-evident economic imperative. And this universal policy objective is supported by common myths that serve, respectively, in the capacity of carrot and stick.
D669 / E. J. Mishan, Economist, THE COSTS OF ECONOMIC GROWTH, 1993, JGM p. 116-117 / / VT-95
Before giving reasons for doubt at greater length, it may be laid down as a of fact that sustained economic growth, the spread of democratic institutions, progress in reducing levels of pollution and global hazards, and success in preserving areas of natural beauty, are all compatible with a manifest deterioration in the quality of life - at least they are so whenever that term is less restrictively interpreted and therefore more realistically extended to encompass those less tangible and more psychological dimensions of life more readily evoked by such words as the good life. '.
D670 / E. J. Mishan, Economist, THE COSTS OF ECONOMIC GROWTH, 1993, JGM p. 150 / / VT-95
In sum, the traditional role of the human female - her complementary role to that of the human male in rearing a family and creating a home - has inevitably been undermined by scientific and technical Progress. The resulting social and political upheaval has begot increased legislation, state provision and bureaucratic control. And though feminists may evince exultation, women as a whole are today more tense, more uncertain, and more divided among themselves than they ever were".
D671 / E. J. Mishan, Economist, THE COSTS OF ECONOMIC GROWTH, 1993, JGM. 159 / / VT-95
It is legitimate to conclude, therefore, that modern economic growth, imposingly arrayed in its technological regalia, is inexorably impelling us along the road to repression: the power of the state will continue to grow and the freedom of the individual will continue to decline. This depressing thesis will now be reinforced by a close consideration of two other features unique to the postwar epoch. The first is the upsurge of crime already mentioned as a factor contributing to the growing vulnerability of the public. "
D672 / WORLD COMMISSION ON ENVIRONMENT & DEVELOPMENT, 1987, OUR COMMON FUTURE, p. 46 \\ rm-VT95
Development tends to simplify ecosystems and to reduce their diversity of species. And species, once extinct, are not renewable. The loss of plant and animal species can greatly limit the options of future generations; so sustainable development requires the conservation of plant and animal species.
D673 / WORLD COMMISSION ON ENVIRONMENT & DEVELOPMENT, 1987, OUR COMMON FUTURE, p8 \\ rm-VT95
We borrow environmental capital from future generations with no intention or prospect of repaying. They may damn us for our spendthrift ways, but they can never collect on our debt to them. We act as we do because we can get away with it; future generations do not vote; they have no political or financial power; they cannot challenge our decisions.
D674 / PAUL & ANNE EHRLICH, Profs. Stanford, 1991; HEALING THE PLANET, p. 35 \\ NDI-VT95
The implications of this desperately needed economic growth for the already stressed planetary environment are at least problematic and potentially catastrophic.
D675 / E. J. Mishan, Economist, THE COSTS OF ECONOMIC GROWTH, 1993, JGM. 103 / / VT95
Fortifying the contemporary presumption in favour of taster economic growth is the argument that only thus can we provide the wherewithal to meet the scientific establishment's voracious demand for more resources - for more sophisticated laboratories, more powerful equipment, and more funds for research at all levels which, it is alleged, extends man's power over nature and so enriches our lives
D676 / GENE KORETZ, Staff Writer, 1992; Business Week 2-24-92, "Trickle-Down Economists May Not Help the Poor. . . . " p. 26 / / MDS-VT95
The notion that a rising tide raises all ships is hardly. controversial. Throughout' most of the postwar period, and especially during the long expansion of the l960's, economic growth has been strongly associated with a decline in poverty.
D677 / WILLIAMSON, JEFFREY G. LAIRD BELL PROFESSOR OF ECONOMICS, INEQUALITY, POVERTY, AND HISTORY, 1991 P. 104 / / MDS-VT95
(Does industrialization and modern economic growth diminish poverty? On the face of it, the answer seems obvious. If by growth we mean an increase in per capita income, and if there is no change in the distribution of that income, then by definition the incomes of the poor will rise along with everything else, and the rate of escape from poverty will exhibit the same performance.
D678 / WORLD COMMISSION ON ENVIRONMENT & DEVELOPMENT, 1987, OUR COMMON FUTURE, p. 40-1 \\ Feldman-VT95
No country can develop in isolation from others.
D679 / DAVID FRANCIS, staff writer, 1987; CHRISTIAN SCIENCE MONITOR, June 12, "New environmental tack, " p. 12 \\ DMB-VT95
Development and conservation "used to be perceived as mortal enemies, mutually exclusive. " Recalls Peter Jacobs, a Montreal professor of landscape architecture. That view, according to environmental leaders has been fading. "The essential integration of conservation and development has been recognized, " notes Maurice Strong, former head of the UN environment program.
D680 / A. R. KOCH, Prof. Agriculture, Rutgers Univ. , 1986; ECONOMIC PRINCIPLES, p. 17 \\ dmb-VT95
Economic growth can also have positive impacts upon the environment. For instance cleaner air and cleaner rivers may be achieved by allocating current resources to their cleanup. Such action implies that resources will be shifted from one use to another, namely, to achieve improved environmental quality.
D681 / JULIAN L. SIMON [Fellow--CATO Institute] THE ECONOMIC CONSEQUENCES OF IMMIGRATION 1989 p. 98 / / SW-VT95
The data which indicate that immigrants have a greater propensity to save, to take second jobs, and to earn more than natives after some time on the job and after starting at lower salaries, are all consistent with the idea that immigrants exert more effort. The data showing that new immigrants work fewer weeks per year than do natives in the US, ceteris paribus, point in the other direction, but this latter result is more likely to be the result of the time it takes to enter the labor market than a shortfall effort.
D682 / ASSOCIATED PRESS, DECEMBER 20, 1993, CHICAGO TRIBUNE, "White House Weighs Cuts In Welfare To Immigrants, " Pg. 12 /-VT95
Under the law, illegal immigrants are not entitled to most welfare benefits, aside from some nutrition programs and emergency medical care. Their children, if born in the United States, are citizens and eligible for welfare.
D683 / Kevin Starr, (professor of planning and development and faculty master of Embassy Residential College at USC) Los Angeles Times September 26, 1993, Part M; Page 1; HEADLINE: CALIFORNIA REVERTS TO ITS SCAPEGOATING WAYS; IMMIGRATION: THROUGHOUT ITS HISTORY, WHEN ECONOMIC TIMES GOT TOUGH, BLAME WAS PASSED ON TO MIGRANT GROUPS. MEXICO IS THE LATEST TARGET. (LEXIS / NEXIS) / / MS-VT95
Indeed, in the vast majority of instances, Mexican illegals are doing the work that others -- even those on welfare -- will not do, yet needs to be done.
D684 / LISA GIBBS, STAFF WRITER, JULY 30, 1993; MIAMI DAILY BUSINESS REVIEW, "On The Bottom Rung, The Immigrants: With Little Prospect Of Moving Up, " pg. A16 /-LN-VT95
Immigrants escaping political persecution or economic hardship, encouraged by stories of freedom or jobs, arrive in Miami to find that the only jobs they can get pay minimum wage or maybe even lower. They eagerly sign on as dishwashers, maids, cooks, factory workers, hoping to get job training during off-hours. Because they usually can't speak English, the only jobs they can get are ones that don't require a lot of "off-site communication, " said John Asgerson, director of a federally funded career opportunity center in downtown Miami that helps place new immigrants.
D685 / Janet Kidd Stewart staff writer May 16, 1993, HEADLINE: A U. S. Job Drain Or Global Gain? Views Are Mixed Chicago Sun-Times Pg. 19 / / pkk-VT95
While top officials from the nation's biggest companies say hiring such workers helps global corporations expand, others say the practice undercuts wages and threatens the future of U. S. technology industries. About 3 million visas are granted to temporary workers each year.
D686 / PATRICK J. McDONNELL, (TIMES STAFF WRITER) Los Angeles Times September 22, 1993, A; Page 1; Column 1; Foreign Desk HEADLINE: NEW URBAN FLIGHT -- TO EL NORTE; MORE CITY DWELLERS ARE LEAVING MEXICO FOR THE U. S. IMMIGRATION HAS GONE ON FOR SO LONG, MANY PLAN TO STAY PERMANENTLY, LURED BY FAMILY TIES AS WELL AS JOBS. (LEXIS / NEXIS) / / MS-VT95
"This whole phenomenon is becoming less and less responsive to changes in the economy and more dependent on other factors, particularly family reunification, that aren't related to the business cycle, " said Cornelius, a longtime student of Mexican migration.
D687 / ROBERT S. GOLDFARB, Prof. Economics, George Washington Univ. , 1992; in IMMIGRATION, LANGUAGE, AND ETHNICITY, "Commentary" p. 170 / / MS-VT95
The distributional variant of immigration goals focuses on distributional issues, or particular kinds of immigrants. Falling population may be viewed as disadvantageous by older population cohorts, worried about adequate financing of old age benefits or fearing a decline in the value of their Life savings held as housing assets. Moreover, particular subsets of the native labor force can suffer distributional losses because of labor market competition from immigrant labor. Conversely, however, particular kinds of immigrant labor can be used to advance the nation's economic goals. For example, domestic skill shortages might be ameliorated by selectively and temporarily opening the immigration *spigot.
D688 / MARILYN HOSKIN, Prof. Political Science, State University of New York at Buffalo, 1991, NEW IMMIGRANTS AND DEMOCRATIC SOCIETY p. 79 / / VT95
A general result the public (whose final product costs are lower) and business (which can operate most efficiently when whole work groups serve as categorical "substitutes") are prime beneficiaries. Since in at least the initial rounds of migration foreign workers are usually single and immediate entrants into the work force, the host society benefits temporarily from immigration demography. That is, new workers need little or no investment before contributing to the economy, and take little in the form of educational Or other social resources.
D689 / GEORGE WILL, SYNDICATED COLUMNIST, JULY 30, 1993; THE TIMES-PICAYUNE, "Slamming Shut The Golden Door To Immigrants, " Pg. B7 /-LN-VT95
The argument about immigration - what kind of people should come, and in what quantities - is actually two arguments. One is economic, but the more important and interesting one, is cultural. The economic argument concerns immigration's costs.
D690 / GEORGE WILL, SYNDICATED COLUMNIST, JULY 30, 1993; THE TIMES-PICAYUNE, "Slamming Shut The Golden Door To Immigrants, " Pg. B7 /-LN-VT95
Concern about immigration is approaching monomania in this state where the recession has approached the depths of a depression. Here, as elsewhere, immigration is discussed first, and too much, as an economic issue.
D691 / WILLIAM SCHNEIDER, STAFF WRITER, JULY 24, 1993; THE NATIONAL JOURNAL, "Americans Turn Against Immigration, " Vol. 25, No. 30; Pg. 1900 /-LN-VT95
In the end, what's likely to work best is a worldwide economic recovery. There will be less pressure on immigrants to come here. Americans will feel less threatened economically. And the pressure on government finances will diminishes revenues roll in. The answer, it appears, is still the stupid economy.
D693 / Gretchen Cook, staff writer Agence France Presse March 31, 1994, HEADLINE: Backlash against illegal immigrants tightens US policy / / PKK-LN-VT95
But Arthur Helton, with the Open Society Institute, pointed out that there is no evidence that the costs of illegal aliens outweigh their contributions in increased demand and tax revenues and said all the hysteria is unfounded. "It's an issue that calls forth the most visceral reactions from those who aren't even affected by it, " he said. Immigration experts agree, saying anti-immigrant sentiments tend to rise in economically troubled times but are inspired more by perception than actual quality of life.
D694 / Donna Hrinak, (Deputy Assistant Secretary for Mexico and the Caribbean) November 3, 1993, "Immigration related issues in the North American Free Trade Agreement. " Hearing, Subcommittee on international law, immigration, and Refugees of the Committee on the Judiciary, House of Representatives. (18) p. 49 / / VT95
WHAT IS THE SOLUTION TO ILLEGAL IMMIGRATION? Increased economic opportunity at home is the greatest strategy for reducing the pressure to migrate. This was the conclusion of the Commission for the Study of International Migration and Cooperative Economic Development in 1990.
D695 / JULIAN L. SIMON [Fellow--CATO Institute] THE ECONOMIC CONSEQUENCES OF IMMIGRATION 1989 p. 192 / / SW-VT95
In sum, for those who worry about increasing scarcity of raw materials, and about greater "pressure" upon the environment, immigrants represent additional persons in the society who use up more resources. But these apparently self-evident propositions about the relationship of population size. and growth to natural resource availability, and to the quality of the environment, are not supported by the facts. In the very short run, additional people do push up prices, and cause crowding. But in the longer run, there occurs a process whereby the actual or impending shortage leads to the search for new resources, and after those new resources are discovered we are left better off than if the original scarcity problem had never arisen.
D696 / Julian Simon Professor of Business, University of Maryland 1990 "Life on Earth is Getting Better, not Worse" The Futurist. August 1983 Population Matters: People. Resources. Environment. and Immigration p. 22 / / pkk-16VT95
If we lift our gaze from the frightening daily headlines and look instead at wide-ranging scientific data as well as the evidence of our senses, we shall see that economic life in the United States and the rest of the world has been getting better rather than worse during recent centuries and decades. There is, moreover, no persuasive reason to believe that these trends will not continue indefinitely. . .
D697 / Robert W. Lee, staff writer, February 22, 1993 "Truth in the Balance" The New American. 42 / / pkk-14 VT95
The claim that "species of animals and plans are now vanishing around the world one thousand times faster than at any time in the past 65 million years, " when scientists can merely speculate about how many species there are, and how many may be disappearing now compared to the past. No one has ever actually witnessed the demise of a species, and many supposedly extinct species have later turned up.
D698 / Julian Simon Professor of Business, University of Maryland 1990 "Truth Almost Extinct in Tales of Imperiled Species" The Washington Times September 19, 1984 Population Matters: People. Resources, Environment, and Immigration p. 146 \\ pkk-16 VT95
'When we talk about the loss of 1 million species, " Train says in his letter, "we are talking about a global loss with consequences that science . can scarcely begin to predict. "The future of the world could be altered drastically if we allow a million species to disappear by the year 2000. " I couldn't agree more; the sudden disappearance of a million life forms would have major ecological effects. However, the WWF prediction completely lacks factual basis.
D699 / Julian Simon Professor of Business, University of Maryland 1990 "Truth Almost Extinct in Tales of Imperiled Species"' The Washington Times September 19, 1984 Population Matters: People. Resources, Environment, and Immigration [ / 146-7 / / pkk-16VT95
WWF backs the million-species claim only with the statement "some scientists believe. " This is no scientific evidence at all. You can find "Some. scientists" who will say they believe almost any proposition you like, even if the established scientific facts are quite the opposite. In the advertising trade (a usually honorable trade that 1 practiced in my youth), such a statement is known as weasel-wording. Such weasel-wording would draw the ire of the Federal Trade Commission if made on behalf of a deodorant.
D700 / Julian Simon Professor of Business, University of Maryland 1990 "Truth Almost Extinct in Tales of Imperiled Species" The Washington Times September 19, 1984 Population Matters: People. Resources, Environment, and Immigration p. 146 / / pkk-16VT95
Yet--there is absolutely no solid evidence supporting the prediction that a million or more existing species will be lost to mankind in the next two decades if radical remedial steps are not taken by the governments of the world. A fair reading of the available data suggests a prediction perhaps one-thousandth that great. But the conservationists are beating the big drum for money and action based on their frightening claims.
D701 / Julian Simon Professor of Business, University of Maryland 1990 "Truth Almost Extinct in Tales of Imperiled Species" The Washington Times; September 19, 1984 Population Matters: People. Resources. Environment, and Immigration p. 147 / / pkk-VT95
In brief, this extinction rate is nothing but pure guesswork. The forecast , is a thousand times greater than the present--yet it has been published in newspapers and understood as a scientific statement.
D702 / Julian Simon Professor of Business, University of Maryland 1990 p. 96 "The State of World Food Supplies" The Atlantic Monthly. July 1981 Population Matters: People, resources, Environment, and immigration / / pkk-VT95
Despite the popular consensus, buttressed by scientists of various disciplines, that the world is heading toward agricultural ruin, the view of mainstream agricultural economists is quite the contrary. It is an accepted idea among agricultural economists that the trend--as revealed in recent decades by statistics and in the more distant past by historical evidence-has been toward improvement in the food supplies of almost every main population group. For example, in 1973, even before the recent years of bumper harvests, D. Gale Johnson, who teaches agricultural economics at the University of Chicago, told the American Statistical Association that food supply had increased at least enough to match population growth in developing countries for four decades. He discerned a gradual improvement in per capita food consumption for the past two 'centuries.
D703 / Julian Simon Professor of Business, University of Maryland 1990 "Global Food Prospects: Good News" Challenge November / December population Matters: People. resources, Environment, and Immigration p. 108-10 / / pkk-16 VT95
Three nationwide survey inventories of land use in 1958, 1%7. and 1975 were conducted by the Soil Conservation Service. Their findings were that, "The quality of cropland has been improved by shifts in land use. " A larger proportion of the cropland recently has been in the best "capability" classes, and a smaller proportion in the worst capability classes, than in earlier years. Schultz adds: "1 am a bit harsh on those who are arguing erosion is catastrophic. It simply isn't true" (letter of March 25, 1982). (See Selection 9. 16-)
D704 / Julian Simon Professor of Business, University of Maryland 1990 "The State of World Food Supplies" The Atlantic; Monthly. July 1981p. 101 Population Matters: People, Resources, Environment, and Immigration / / pkk 'VT95
This paradox is explained as follows: Reduction in the amount of land available to the farmer causes little hardship if previously he did not need to farm all the land that was available to him. (However, he may have to change his methods so as to cultivate the land more intensively. ) Furthermore, when farmers need more land, they make more land. They build land for cultivation by investing their energy, blood, money, and ingenuity in it. The increase in agricultural output as population rises (with or without an accompanying rise in income) has been accomplished, in most countries, largely, by increases in the amount of land farmed.
D705 / Julian Simon Professor of Business, University of Maryland 1990 "The Scarcity of Raw Materials" The Atlantic Monthly June 1981 p. 77 Population Matters: People, Resources, Environment, and Immigration / / pkk- 16 VT95
But the' long-run trends make it very clear that both the cost and the scarcity of materials continuously decline with the growth of income and technology. These trends do not mean that a rosy future is guaranteed. There will always be temporary shortages where there are strife, political blundering, and natural calamities--that is, where there are people. But the natural world allows, and the developed world promotes through the marketplace, responses to human needs and shortages such that one backward step leads to 1. 001 steps forward, or thereabouts. There is no convincing economic reason that such modest progress should not continue indefinitely.
D706 / Julian Simon Professor of Business, University of Maryland 1990 :Will We Run Out of Energy?" Dialogue no. 56-2 p. 81, 1982 population Matters: People, Resources. environment. and Immigration / / pkk-16 VT95
The resource problems that arise become opportunities, and turn into the occasions for the advances of knowledge that support and spur economic development. If berries, roots, and rabbits had not become scarce 10,000 years ago, we would probably still be eating wild rabbits and roots, though perhaps with a tastier sauce than they had then. We need more and bigger problems, rather than just having our problems solved, as conventional economics would have it.
D707 / Julian Simon, Professor of Business, University of Maryland 1990 "Are We Losing Our Farmland?" The Public Interest No. 647 Spring 1982; in Population Matters: People, Resources, Environment, and Immigration p. 122 / / pkk-VT95
Perhaps most amazing is that even the amount of "wetlands"--what used to be called swamp and marsh--is increasing even though environmentalists have been lamenting its decline. That is, new wetlands are being created faster than the old ones are being drained. About 7 million new acres of wetlands were created between 1967 and 1975. And the Soil Conservation Service says that "there is strong evidence that the total acreage of water and associated wetlands will increase rather than decrease in the future."
D708 / Julian Simon Professor of Business, University of Maryland 1990 "Worldwide, Land for Agriculture is Increasing" New York Times October 7, 1980 P ulation Matters: People Resources Environment and Immigration ration . p. 116 / / pkk-16VT95
'Does population growth produce "urban sprawl, " and do highways "pave over" and take away "prime farm land" from agricultural and recreational uses? There are a total of 2. 3 billion acres in the United States. Urban areas plus highways, nonagricultural roads, railroads, and airports total only 61 million acres--just 2. 7 percent of the total. Clearly, there is little competition between agriculture and cities and roads.
D709 / Julian Simon Professor of Business, University of Maryland 1990 "The Impending Shortage of People" in population Matters: People. Resources. environment, and Immigration p. 196 / / pkk-16 VT95
Using normal economic procedure, let us compare the present state of scarcity to past scarcity by examining changes in the price of obtaining the services of people. The two appropriate price measures--wages and in come-both clearly show that the average price of people has recently been going up everywhere in the world, except in a few exceptional situations. The logic is inescapable: Despite the rising numbers of people, human beings have been getting more scarce.
D710 / Julian Simon Professor of Business, University of Maryland 1990 "Worldwide, Land for Agriculture is Increasing" New York Times October 7, 1980 P opulation Mat ors: People Resources Environment and Immigration ration p. 117 / / pkk-16 VT95
I am not suggesting that we cease worrying about the supply of land, worldwide or nationally. Just as each homeowner must take care of his lawn lest it go to ruin, and just as every farmer must continually protect and renew his acres, so must every country take care that its stock of good land is increased and improved. What 1 am suggesting is that there is no ground for the panic into which anecdotal accounts can throw us. And there is no basis in the data examined here for opposition to economic or population growth. '
D711 / Julian Simon Professor of Business, University of Maryland 1990 "Will We Run Out of Energy?" Dialogue no. 56-2 p. 89, 1982 Population Matters: People, Resources, environment, and lmmigration / / pkk-16 VT95
'Agreed-upon facts about oil. (1) Enough oil to supply the world for several decades can be produced in the Middle East at $0. 05 to $0. 20 per barrel (1978 currency). (2) Transportation from the Middle East to the United States and elsewhere costs $0. 50 to $1. 50 per barrel. (3) The 1980 world market price for oil was roughly $35. 00 per barrel. (4) Apparently, few believe strongly that the price of oil will sharply and continually go up in the future. If anyone really did believe that, it would make sense to buy and stockpile oil for long-term appreciation, even with the cost of storage. (5) Much of the world has not been explored systematically for Oil. (6) Estimates of crude-oil reserves are highly sensitive to the definition of crude oil. The U. S. Geological Survey uses a definition that includes only oil that will come to the surface at atmospheric pressure. If one also includes oil that can be forced to the surface under pressure, plus naturally non liquid oil in shale and tar sands and other sources, the estimate would be considerably greater. .
D712 / Julian Simon Professor of Business, University of Maryland 1990 "Will We Run Out of Energy?" Dialogue, no. 56-2, 1982 Population Matters: People. Resources. Environment, and Immigration -. --- p. 80 / / pkk-16 VT95
There is no reason to believe that the supply of energy is finite, or that the price will not continue its long-run decrease. This statement may sound less preposterous if you consider that for a quantity to be finite it must be measurable. The future supply of oil includes what we usually think of as oil, plus the oil that can be produced from shale, tar sands, and coal. It also includes the oil from plants that we grow, whose key input is sunlight. So the measure of the future oil supply must therefore be at least as large as the sun's seven billion or so years of future life.
D713 / Julian Simon, Professor of Business, University of Maryland 1990, "Will We Run Out of Energy?" Dialogue, no. 56-21982, in Population Matters: People, Resources, Environment, and Immigration p. 79 / / pkk-16VT95
On the other hand, if there were to be an absolute shortage of energy-that is, if there were no oil in the tanks, no natural gas in the pipelines, no coal to load onto the railroad cars--then our entire economy would come to a halt. Or if energy were available, but only at a very high price, we would produce much smaller amounts of most consumer goods and services.
D715 / Robert W. Lee, staff writer, February 22, 1993 "Truth in the Balance" The New American p. 40 / / pkk-14 VT95
Earth in the Balance misleads the unwary reader as much by what it does not say as by what it does say. Gore recalls, for instance, his "mother's troubled response to Rachel Carson's classic book about DDT and pesticide abuse, Silent Spring, " which first led him to think about obscure environmental threats. But he does not mention the enormous health benefits of DDT. In Sri Lanka, for instance, the DDT spraying program dropped the cases of malaria from 2. 8 million in 1948 to only 17 by 1963. But attacks on DDT in the U. S. convinced Sri Lankan officials to suspend spray ing, and by 1969 the number of malaria cases had reverted to 2. 5 million. Gore simply ignores such data and its implication.
D714 / Robert W. Lee staff writer February 22, 1993 "Truth in the Balance" The New American p41 pkk-VT95
A companion survey of media coverage by Yale the Center found that while "scientists are presented as relatively united superpowers of global warming theory, " there Is actually "considerable debate and un- certainty. " But in spite of the evidence to the contrary, Gore clings to his absurd assertion that 98 percent of the scientific community share his view of global warming.
D716 / Robert W. Lee staff writer February 22, 1993 "Truth in the Balance" The New American p. 41 / / pkk-14VT95
Dr. S. Fred Singer, professor of environmental sciences at the University of Virginia, worked closely with Dr. Revelle, and claims that Gore has seriously distorted Revelle's views. According to Singer, Revelle "had a balanced view of the consequences of increased carbon dioxide . . . . [He] even speculated that part of the improvement in agricultural yields during the past 50 years has resulted from the increase in atmospheric CO2 since the end of the 19th century. "
D717 / Robert W. Lee, staff writer, February 22, 1993 "Truth in the Balance" The New American. p. 40 / / pkk-VT95
The new edition contains a foreword in which Gore makes the incredible assertion that none of the events during the months since the book was first published in earl 1992 "has required any modification the text for this new edition, " since challenge to the accuracy of its facts the fairness of its analysis has been sustained. " This assertion, of course, ignores the fact that reams of data and scores of distinguished scientists scholars have raised questions about the factual accuracy and fairness of gore's environmental "bible, " which is lauded with New Age religious themes and evolutionary dogma
.D718 / Robert W. Lee, staff writer, February 22, 1993; "Truth in the Balance"' The New American p. 40 / / VT95
Gore's treatment on acid rain is another area where his book is seriously flawed. In 1990, months prior to the publication of Earth in the Balance, the National Acid Precipitation Assessment Program (NAPAP) completed a 1 year, $600 million evaluation of acid rain. It concluded that there "is no evidence of widespread forest damage from current levels of acidic rains in the United States, " and that "acidic precipitation at ambient levels in the United States is not responsible for regional crop yield reduction." Gore does not mention these authoritative NAPAP findings, opting instead to describe acid rain as one of the "regional problems" worsened by tall smokestacks that cause "air pollution" to travel farther from its source, so that "[s]ome of what used to be Pittsburgh's smoke is now Labrador's acidic snow."
D719 / Robert W. Lee staff writer February 22, 1993 "Truth in the Balance" The New American p42 / / pkk-VT95
There is no scientific consensus on what causes atmospheric ozone content to ebb and flow. In 1989, the journal Science noted that the recent ozone "losses may be natural and may result from long-term fluctuations of the general circulation of the atmosphere. " Recent findings have also noted an impressive correlation between sunspot activity and ozone measurement.
D720 / Robert W. Lee, staff writer, February 22, 1993, "Truth in the Balance," The New American p. 42 / / pkk-14 VT95
The claim by Gore that he remembers "the day the scientific community confirmed that the dangerous [ozone] hole in the sky above Antarctica was caused by CFCs [chlorofluorocarbons], " when there never was such a day or confirmation.
D721 / Robert W. Lee staff writer February 22, 1993 "Truth in the Balance" The New American p. 42 / / pkk-14VT95
The claim that "dramatic increases in ultraviolet radiation due to the destruction of the ozone layer also presents a serious if not fully understood threat. " when measurements of UV radiation by the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration have documented a decrease in UV radiation throughout mainland United States by as much as eight percent between 1974 and 1975, and in the Northern Hemisphere's rural mid latitude (which includes the U. S. ) of between five percent and 18 percent during this century.
D722 / Robert W. Lee staff writer February 22, 1993 "Truth in the Balance" The New American p. 41 / / pkk-14VT95
Similarly, another poll of 400 scientists by the Center for Science, Technology & Media revealed that "most climate experts press uncertainty about the scientific basis for the global warming theory.
D723 / Robert W. Lee staff writer February 22, 1993 "Truth in the Balance" The New American p. 42 / pkk-14VT95
The claim that "[In the course of a single generation. we are in danger of changing the makeup of the global atmosphere far more dramatically than did any volcano in history, " when, as former Atomic Energy Commission Chairman Dr. Dixie Lee Ray notes in her book Trashing the Planet, "all of the air-polluting materials produced by man since the beginning of the industrial revolution do not begin to equal the quantities of toxic materials, aerosols and particulate spewed into the air from just three volcanoes: Krakatoa in 1883, Mount Katmai in 1912 and Hekla in 1947.
D724 / William F. Jasper Editor October 4, 1993 "Shackling Planet Earth" The New American p. 23 VT95
The economic costs to American taxpayers and consumers to meet 1990 emissions targets will almost certainly run into the hundreds of billions of dollars.